- Manuals
- Brands
- Toyota
- Hatchback
- Corolla Hatchback
- Owner's Manual
Toyota Corolla Hatchback 2021 Hatchback Owner's Manual PDF
Summary of Content for Toyota Corolla Hatchback 2021 Hatchback Owner's Manual PDF
COROLLA H/B_U
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Pictorial index Search by illustration
For safety and security
Make sure to read through them (Main topics: Child seat, theft deterrent system)
Vehicle status information and indicators
Reading driving-related information (Main topics: Meters, multi-information display)
Before driving Opening and closing the doors and windows, adjustment before driving (Main topics: Keys, doors, seats)
Driving Operations and advice which are necessary for driving (Main topics: Starting engine, refueling)
Audio Operating the Audio (Main topics: Audio/visual, phone)
Interior features Usage of the interior features (Main topics: Air conditioner, storage features)
Maintenance and care
Caring for your vehicle and maintenance procedures (Main topics: Interior and exterior, light bulbs)
When trouble arises
What to do in case of malfunction and emergency (Main topics: Battery discharge, flat tire)
Vehicle specifications
Vehicle specifications, customizable features (Main topics: Fuel, oil, tire inflation pressure)
For owners Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners, and seat belt and SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners
Index Search by symptom
Search alphabetically
2
COROLLA H/B_U
TABLE OF CONTENTS
For your information ........................ 6 Reading this manual ......................10 How to search................................11 Pictorial index ................................12
1-1. For safe use
Before driving........................22 For safe driving .....................23 Seat belts ..............................25 SRS airbags..........................29 Front passenger occupant clas-
sification system..................38 Exhaust gas precautions.......43
1-2. Child safety
Riding with children...............44 Child restraint systems..........45
1-3. Emergency assistance
Safety Connect .....................58 1-4. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system ...64 Alarm.....................................66 Theft prevention labels (U.S.A.)
............................................67
2-1. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and indicators ............................................70
Gauges and meters (4.2-inch display)................................74
Gauges and meters (7-inch dis- play) ....................................78
Multi-information display .......82 Head-up display ....................89 Fuel consumption information
............................................93
3-1. Key information
Keys ......................................98 3-2. Opening, closing and locking
the doors
Side doors.......................... 101 Back door........................... 105 Smart key system .............. 108
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats ......................... 115 Rear seats.......................... 116 Head restraints................... 118
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel ................... 121 Inside rear view mirror ....... 122 Outside rear view mirrors... 123
3-5. Opening and closing the win- dows
Power windows .................. 125
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle.............. 130 Cargo and luggage ............ 138 Vehicle load limits .............. 140 Trailer towing...................... 141 Dinghy towing .................... 141
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch ...... 142 Continuously variable transmis-
sion .................................. 147 Manual transmission .......... 151 Turn signal lever................. 153 Parking brake..................... 154 Brake Hold ......................... 157
1 For safety and security
2 Vehicle status information and indicators
3 Before driving
4 Driving
3TABLE OF CONTENTS
COROLLA H/B_U
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-3. Operating the lights and wip- ers
Headlight switch................. 160 Automatic High Beam ........ 163 Fog light switch .................. 166 Windshield wipers and washer
......................................... 166 Rear window wiper and washer
......................................... 168 4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank cap .. 170 4-5. Using the driving support sys-
tems
Toyota Safety Sense 2.0 .... 172 PCS (Pre-Collision System)
......................................... 178 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)... 186 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) ............... 196 Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range........ 204 Dynamic radar cruise control
......................................... 215 RSA (Road Sign Assist) ..... 225 BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)... 228 RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)
function ............................ 233 Rear view monitor system.. 238 Driving mode select switch
......................................... 245 Driving assist systems........ 246
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips............... 251
5-1. Basic function
Buttons overview................ 257 Menu screen ...................... 259 Status icon ......................... 260 Setup screen ................... 262
5-2. Basic information before oper- ation
Initial screen....................... 263 Touch screen...................... 264 Home screen...................... 266 Entering letters and num-
bers/list screen operation ......................................... 267
Screen adjustment ............. 270 Linking multi-information display
and the system ................ 271 5-3. Connectivity settings
Registering/Connecting a Blue-
tooth device ................... 272 Setting Bluetooth details .. 277 Wi-Fi Hotspot ................... 284 Apple CarPlay/
Android Auto .................... 289 5-4. Other settings
General settings................. 296 Voice settings..................... 300 Vehicle settings .................. 301
5-5. Using the audio/visual system
Quick reference.................. 303 Some basics ...................... 304
5-6. Radio operation
AM/FM/SiriusXM Satellite Radio ............................... 308
Internet radio...................... 313 5-7. Media operation
USB memory...................... 314 iPod/iPhone (Apple CarPlay)
......................................... 316 Android Auto ...................... 319 Bluetooth audio................ 320
5-8. Audio/visual remote controls
Steering switches............... 324 5-9. Audio settings
Setup.................................. 326
5 Audio
4 TABLE OF CONTENTS
COROLLA H/B_U
5-10.Tips for operating the audio/visual system
Operating information......... 327 5-11. Voice command system oper-
ation
Voice command system ..... 339 Command list ..................... 342
5-12.Mobile Assistant operation
Mobile Assistant ................. 346 5-13.Phone operation (Hands-free
system for cellular phones)
Quick reference.................. 348 Some basics ...................... 349 Placing a call using the Blue-
tooth hands-free system 353 Receiving a call using the Blue-
tooth hands-free system 356 Talking on the Bluetooth
hands-free system ........... 357 Bluetooth phone message
function ............................ 359 5-14.Phone settings
Setup.................................. 364
5-15.What to do if... (Bluetooth)
Troubleshooting ................. 374 5-16.Connected Services Overview
Functional overview ........... 378 Type A: Function achieved by
using a smart phone or DCM ......................................... 379
Type B: Function achieved by using DCM and the system ......................................... 382
Type C: Function achieved by using DCM ....................... 383
Type D: Function achieved by using DCM and a smartphone ......................................... 384
5-17.Connected Services Opera- tion
Toyota apps........................ 385
5-18.Toyota apps settings
Setup.................................. 389
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning sys- tem................................... 392
Heated steering wheel/seat heaters............................. 399
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................. 401 6-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features ...... 403 Luggage compartment features
......................................... 406 6-4. Other interior features
Other interior features ........ 408
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior................. 420
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior.................. 422
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance requirements ......................................... 425
General maintenance......... 426 Emission inspection and mainte-
nance (I/M) programs ...... 429 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precau- tions ................................. 431
Hood .................................. 433 Positioning a floor jack ....... 434 Engine compartment.......... 435 Tires ................................... 442 Tire inflation pressure......... 451
6 Interior features
7 Maintenance and care
5TABLE OF CONTENTS
COROLLA H/B_U
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Wheels ............................... 453 Air conditioning filter........... 454 Electronic key battery......... 456 Checking and replacing fuses
......................................... 458 Light bulbs.......................... 460
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers ........... 464 If your vehicle has to be stopped
in an emergency .............. 464 If the vehicle is trapped in rising
water ................................ 465 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If your vehicle needs to be towed ......................................... 467
If you think something is wrong ......................................... 470
Fuel pump shut off system ......................................... 471
If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds .... 472
If a warning message is dis- played .............................. 482
If you have a flat tire (vehicles without spare tire) ............ 484
If you have a flat tire (vehicles with a spare tire) .............. 494
If the engine will not start ... 502 If you lose your keys .......... 504 If the electronic key does not
operate properly............... 504 If the vehicle battery is dis-
charged ............................ 506 If your vehicle overheats .... 510 If the vehicle becomes stuck
......................................... 512
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.) .................................. 514
Fuel information ................. 522 Tire information .................. 524
9-2. Customization
Customizable features ....... 535 9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ................ 543
10-1.For owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners ............................. 546
Seat belt instructions for Cana- dian owners (in French) ... 546
SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners (in French) ......................................... 548
What to do if... (Troubleshooting) ......................................... 556
Alphabetical Index.............. 559
8 When trouble arises
9 Vehicle specifications
10 For owners
Index
6
COROLLA H/B_U
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equip- ment not installed on your vehi- cle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustra- tions may differ from your vehi- cle in terms of equipment.
Approximately five hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear sound coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a fuel evaporation leakage check and, it does not indicate a mal- function.
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does not warrant these products and is not responsible for their per- formance, repair, or replace- ment, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modi- fied with non-genuine Toyota products. Modification with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regu- lations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be covered under warranty.
The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as:
Multiport fuel injection sys- tem/sequential multiport fuel injection system
Toyota Safety Sense 2.0
For your information
Main Owners Manual
Noise from under vehicle after turning off the engine
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
7
COROLLA H/B_U
Anti-lock brake system
SRS airbag system
Seat belt pretensioner system
Be sure to check with your Toy- ota dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.
The vehicle is equipped with sophisticated computers that will record certain data, such as: Engine speed/Electric motor
speed (traction motor speed) Accelerator status Brake status Vehicle speed Operation status of the driving
assist systems Images from the cameras
Your vehicle is equipped with cameras. Contact your Toyota dealer for the location of recording cameras.
The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options with which it is equipped.
These computers do not record conversations or sounds, and only record images outside of the vehicle in certain situations.
Data Transmission
Your vehicle may transmit the data recorded in these computers to Toyota without notification to you.
Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose mal- functions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if the vehicle is leased
In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a government agency
For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehi- cle or vehicle owner
Recorded image information can be erased by your Toyota dealer.
The image recording function can be disabled. However, if the func- tion is disabled, data from when the system operates will not be avail- able.
To learn more about the vehi- cle data collected, used and shared by Toyota, please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/.
If your Toyota has Safety Con- nect and if you have subscribed to those services, please refer to the Safety Connect Telematics Subscription Service Agreement
Vehicle data recording
Usage of data collected through Safety Connect (U.S. mainland only)
8
COROLLA H/B_U
for information on data collected and its usage.
To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by Toyota, please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/.
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 sec- onds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your
vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelera- tor and/or brake pedal; and,
How fast the vehicle was trav- eling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the cir- cumstances in which crashes
and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontriv- ial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. How- ever, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of per- sonally identifying data rou- tinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufac- turer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the spe- cial equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
Disclosure of the EDR data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except when:
An agreement from the vehicles owner (or the lessee for a leased vehicle) is obtained
In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a government agency
For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
However, if necessary, Toyota may:
Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance
Event data recorder
9
COROLLA H/B_U
Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain explosive chemi- cals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to have the sys- tems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner removed and disposed of by a qualified ser- vice shop or by your Toyota dealer before you scrap your vehicle.
Special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/ hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These components may include the airbags, seat belt preten- sioners, wireless remote control batteries, and the batteries in the tire pressure warning valve and transmitters.
Scrapping of your Toyota
Perchlorate Material
WARNING General precautions while
driving Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to oper- ate your vehicle. Alcohol and cer- tain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and reduce coor- dination, which could lead to an accident that could result in death or serious injury. Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents. Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Any- thing that distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you, your occupants or others.
General precaution regarding childrens safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to have or use the key. Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral. There is also a danger that children may injure them- selves by playing with the win- dows, or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.
10
COROLLA H/B_U
Reading this manual
Explains symbols used in this manual.
Symbols in this manual
Symbols Meanings
WARNING:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or serious injury to peo- ple.
NOTICE:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause dam- age to or a malfunc- tion in the vehicle or its equipment.
Indicates operating or working proce- dures. Follow the steps in numerical order.
Symbols in illustrations
Symbols Meanings
Indicates the action (pushing, turning, etc.) used to operate switches and other devices.
Indicates the out- come of an operation (e.g. a lid opens).
Symbols Meanings
Indicates the compo- nent or position being explained.
Means Do not, Do not do this, or Do not let this happen.
11
COROLLA H/B_U
Searching by name
Alphabetical index: P.559
Searching by installation position
Pictorial index: P.12
Searching by symptom or sound
What to do if... (Troubleshoot- ing): P.556
Searching by title
Table of contents: P.2 How to search
12 Pictorial index
Pictorial index Exterior
Side doors .......................................................................... P.101
Locking/unlocking ................................................................ P.101
Opening/closing the side windows....................................... P.125
Locking/unlocking by using the mechanical key .................. P.504
Warning messages .............................................................. P.104
Back door ........................................................................... P.105
Locking/unlocking ................................................................ P.106
Warning messages .............................................................. P.107
Outside rear view mirrors ................................................. P.123
Adjusting the mirror angle .................................................... P.123
Folding the mirrors ............................................................... P.123
Defogging the mirrors .......................................................... P.395
Windshield wipers.............................................................. P.166
Precautions for winter season.............................................. P.251
To prevent freezing (windshield wiper de-icer)*.................... P.397
Fuel filler door .................................................................... P.170
13Pictorial index
COROLLA H/B_U
Refueling method................................................................. P.171
Fuel type/fuel tank capacity ................................................. P.515
Tires..................................................................................... P.442
Tire size/inflation pressure ................................................... P.519
Winter tires/tire chains ......................................................... P.251
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system .................. P.442
Coping with flat tires..................................................... P.484, 494
Hood.................................................................................... P.433
Opening ............................................................................... P.433
Engine oil ............................................................................. P.516
Coping with overheating ...................................................... P.510
Headlights/daytime running lights ................................... P.160
Turn signal lights ............................................................... P.153
Parking lights ..................................................................... P.160
Front side marker lights .................................................... P.160
Fog lights*........................................................................... P.166
Stop lights/tail lights/rear side marker lights/ turn signal lights ................................................................ P.160
License plate lights............................................................ P.160
Tail lights............................................................................. P.160 Back-up lights
Shifting the shift position to R ...................................... P.147, 151 *: If equipped
Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving (Replacing method: P.460, Watts: P.520)
14 Pictorial index
COROLLA H/B_U
Instrument panel
Engine switch..................................................................... P.142
Starting the engine/changing the modes ............................. P.142
Emergency stop of the engine ............................................. P.464
When the engine will not start .............................................. P.502
Warning messages .............................................................. P.482
Shift lever.................................................................... P.147, 151
Changing the shift position........................................... P.147, 151
Precautions for towing ......................................................... P.467
When the shift lever does not move*1 .................................. P.148
Meters ............................................................................. P.74, 78
Reading the meters/adjusting the instrument panel light . P.74, 78
Warning lights/indicator lights ................................................ P.70
When a warning light turns on ............................................. P.472
Multi-information display .................................................... P.82
Display ................................................................................... P.82
When a warning message is displayed................................ P.482
15Pictorial index
COROLLA H/B_U
Turn signal lever................................................................. P.153 Headlight switch ................................................................ P.160
Headlights/parking lights/tail lights/side marker lights/ daytime running lights .......................................................... P.160
Fog lights*2........................................................................... P.166
Windshield wiper and washer switch............................... P.166 Rear window wiper and washer switch ........................... P.168
Usage........................................................................... P.166, 168
Adding washer fluid.............................................................. P.441
Emergency flasher switch................................................. P.464
Hood lock release lever..................................................... P.433
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever................ P.121
Air conditioning system .................................................... P.392
Usage................................................................................... P.392
Rear window defogger ......................................................... P.395
Audio*2 ................................................................................ P.257
Audio Plus*2, 3
Premium Audio*2, 3
*1:Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission *2: If equipped *3:Refer to NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNERS MAN-
UAL.
16 Pictorial index
COROLLA H/B_U
Switches
Instrument panel light control dial ............................... P.76, 81
Automatic High Beam switch ........................................... P.163
Heated steering wheel switch*.......................................... P.399
Windshield wiper de-icer switch* ..................................... P.397
Outside rear view mirror switch ....................................... P.123
Door lock switches ............................................................ P.103
Power window switches.................................................... P.125
Window lock switch........................................................... P.127 *: If equipped
17Pictorial index
COROLLA H/B_U
Meter control switches ........................................................ P.83
Paddle shift switches*1...................................................... P.149
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch........................... P.210, 220
Cruise control switches
Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range*1 .......... P.204
Dynamic radar cruise control*1............................................. P.215
Audio remote control switches*2...................................... P.324
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) switch*1................................... P.186 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
switch*1 ............................................................................... P.196
Phone switch*2 ................................................................... P.351
Talk switch*2 ....................................................................... P.339 *1: If equipped *2:Vehicles with Audio Plus or Premium Audio, refer to NAVIGATION AND
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNERS MANUAL.
Seat heater switches*1....................................................... P.399
Wireless charger switch*1 ................................................. P.409
Brake hold switch .............................................................. P.157
Parking brake switch ......................................................... P.154
Precautions for winter season.............................................. P.252
18 Pictorial index
COROLLA H/B_U
VSC OFF switch ................................................................. P.247
Sport mode switch*2 .......................................................... P.245
iMT (Intelligent Manual Transmission) switch*3 .......... P.152 *1: If equipped *2:Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission *3:Vehicles with a manual transmission
19Pictorial index
COROLLA H/B_U
Interior
SRS airbags.......................................................................... P.29
Floor mats............................................................................. P.22
Front seats.......................................................................... P.115
Head restraints................................................................... P.118
Seat belts .............................................................................. P.25
Console box ....................................................................... P.405
Inside lock buttons ............................................................ P.103
Cup holders ........................................................................ P.404
Rear seats........................................................................... P.116
20 Pictorial index
COROLLA H/B_U
Ceiling
Inside rear view mirror ...................................................... P.122
Sun visors........................................................................... P.416
Vanity mirrors..................................................................... P.416
Vanity lights........................................................................ P.416
Interior lights/personal lights ........................................... P.401
SOS button*....................................................................... P.58
Assist grips ........................................................................ P.417 *: If equipped
21
COROLLA H/B_U
1
1
F or safety and secu
rity
For safety and security
.
1-1. For safe use
Before driving.................22 For safe driving ..............23 Seat belts .......................25 SRS airbags...................29 Front passenger occupant classification system ....38
Exhaust gas precautions .....................................43
1-2. Child safety
Riding with children........44 Child restraint systems...45
1-3. Emergency assistance
Safety Connect ..............58 1-4. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system .....................................64
Alarm..............................66 Theft prevention labels (U.S.A.) ........................67
22 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1-1.For safe use
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place onto the carpet. 1 Insert the retaining hooks
(clips) into the floor mat eye- lets.
2 Turn the upper knob of each retaining hook (clip) to secure the floor mats in place.
Always align the marks .
The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the illustration.
Before driving
Observe the following before starting off in the vehicle to ensure safety of driving.
Floor mat
WARNING Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may cause the drivers floor mat to slip, possibly interfering with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may become difficult to stop the vehi- cle. This could lead to an acci- dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
When installing the drivers floor mat
Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
Only use floor mats designed for the drivers seat.
Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) provided.
Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
Do not place the floor mat bot- tom-side up or upside-down.
231-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
Adjust the angle of the seat- back so that you are sitting straight up and so that you do not have to lean forward to steer. (P.115) Adjust the seat so that you can depress the pedals fully and so that your arms bend slightly at the elbow when gripping the steering wheel. (P.115) Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint closest to the top of your ears. (P.115) Wear the seat belt correctly. (P.25)
WARNING Before driving Check that the floor mat is
securely fixed in the correct place with all the provided retaining hooks (clips). Be espe- cially careful to perform this check after cleaning the floor.
With the engine stopped and the shift lever in P (continuously variable transmission) or N (manual transmission), fully depress each pedal to the floor to make sure it does not inter- fere with the floor mat.
For safe driving
For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appro- priate position before driv- ing.
Correct driving posture
24 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle. (P.25) Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the
child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicles seat belt. (P.45)
Make sure that you can see backward clearly by adjusting the inside and outside rear view mirrors properly. (P.122, 123)
WARNING For safe driving Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Do not adjust the position of the drivers seat while driving. Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback. A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.
Do not place anything under the front seats. Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an accident and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads.
When driving over long dis- tances, take regular breaks before you start to feel tired. Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force your- self to continue driving and take a break immediately.
Correct use of the seat belts
Adjusting the mirrors
251-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
Seat belts
Make sure that all occu- pants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle.
WARNING Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
Wearing a seat belt Ensure that all passengers wear
a seat belt.
Always wear a seat belt prop- erly.
Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt for more than one person at once, including chil- dren.
Toyota recommends that chil- dren be seated in the rear seat and always use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting up straight and well back in the seats.
Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
Pregnant women
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P.26) Women who are pregnant should position the lap belt as low as possible over the hips in the same manner as other occupants, extending the shoulder belt com- pletely over the shoulder and avoiding belt contact with the rounding of the abdominal area. If the seat belt is not worn prop- erly, not only the pregnant woman, but also the fetus could suffer death or serious injury as a result of sudden braking or a colli- sion.
People suffering illness Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P.26)
When children are in the vehi- cle
P.53
Seat belt damage and wear Do not damage the seat belts
by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be jammed in the door.
26 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
Extend the shoulder belt so that it comes fully over the shoulder, but does not come into contact with the neck or slide off the shoulder.
Position the lap belt as low as possible over the hips.
Adjust the position of the seatback. Sit up straight and well back in the seat.
Do not twist the seat belt.
Child seat belt usage The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult size. Use a child restraint system
appropriate for the child, until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicles seat belt. (P.45)
When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehi- cles seat belt, follow the instruc- tions regarding seat belt usage. (P.25)
Seat belt extender If your seat belts cannot be fastened securely because they are not long enough, a personalized seat belt extender is available from your Toy- ota dealer free of charge.
WARNING Inspect the seat belt system
periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted. If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota dealer.
Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehi- cle has been involved in a seri- ous accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer. Inap- propriate handling may lead to incorrect operation.
Correct use of the seat belts
WARNING Using a seat belt extender Do not wear the seat belt
extender if you can fasten the seat belt without the extender.
271-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
1 To fasten the seat belt, push the plate into the buckle until a click sound is heard.
2 To release the seat belt, press the release button .
Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to extend so that you can move around fully. Automatic locking retractor
(ALR) When a passengers shoulder belt is completely extended and then retracted even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly. To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more. (P.45)
1 Push the seat belt shoulder anchor down while pressing the release button .
2 Push the seat belt shoulder anchor up while pressing the release button .
Move the height adjuster up and down as needed until you hear a click.
WARNING Do not use the seat belt
extender when installing a child restraint system because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increas- ing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an acci- dent.
The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the one originally intended.
NOTICE When using a seat belt
extender When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release but- ton on the extender, not on the seat belt. This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.
Fastening and releasing the seat belt
Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
28 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
The pretensioners help the seat belts to quickly restrain the occupants by retracting the seat belts when the vehicle is sub- jected to certain types of severe frontal or side collision or a vehi- cle rollover. The pretensioners do not activate in the event of a minor frontal impact, a minor side impact or a rear impact.
Replacing the belt after the pre- tensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will acti- vate for the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subse-
quent collisions.WARNING Adjustable shoulder anchor Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the cen- ter of your shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off your shoul- der. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an accident and cause death or seri- ous injuries in the event of a sud- den stop, sudden swerve or accident.
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
WARNING Seat belt pretensioners Do not place anything, such as
a cushion, on the front passen- gers seat. Doing so will disperse the passengers weight, which prevents the sen- sor from detecting the passen- gers weight properly. As a result, the seat belt pretensioner for the front passengers seat may not activate in the event of a collision.
If the pretensioner has acti- vated, the SRS warning light will come on. In that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at your Toyota dealer.
291-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
F or safety and secu
rity
Location of the SRS airbags
SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passenger from impact with interior components
SRS knee airbag Can help provide driver protection
SRS seat cushion airbag Can help restrain the front passenger
SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS front side airbags Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to cer- tain types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce the risk of death or serious injury.
SRS airbag system
30 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
SRS rear side airbags Can help protect the torso of occupants in the rear outer seats
SRS curtain shield airbags Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer seats Can help prevent the occupants from being thrown from the vehicle in the
event of vehicle rollover
SRS airbag system components
Seat cushion airbag
Front passenger occupant classification system (ECU and sen- sors)
AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights
Front passenger airbag
Curtain shield airbags
Side impact sensors (front doors)
Front side airbags
Seat belt pretensioners and force limiters
Rear side airbags
Side impact sensors (rear)
Side impact sensors (front)
Driver airbag
Drivers seat belt buckle switch
Drivers seat position sensor
Drivers knee airbag
311-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
F or safety and secu
rity
SRS warning light
Front impact sensors
Airbag sensor assembly
Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on information obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system components diagram above. This information includes crash sever- ity and occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain the motion of the occupants.
If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
Slight abrasions, burns, bruising etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags, due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by hot gases.
A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
Parts of the airbag module (steer- ing wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails, may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
The windshield may crack.
The interior lights will turn on auto- matically. (P.401)
The emergency flashers will be turned on automatically. (P.464)
For Safety Connect subscribers, if any of the following situations occur, the system is designed to send an emergency call to the response center, notifying them of the vehicles location (without needing to push the SOS button) and an agent will attempt to speak with the occupants to ascertain the level of emergency and assis- tance required. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automatically treats the call
as an emergency and helps to dis- patch the necessary emergency services. (P.58)
An SRS airbag is deployed. A seat belt pretensioner is acti-
vated. The vehicle is involved in a severe
rear-end collision.
SRS airbag deployment condi- tions (SRS front airbags)
The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not move or deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the follow- ing situations: If the vehicle strikes an object,
such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or deform on impact
If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a colli- sion in which the front of the vehi- cle underrides, or goes under, the bed of a truck
Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt pretensioners will activate.
The SRS front airbags for the front passenger will not activate if there
32 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
is no passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS front airbags for the front passenger may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, even if the seat is unoccupied.
The SRS seat cushion airbag on the front passenger seat will not operate if the occupant is not wearing a seat belt.
SRS airbag deployment condi- tions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle orientation at an approxi- mate speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]).
Both SRS curtain shield airbags may deploy in the event of a severe side collision.
Both SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover.
Both SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy in the event of a severe frontal collision.
Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than a collision
The SRS front airbags and SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehi- cle. Some examples are shown in the illustration.
Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard surface
Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
Landing hard or falling
The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations shown in the illustration.
The angle of vehicle tip-up is mar- ginal.
The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone.
Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front airbags)
The SRS front airbags do not gener- ally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward decelera- tion of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
Collision from the side
Collision from the rear
Vehicle rollover
331-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
F or safety and secu
rity
Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield air- bags may not activate if the vehicle is subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
Collision from the side to the vehi- cle body other than the passenger compartment
Collision from the side at an angle
The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a low-speed side or low-speed frontal collision.
Collision from the rear
Pitching end over end
When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
The front of the vehicle is dam- aged or deformed, or was involved in an accident that was
not severe enough to cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.
A portion of a door or its surround- ing area is damaged, deformed or has had a hole made in it, or the vehicle was involved in an acci- dent that was not severe enough to cause the SRS side and curtain shield airbags to inflate.
The pad section of the steering wheel, dashboard near the front passenger airbag or lower portion of the instrument panel is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
The seat cushion surface is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
34 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
The surface of the seats with the SRS side airbag is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
The portion of the front pillars, rear pillars or roof side rail garnishes (padding) containing the SRS cur- tain shield airbags inside is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
WARNING SRS airbag precautions Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts properly. The SRS airbags are supple- mental devices to be used with the seat belts.
The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises:
Since the risk zone for the drivers airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm) of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag provides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from the center of the steering wheel to your breast- bone. If you sit less than 10 in. (250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in several ways: Move your seat to the rear as
far as you can while still reach- ing the pedals comfortably.
Slightly recline the back of the seat. Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in. (250 mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
If your steering wheel is adjust- able, tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view of the instrument panel controls.
351-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
WARNING If the seat belt extender has
been connected to the front seat belt buckles but the seat belt extender has not also been fastened to the latch plate of the seat belt, the SRS front airbags will judge that the driver and front passenger are wearing the seat belt even though the seat belt has not been connected. In this case, the SRS front airbags may not activate correctly in a collision, resulting in death or serious injury in the event of a collision. Be sure to wear the seat belt with the seat belt extender.
The SRS front passenger air- bag also deploys with consider- able force, and can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the airbag as possible with the seat- back adjusted, so the front pas- senger sits upright.
Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. Toyota strongly recom- mends that all infants and chil- dren be placed in the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (P.45)
Do not sit on the edge of the seat or lean against the dash- board.
Do not allow a child to stand in front of the SRS front passenger airbag unit or sit on the knees of a front passenger.
Do not allow the front seat occu- pants to hold items on their knees.
36 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Do not lean against the door,
the roof side rail or the front, side and rear pillars.
Do not allow anyone to kneel on the passenger seats toward the door or put their head or hands outside the vehicle.
Do not attach anything to or lean anything against areas such as the dashboard, steering wheel pad and lower portion of the instrument panel. These items can become pro- jectiles when the SRS driver, front passenger and knee air- bags deploy.
Do not attach anything to areas such as a door, windshield, side windows, front or rear pillar, roof side rail and assist grip. (Except for the speed limit label P.485)
Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
If a vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS drivers knee airbag will deploy, be sure to remove it.
Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side airbags and SRS seat cushion airbag inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the SRS airbags. Such acces- sories may prevent the side air- bags and seat cushion airbag from activating correctly, disable the system or cause the side airbags and seat cushion airbag to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS airbag components or the front doors. Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
Do not touch any of the compo- nent parts immediately after the SRS airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
371-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
WARNING If breathing becomes difficult
after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a door or win- dow to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
If the areas where the SRS air- bags are stored, such as the steering wheel pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have them replaced by your Toyota dealer.
Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passen- gers seat. Doing so will disperse the passengers weight, which prevents the sen- sor from detecting the passen- gers weight properly. As a result, the SRS front airbags for the front passenger may not deploy in the event of a colli- sion.
Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system compo- nents
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modi- fications without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury.
Installation, removal, disassem- bly and repair of the SRS air- bags
Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel, instrument panel, dash- board, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear pillars, roof side rails, front door panels, front door trims or front door speakers
Modifications to the front door panel (such as making a hole in it)
Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the occupant compart- ment
Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows, winches or roof luggage carrier
Modifications to the vehicles suspension system
Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios and CD players
Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disabil- ity
38 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
SRS warning light Front passenger seat belt reminder light AIR BAG OFF indicator light AIR BAG ON indicator light
Front passenger occupant classification system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system. This system detects the conditions of the front passenger seat and activates or deactivates the front passenger airbag and seat cushion airbag.
System components
WARNING Front passenger occupant
classification system precau- tions
Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant classification system. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
Wear the seat belt properly.
Make sure the front passengers seat belt plate has not been left inserted into the buckle before someone sits in the front pas- senger seat.
391-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
WARNING Make sure the AIR BAG OFF
indicator light is not illuminated when using the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the AIR BAG OFF indi- cator light is illuminated, discon- nect the extender tongue from the seat belt buckle, and recon- nect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender after making sure the AIR BAG ON indicator light is illuminated. If you use the seat belt extender while the AIR BAG OFF indi- cator light is illuminated, the SRS airbags for the front pas- senger may not activate, which could cause death or serious injury in the event of a collision.
Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equip- ment (e.g. seatback pocket).
Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or feet on the front pas- senger seat seatback from the rear passenger seat.
Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or press on the seat- back with their legs.
Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.
Do not recline the front passen- ger seatback so far that it touches the rear seat. This may cause the AIR BAG OFF indi- cator light to be illuminated, which indicates that the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not activate in the event of a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the rear seat. Keep the front passenger seat- back as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback exces- sively may lessen the effective- ness of the seat belt system.
If an adult sits in the front pas- senger seat, the AIR BAG ON indicator light is illuminated. If the AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated, ask the passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and with the seat belt worn correctly. If the AIR BAG OFF indicator still remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or if that is not possible, move the front pas- senger seat fully rearward.
When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front passenger seat in the proper order. (P.47)
Do not modify or remove the front seats.
Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Otherwise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the front passenger occupant clas- sification system. In this case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
40 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
Adult*1
Child*4
WARNING Child restraint systems installed
on the rear seat should not con- tact the front seatbacks.
Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that covers the seat cushion surface.
Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system
Indicator/warning light
AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights AIR BAG ON
SRS warning light Off
Front passengers seat belt reminder light Off*2 or flashing*3
Devices
Front passenger airbag Activated
Front passenger seat cushion air- bag
Activated*2 or deactivated*3
Indicator/warning light
AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights
AIR BAG OFF or AIR BAG ON*4
SRS warning light Off
Front passengers seat belt reminder light Off*2 or flashing*3
Devices Front passenger airbag
Deactivated or activated*4
Front passenger seat cushion air- bag
Deactivated or activated*4, 2
411-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
F or safety and secu
rity
Child restraint system with infant*5
Unoccupied
There is a malfunction in the system
*1:The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may not recognize him/her as an adult depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2: In the event the front passenger is wearing a seat belt. *3: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt. *4:For some children, child in seat, child in booster seat or child in convert-
Indicator/warning light
AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights AIR BAG OFF*6
SRS warning light Off
Front passengers seat belt reminder light Off*2 or flashing*3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
DeactivatedFront passenger seat cushion air- bag
Indicator/warning light
AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights
AIR BAG OFF
SRS warning light
OffFront passengers seat belt reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag
DeactivatedFront passenger seat cushion air- bag
Indicator/warning light
AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights
AIR BAG OFF
SRS warning light
OnFront passengers seat belt reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag
DeactivatedFront passenger seat cushion air- bag
42 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
ible seat, the system may not recognize him/her as a child. Factors which may affect this can be the physique or posture.
*5:Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (P.45)
*6: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual on how to install the child restraint system properly. (P.45)
431-1. For safe use
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
Exhaust gas precau- tions
Harmful substance to the human body is included in exhaust gases if inhaled.
WARNING Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and odorless. Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases enter the vehicle and may lead to an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious health hazard.
Important points while driving Keep the back door closed.
If you smell exhaust gases in the vehicle even when the back door is closed, open the win- dows and have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
When parking If the vehicle is in a poorly venti-
lated area or a closed area, such as a garage, stop the engine.
Do not leave the vehicle with the engine on for a long time. If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it is snowing. If snow- banks build up around the vehi- cle while the engine is running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
Exhaust pipe The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a hole or crack caused by corro- sion, damage to a joint or abnor- mal exhaust noise, be sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer.
44 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
1-2.Child safety
Riding with children
Observe the following pre- cautions when children are in the vehicle. Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicles seat belt. It is recommended that chil-
dren sit in the rear seats to avoid accidental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch, etc.
Use the rear door child-pro- tector lock or the window lock switch to avoid children opening the door while driv- ing or operating the power window accidentally. (P.104, 127)
Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, back door, seats, etc.
WARNING When children are in the vehi-
cle Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to have or use the key. Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral. There is also a danger that children may injure them- selves by playing with the win- dows or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.
451-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
Points to remember: P.45 Child restraint system: P.47 When using a child restraint sys- tem: P.47 Child restraint system installa- tion method Fixed with a seat belt: P.49 Fixed with a child restraint
LATCH anchor: P.54 Using an anchor bracket (for
top tether strap): P.55
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. as well as Canada now require the use of child restraint systems. Prioritize and observe the
warnings, as well as the laws and regulations for child restraint systems.
Use a child restraint system until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicles seat belt.
Choose a child restraint sys- tem that suits your vehicle and is appropriate to the age and size of the child.
Child restraint sys- tems
Before installing a child restraint system in the vehi- cle, there are precautions that need to be observed, different types of child restraint systems, as well as installation methods, etc., written in this manual. Use a child restraint system when riding with a small child that cannot properly use a seat belt. For the childs safety, install the child restraint system to a rear seat. Be sure to follow the installation method that is in the operation manual enclosed with the restraint system.
Table of contents
Points to remember
WARNING When a child is riding Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
For effective protection in auto- mobile accidents and sudden stops, a child must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system which is correctly installed. For installa- tion details, refer to the opera- tion manual enclosed with the child restraint system. General installation instruction is pro- vided in this manual.
46 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Toyota strongly urges the use of
a proper child restraint system that conforms to the weight and size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.
Holding a child in your or some- one elses arms is not a substi- tute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed against the windshield or between the holder and the interior of the vehicle.
Handling the child restraint system
If the child restraint system is not properly fixed in place, the child or other passengers may be seri- ously injured or even killed in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving, or an accident.
If the vehicle were to receive a strong impact from an accident, etc., it is possible that the child restraint system has damage that is not readily visible. In such cases, do not reuse the restraint system.
Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided with the child restraint system manufacturer and that the system is properly secured.
Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the passenger compartment.
If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the vehicle or store it securely in the luggage com- partment.
471-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
1
F or safety and secu
rity
Types of child restraint system installation methods
Confirm with the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system about the installation of the child restraint system.
When installing a child restraint system to a front passenger seat
For the safety of a child, install child restraint systems to a rear seats. When installing child restraint system to a front pas- senger seat is unavoidable, adjust the seat as follows and
Child restraint system
Installation method Page
Seat belt attachment P.49
Child restraint LATCH anchors attachment
P.54
Anchor brackets (for top tether strap) attach-
ment P.55
When using a child restraint system
48 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
install the child restraint system: Move the front seat fully rear-
ward. Adjust the seat height to the
upper most position. Adjust the seatback angle to
the most upright position. If the head restraint interferes
with the child restraint system installation and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint.
Otherwise, put the head restraint in the upper most position.
WARNING When using a child restraint
system Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even if the AIR BAG OFF indicator light is illu- minated. In the event of an acci- dent, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or seri- ous injury to the child if the rear-facing child restraint sys- tem is installed on the front pas- senger seat.
A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat.
A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. When install- ing a forward-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, adjust the seat- back angle to the most upright position, move the seat to the rearmost position, and raise the seat to the upper most position, even if the AIR BAG OFF indi- cator light is illuminated.
491-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be properly restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt. Installing child restraint
system using a seat belt (child restraint lock func- tion belt)
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
WARNING Do not allow the child to lean
his/her head or any part of his/her body against the door or the area of the seat, front or rear pillars, or roof side rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy even if the child is seated in the child restraint sys- tem. It is dangerous if the SRS side and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child.
When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of the childs shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the childs neck, but not so that it could fall off the childs shoulder.
Use child restraint system suit- able to the age and size of the child and install it to the rear seat.
If the drivers seat interferes with the child restraint system and prevents it from being attached correctly, attach the child restraint system to the right-hand rear seat.
Adjust the front passenger seat so that it does not interfere with the child restraint system.
Child restraint system fixed with a seat belt
50 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
Rear-facing Infant seat/convertible seat
1 Place the child restraint sys- tem on the rear seat facing the rear of the vehicle.
2 Run the seat belt through the child restraint system and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted.
3 Fully extend the shoulder belt and allow it to retract to put it in lock mode. In lock mode, the belt cannot be extended.
4 While pushing the child restraint system down into the rear seat, allow the shoul- der belt to retract until the child restraint system is securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has retracted to a point where there is no slack in the belt, pull the belt to check that it cannot be extended.
5 After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to ensure that it is installed securely. (P.53)
Forward-facing Convert- ible seat
1 If installing the child restraint system to the front passen- ger seat is unavoidable, refer to P.47for front passenger seat adjustment.
2 If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint sys- tem, and the head restraint
511-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
1
F or safety and secu
rity
can be removed, remove the head restraint. (P.118)
3 Place the child restraint sys- tem on the seat facing the front of the vehicle.
4 Run the seat belt through the child restraint system and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted.
5 Fully extend the shoulder belt and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode, the belt cannot be extended.
6 While pushing the child restraint system into the rear seat, allow the shoulder belt to retract until the child restraint system is securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has retracted to a point where there is no slack in the belt, pull the belt to check that it cannot be extended.
7 If the child restraint has a top tether strap, follow the child restraint manufacturers operation manual regarding the installation, using the top tether strap to latch onto the top tether strap anchor. (P.55)
8 After installing the child restraint system, rock it back
52 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
and forth to ensure that it is installed securely. (P.53)
Booster seat
1 If installing the child restraint system to the front passen- ger seat is unavoidable, refer to P.47for front passenger seat adjustment.
2 High back type: If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint system, and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint. (P.118)
3 Place the child restraint sys- tem on the seat facing the front of the vehicle.
Booster type
High back type
4 Sit the child in the child restraint system. Fit the seat
belt to the child restraint sys- tem according to the manu- facturers instructions and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is cor- rectly positioned over the childs shoulder and that the lap belt is as low as possible. (P.25)
Removing a child restraint system installed with a seat belt
Press the buckle release button and fully retract the seat belt.
When releasing the buckle, the child restraint system may spring up due to the rebound of the seat cushion. Release the buckle while holding down the child restraint system.
Since the seat belt automatically reels itself, slowly return it to the stowing position.
531-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
WARNING When installing a child
restraint system Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes twisted around a childs neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries that could result in death. If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used to cut the belt.
Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not twisted.
Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward to ensure that it has been securely installed.
After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of the childs shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the childs neck, but not so that it could fall off the childs shoulder.
Follow all installation instruc- tions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer.
When securing some types of child restraint systems in rear seats, it may not be possible to properly use the seat belts in positions next to the child restraint without interfering with it or affecting seat belt effective- ness. Be sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. If it does not, or if it interferes with the child restraint, move to a differ- ent position. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When installing a child restraint system in the rear center seat, adjust both seat cushions to the same position and align both seatbacks at the same angle. Otherwise, the child restraint system cannot be securely restrained and this may cause death or serious injuries in the event of sudden braking, sud- den swerving or an accident.
When installing a booster seat
To prevent the belt from going into ALR lock mode, do not fully extend the shoulder belt. ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only. This could cause injury or discomfort to the child. (P.27)
Do not use a seat belt extender
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerv- ing or an accident.
54 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
Child restraint LATCH anchors
LATCH anchors are provided for the outboard rear seat. (Marks displaying the location of the anchors are attached to the seats.)
When installing in the rear outboard seats
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
1 If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint sys- tem, and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint. (P.118)
With flexible lower attach- ments
2 Remove the anchor covers, and install the child restraint system to the seat.
The bars are installed behind the anchor covers.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint sys- tem indicates the presence of a lower connector system.
Canada only
With rigid lower attachments
2 Remove the anchor covers, and install the child restraint system to the seat.
The bars are installed behind the anchor covers.
For owners in Canada: The symbol on a child restraint sys- tem indicates the presence of a lower connector system.
Canada only
Child restraint system fixed with a child restraint LATCH anchor
551-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
3 If the child restraint has a top tether strap, follow the child restraint manufacturers operation manual regarding the installation, using the top tether strap to latch onto the top tether strap anchor. (P.55)
4 After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to ensure that it is installed securely. (P.53)
When installing in the rear center seat
There are no LATCH anchors behind the rear center seat. However, the inboard LATCH anchors of the outboard seats, which are 15.6 in. (396 mm) apart, can be used if the child restraint system manufacturers instructions permit use of those anchors with the anchor spacing stated. Child restraint systems with rigid lower attachments cannot be installed in the center seat. This type of child restraint system can only be installed in the out- board seat.
Laws and regulations pertain- ing to anchors
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2. Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 speci- fications can be used. This vehicle is designed to conform to SAE J1819.
Anchor brackets (for top tether strap)
Anchor brackets are provided for each rear seat. Use anchor brackets when fix- ing the top tether strap.
WARNING When installing a child
restraint system Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child restraint system.
Follow all installation instruc- tions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer.
When securing some types of child restraint systems in rear seats, it may not be possible to properly use the seat belts in positions next to the child restraint without interfering with it or affecting seat belt effective- ness. Be sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. If it does not, or if it interferes with the child restraint, move to a differ- ent position. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
If the seat is adjusted, reconfirm the security of the child restraint system.
Using an anchor bracket (for top tether strap)
56 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
Anchor brackets
Top tether strap
Fixing the top tether strap to the anchor bracket
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
Rear outboard seats
1 Remove the head restraint. (P.118)
2 Latch the hook onto the anchor bracket and tighten the top tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is securely latched. (P.53) If the head restraint does not inter- fere with the child restraint system installation, install the head restraint.
Hook
Top tether strap
Rear center seat
1 Adjust the head restraint to the upmost position.
If the head restraint interferes with the child restraint system or top tether strap installation and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint. (P.118)
2 Latch the hook onto the anchor bracket and tighten the top tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is securely latched. (P.53) When installing the child restraint system with the head restraint being raised, be sure to have the top tether strap pass underneath the head restraint.
Hook
Top tether strap
Laws and regulations pertain- ing to anchors
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2. Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 speci- fications can be used. This vehicle is designed to conform to SAE J1819.
571-2. Child safety
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
WARNING When installing a child
restraint system Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Firmly attach the top tether strap and make sure that the belt is not twisted.
Do not attach the top tether strap to anything other than the anchor bracket.
After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
Follow all installation instruc- tions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer.
When installing the child restraint system with the head restraint being raised, after the head restraint has been raised and then the anchor bracket has been fixed, do not lower the head restraint.
58 1-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA H/B_U
1-3.Emergency assistance
*: If equipped
Microphone
LED light indicators
SOS button
Safety Connect*
Safety Connect is a sub- scription-based telematics service that uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cellular technology to provide safety and security features to subscribers. Safety Con- nect is supported by Toy- otas designated response center, which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.
Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select, telematics hard- ware-equipped vehicles.
By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be bound by the Telematics Subscription Service Agree- ment and its Terms and Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to time, a current copy of which is available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toy- otapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada. All use of the Safety Connect service is subject to such then-applicable Terms and Conditions.
System components
591-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA H/B_U
1
F or safety and secu
rity
Certification
60 1-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA H/B_U
Subscribers have the following Safety Connect services avail- able:
Automatic Collision Notifica-
tion*
Helps drivers receive necessary response from emergency service providers. (P.61) *: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2
Stolen Vehicle Location
Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (P.61)
Emergency Assistance Button (SOS)
Connects drivers to response-cen- ter support. (P.62)
Enhanced Roadside Assis- tance
Provides drivers various on-road assistance. (P.62)
After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and are enrolled, you can begin receiving ser- vices. A variety of subscription terms are available for purchase. Con- tact your Toyota dealer, call the following appropriate Customer Experience Center or push the SOS button in your vehicle for further subscription details. The United States
1-800-331-4331 Canada
1-888-869-6828 Puerto Rico
1-877-855-8377
Safety Connect Services Infor- mation
Phone calls using the vehicles Bluetooth technology will not be possible when Safety Connect is active and in use.
Safety Connect is available begin- ning Fall 2009 on select Toyota models (in the contiguous United States only). Contact with the Safety Connect response center is dependent upon the telematics device being in operative condi- tion, cellular connection availabil- ity, and GPS satellite signal reception, which can limit the abil- ity to reach the response center or receive emergency service sup- port. Enrollment and Telematics Subscription Service Agreement are required. A variety of subscrip- tion terms are available; charges vary by subscription term selected and location.
Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance and Stolen Vehicle Location are available in the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska, Puerto Rico and Canada, and Enhanced Roadside Assistance are avail- able in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada.
Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Stolen Vehicle and Enhanced Road Assistance are not available in the U.S. Virgin Islands. For vehicles first sold in the U.S. Virgin Islands, no Safety Connect services will function in or outside the U.S. Virgin Islands.
Safety Connect services are not
Services
Subscription
611-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA H/B_U
1
F or safety and secu
rity
subject to section 255 of the Tele- communications Act and the device is not TTY compatible.
Languages
The Safety Connect response cen- ter will offer support in multiple lan- guages. The Safety Connect system will offer voice prompts in English, Spanish, and French. Please indi- cate your language of choice when enrolling.
When contacting the response center
You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is busy.
When the engine switch is turned to ON, the red indicator light comes on for 2 seconds then turns off. Afterward, the green indicator light comes on, indicating that the service is active. The following indicator light pat- terns indicate specific system usage conditions:
Green indicator light on = Active service
Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in pro- cess
Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunction (contact your Toy- ota dealer)
No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not
active
Automatic Collision Notifi- cation
In case of either airbag deploy- ment or severe rear-end colli- sion, the system is designed to automatically call the response center. The responding agent receives the vehicles location and attempts to speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emergency. If the occu- pants are unable to communi- cate, the agent automatically treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest emer- gency services provider to describe the situation, and requests that assistance be sent to the location.
Stolen Vehicle Location
If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local authorities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After filing a police report, call the Customer Experi- ence Center at 1-800-331-4331 in the Unites States, 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico or 1- 888-869-6828 in Canada, and follow the prompts for Safety Connect to initiate this service. In addition to assisting law enforcement with recovery of a
Safety Connect LED light Indicators
Safety Connect services
62 1-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA H/B_U
stolen vehicle, Safety-Con- nect-equipped vehicle location data may, under certain circum- stances, be shared with third parties to locate your vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.
Emergency Assistance But- ton (SOS)
In the event of an emergency on the road, push the SOS button to reach the Safety Connect response center. The answer- ing agent will determine your vehicles location, assess the emergency, and dispatch the necessary assistance required.
If you accidentally press the SOS button, tell the response-center agent that you are not experiencing an emergency.
Enhanced Roadside Assis- tance
Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already included warranty-based Toyota roadside service.
Subscribers can press the SOS button to reach a Safety Connect response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs, such as: towing, flat tire, fuel delivery, etc. For a description of the Enhanced Roadside Assistance services and their limitations, please see the Safety Connect Terms and
Conditions, which are available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.
Important! Read this informa- tion before using Safety Con- nect.
Exposure to radio fre- quency signals
The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio frequency (RF) signals.
In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wireless phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety standards previously set by the following U.S. and international standards bodies.
ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992]
NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement) Report 86 [1986]
ICNIRP (International Com- mission on Non-Ionizing Radi- ation Protection) [1996]
Safety information for Safety Connect
631-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA H/B_U
1
F or safety and secu
rity
Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic evaluations of the relevant sci- entific literature. Over 120 scien- tists, engineers, and physicians from universities, and govern- ment health agencies and industries reviewed the avail- able body of research to develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1).
The design of Safety Connect complies with the FCC guide- lines in addition to those stan- dards.
64 1-4. Theft deterrent system
COROLLA H/B_U
1-4.Theft deterrent system
The indicator light flashes after the engine switch has been turned off to indicate that the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing after the engine switch has been turned to ACC or ON to indicate that the system has been can- celed.
System maintenance
The vehicle has a mainte- nance-free type engine immobilizer system.
Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object
If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security sys- tem (key with a built-in transpon- der chip) of another vehicle
Engine immobilizer system
The vehicles keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent the engine from starting if a key has not been previously registered in the vehicles on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.
Operating the system
651-4. Theft deterrent system
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
Certifications for the engine immobilizer system For vehicles sold in the U.S.A., Hawaii, Guam and Puerto Rico
For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTICE To ensure the system oper-
ates correctly Do not modify or remove the sys- tem. If modified or removed, the proper operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
66 1-4. Theft deterrent system
COROLLA H/B_U
*: If equipped
Items to check before lock- ing the vehicle
To prevent unexpected trigger- ing of the alarm and vehicle theft, make sure of the following:
Nobody is in the vehicle.
The windows are closed before the alarm is set.
No valuables or other per- sonal items are left in the vehicle.
Setting
Close the doors, back door and hood, and lock all the doors. The system will set automati- cally after 30 seconds.
The indicator light changes from being on to flashing when the sys- tem is set.
Deactivating or stopping
Do one of the following to deac- tivate or stop the alarms:
Unlock the doors.
Turn the engine switch to ACC or ON, or start the engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a few seconds.)
System maintenance
The vehicle has a mainte- nance-free type alarm system.
Triggering of the alarm
The alarm may be triggered in the following situations: (Stopping the alarm deactivates the alarm system.)
A person inside the vehicle opens a door, back door or hood, or unlocks the vehicle.
A person inside the vehicle
Alarm*
The alarm uses light and sound to give an alert when an intrusion is detected. The alarm is triggered in the following situations when the alarm is set:
A locked door or back door is unlocked or opened in any way other than using the entry function, wireless remote control or mechani- cal key. (The doors will lock again automatically.)
The hood is opened.
Setting/deactivating/stop- ping the alarm system
671-4. Theft deterrent system
COROLLA H/B_U
1
For safety and security
unlocks the door using the inside lock buttons.
The battery is recharged or replaced when the vehicle is locked. (P.508)
Alarm-operated door lock In the following cases, depending on the situation, the door may auto- matically lock to prevent improper entry into the vehicle: When a person remaining in the
vehicle unlocks the door and the alarm is activated.
While the alarm is activated, a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the door.
When recharging or replacing the battery
NOTICE To ensure the system oper-
ates correctly Do not modify or remove the sys- tem. If modified or removed, the proper operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
Theft prevention labels (U.S.A.)
These labels are attached to the vehicle to reduce vehi- cle theft by facilitating the tracing and recovery of parts from stolen vehicles. Do not remove under the penalty of law.
68 1-4. Theft deterrent system
COROLLA H/B_U
69
COROLLA H/B_U
2
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
Vehicle status information and indicators
.
2-1. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and indica- tors ...............................70
Gauges and meters (4.2-inch display)..........74
Gauges and meters (7-inch display).........................78
Multi-information display .....................................82
Head-up display .............89 Fuel consumption informa- tion ...............................93
70 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2-1.Instrument cluster
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustrations display all warning lights and indicators illuminated.
4.2-inch display
7-inch display (when analog speedometer is displayed)
Warning lights and indicators
The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster, center panel and outside rear view mirrors inform the driver of the status of the vehicles various systems.
Warning lights and indicators displayed on the instru- ment cluster
712-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
7-inch display (when digital speedometer is displayed)
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehicles systems.
Warning lights
(U.S.A.)
Brake system warning
light*1 (P.472)
(Red) (Canada)
Brake system warning
light*1 (P.472)
(Yellow)
Brake system warning
light*1 (P.472)
High coolant temperature
warning light*2 (P.472) Charging system warning
light*1 (P.473) Low engine oil pressure
warning light*2 (P.473)
(U.S.A.)
Malfunction indicator
lamp*1 (P.473)
(Canada)
Malfunction indicator
lamp*1 (P.473)
SRS warning light*1 (P.473)
(U.S.A.)
ABS warning light*1 (P.474)
(Canada)
ABS warning light*1 (P.474)
Brake Override System warning light/Drive-Start
Control warning light*2 (P.474)
(Red)
Electric power steering
system warning light*1 (P.475)
(Yellow)
Electric power steering
system warning light*1 (P.475) Low fuel level warning light (P.475) Drivers and front passen- gers seat belt reminder light (P.475)
72 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
*1:These lights come on when the engine switch is turned to ON to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if the lights do not come on, or turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*2:This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicles various systems.
Rear passengers seat belt reminder lights (P.476)
Tire pressure warning light*1 (P.476)
(Orange)
LTA indicator (if equipped) (P.476) LDA indicator (if equipped) (P.476)
(Flashes)
RCTA OFF indicator*1 (if equipped) (P.477)
(Flashes or illumi- nates)
PCS warning light*1 (P.477)
Slip indicator*1 (P.477)
(Flashes) (U.S.A.)
Parking brake indicator (P.478)
(Flashes) (Canada)
Parking brake indicator (P.478)
(Flashes)
Brake hold operated indi- cator*1 (P.478)
(Orange)
iMT indicator*1 (if equipped) (P.478)
WARNING If a safety system warning
light does not come on Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS warning light not come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death or seri- ous injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately if this occurs.
Indicators
Turn signal indicator (P.153)
(U.S.A.)
Headlight indicator (P.160)
(Canada)
Tail light indicator (P.160)
Headlight high beam indi- cator (P.162) Automatic High Beam indicator (P.163) Front fog light indicator (if equipped) (P.166) PCS warning light*1, 2 (P.180) Cruise control indicator (P.204, 215) Dynamic radar cruise con- trol indicator (P.204, 215)
732-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
*1:These lights come on when the engine switch is turned to ON to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if the lights do not come on, or turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*2:This light comes on when the system is turned off.
*3:Depending on the operating con- dition, the color and illuminat- ing/flashing state of the light change.
*4:This light illuminates on the out- side rear view mirrors.
*5:This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
*6:When the outside temperature is approximately 37F (3C) or lower, this indicator will flash for approximately 10 seconds, then stay on.
*7:This light illuminates on the cen- ter panel.
Cruise control SET indi- cator (P.204, 215)
*3
LTA indicator (if equipped) (P.191)
LDA indicator (if equipped) (P.200) BSM outside rear view
mirror indicators*1, 4 (if equipped) (P.228) BSM indicator (if equipped) (P.228)
RCTA OFF indicator*1, 2 (if equipped) (P.233)
(Flashes) Slip indicator*1 (P.247)
VSC OFF indicator*1, 2 (P.247) Smart key system indica-
tor*5 (P.142)
(U.S.A.)
Parking brake indicator (P.154)
(Canada)
Parking brake indicator (P.154)
Brake hold standby indi-
cator*1 (P.157) Brake hold operated indi-
cator*1 (P.157)
Auto EPB OFF indicator*1,
2 (if equipped) (P.154) Eco Driving Indicator
Light*1(if equipped) (P.85) Low outside temperature
indicator*6 (P.74, 78) Security indicator (P.64, 66)
AIR BAG ON/OFF
indicator*1, 7 (P.38)
Sport mode indicator (if equipped) (P.245)
(Green)
iMT indicator (if equipped) (P.152)
74 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
Locations of gauges and meters
The units of measure may differ depending on the intended destination of the vehicle.
Tachometer Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute
Speedometer
Outside temperature Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40F (-40C) to 122F (50C)
Clock (P.76)
Multi-information display Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data (P.82) Displays warning messages if a malfunction occurs (P.482)
Odometer and trip meter display (P.75)
Shift position indicator (P.147)
Display change button (P.75)
Fuel gauge Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank
Engine coolant temperature gauge Displays the engine coolant temperature
Gauges and meters (4.2-inch display)
Meter display
752-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
Vehicle status inform ation and indicators
Outside temperature display In the following situations, the cor-
rect outside temperature may not be displayed, or the display may take longer than normal to change:
When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 16 mph [25 km/h])
When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
When -- or E is displayed, the system may be malfunctioning. Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Liquid crystal display P.83
Changing the display Press the display change button until the desired item is dis- played.
Display items Odometer Displays the total distance the vehi- cle has been driven. Trip meter A/Trip meter B Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display
WARNING The information display at
low temperatures Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the drivers shifting and the new gear number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to downshift again, causing rapid and exces- sive engine braking and possibly an accident resulting in death or injury.
NOTICE To prevent damage to the
engine and its components Do not let the indicator needle
of the tachometer enter the red zone, which indicates the maxi- mum engine speed.
The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant tempera- ture gauge is in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (P.510)
Odometer and trip meter display
76 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
different distances independently.
To reset, display the desired trip meter and press and hold the dis- play change button.
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted.
1 Brighter
2 Darker
Instrument panel light bright- ness adjustment
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted sepa- rately for when the tail lights are on and off.
Clock adjustment
The clocks on the following can be adjusted on the audio system screen.
Multi-information display
Audio system screen
Setting the clock to be adjusted automatically by GPS
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup on the Menu screen.
3 Select General on the Setup screen.
4 Select Clock.
5 Select Auto Adjust by GPS to set to on.
Adjusting the clock manu- ally
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup on the Menu screen.
3 Select General on the Setup screen.
4 Select Clock.
5 Select Auto Adjust by GPS to set to off.
6 Adjust the displayed time.
Hour: Select - or + of Hours to adjust the hour.
Minute: Select - or + of Minutes to adjust the min- ute.
:00: Select to set the clock to the beginning of the nearest hour.
e.g.
1:00 to 1:29 1:00
1:30 to 1:59 2:00
Setting the time zone
1 Press the MENU button.
Changing the instrument panel light brightness
Adjusting the clock
772-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
2 Select Setup on the Menu screen.
3 Select General on the Setup screen.
4 Select Clock.
5 Select Time Zone.
Select the desired time zone.
Premium Audio only: If Auto is selected, the time zone is selected automatically by current vehicle position.
Setting daylight saving time
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup on the Menu screen.
3 Select General on the Setup screen.
4 Select Clock.
5 Select Daylight Saving
Time then on/off/auto*. *: Premium Audio only
Changing the clock between 12-hour/24-hour format
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup on the Menu screen.
3 Select General on the Setup screen.
4 Select Clock.
5 Select 24-Hour Time For- mat and then on/off.
When set to off, the clock is dis- played in 12 hour time format.
Clock settings screen
If Clock : 00 is displayed when is selected on the multi-information display, the system may be malfunc- tioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
78 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
Locations of gauges and meters
Analog speedometer
The units of measure may differ depending on the intended destination of the vehicle.
Tachometer Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute
Speedometer
Clock (P.81)
Fuel gauge Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank
Engine coolant temperature gauge Displays the engine coolant temperature
Display change button (P.80)
Odometer and trip meter display (P.80)
Multi-information display Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data (P.82) Displays warning messages if a malfunction occurs (P.482)
Outside temperature Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40F (-40C) to 122F (50C)
Gauges and meters (7-inch display)
Meter display
792-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
Shift position indicator (P.147)
Digital speedometer
The units of measure may differ depending on the intended destination of the vehicle.
Tachometer Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute
Speedometer
Clock (P.81)
Fuel gauge Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank
Engine coolant temperature gauge Displays the engine coolant temperature
Display change button (P.80)
Odometer and trip meter display (P.80)
Multi-information display Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data (P.82) Displays warning messages if a malfunction occurs (P.482)
Outside temperature Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40F (-40C) to 122F (50C)
Shift position indicator (P.147)
Outside temperature display
In the following situations, the cor-
rect outside temperature may not be displayed, or the display may take longer than normal to change:
80 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 16 mph [25 km/h])
When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
When -- or E is displayed, the system may be malfunctioning. Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Liquid crystal display P.83 Customization The gauges and meters can be cus- tomized in of the multi-informa- tion display. (P.87)
Changing the display Press the display change button until the desired item is dis- played.
Display items Odometer Displays the total distance the vehi- cle has been driven. Trip meter A/Trip meter B Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display different distances independently. To reset, display the desired trip meter and press and hold the dis- play change button.
WARNING The information display at
low temperatures Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the drivers shifting and the new gear number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to downshift again, causing rapid and exces- sive engine braking and possibly an accident resulting in death or injury.
NOTICE To prevent damage to the
engine and its components Do not let the indicator needle
of the tachometer enter the red zone, which indicates the maxi- mum engine speed.
The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant tempera- ture gauge is in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (P.510)
Odometer and trip meter display
812-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted.
1 Brighter
2 Darker
Instrument panel light bright- ness adjustment
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted sepa- rately for when the tail lights are on and off.
Clock adjustment
The clocks on the following can be adjusted on the audio system screen.
Multi-information display
Audio system screen
Setting the clock to be adjusted automatically by GPS
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup on the Menu screen.
3 Select General on the Setup screen.
4 Select Clock.
5 Select Auto Adjust by GPS to set to on.
Adjusting the clock manu- ally
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup on the Menu screen.
3 Select General on the Setup screen.
4 Select Clock.
5 Select Auto Adjust by GPS to set to off.
6 Adjust the displayed time.
Hour: Select - or + of Hours to adjust the hour.
Minute: Select - or + of Minutes to adjust the min- ute.
:00: Select to set the clock to the beginning of the nearest hour.
e.g.
1:00 to 1:29 1:00
1:30 to 1:59 2:00
Setting the time zone
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup on the Menu screen.
3 Select General on the Setup screen.
4 Select Clock.
Changing the instrument panel light brightness
Adjusting the clock
82 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
5 Select Time Zone.
Select the desired time zone.
Premium Audio only: If Auto is selected, the time zone is selected automatically by current vehicle position.
Setting daylight saving time
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup on the Menu screen.
3 Select General on the Setup screen.
4 Select Clock.
5 Select Daylight Saving
Time then on/off/auto*. *: Premium Audio only
Changing the clock between 12-hour/24-hour format
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup on the Menu screen.
3 Select General on the Setup screen.
4 Select Clock.
5 Select 24-Hour Time For- mat and then on/off.
When set to off, the clock is dis- played in 12 hour time format.
Clock settings screen
If Clock : 00 is displayed when is selected on the multi-information display, the system may be malfunc- tioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Display
4.2-inch display
Driving assist system status display area
Displays an image when the follow- ing systems are operating and a
menu icon other than is selected: LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if
equipped) LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) (if equipped) Dynamic radar cruise control (if
equipped) Dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range (if equipped) RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if
equipped) (P.225)
Content display area By selecting menu icons on the multi-information display, a variety of driving-related information can be displayed. The multi-information display can also be used to change display settings and other vehicle settings.
Warning or advice pop-up displays
Multi-information dis- play
Display and menu icons
832-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
Vehicle status inform ation and indicators
are also displayed in certain situa- tions. 7-inch display
Driving assist system status display area
Displays an image when the follow- ing systems are operating and a menu icon other than is selected: LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if
equipped) LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) (if equipped) Dynamic radar cruise control (if
equipped) Dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range (if equipped) RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if
equipped) (P.225) Content display area
By selecting menu icons on the multi-information display, a variety of driving-related information can be displayed. The multi-information display can also be used to change display settings and other vehicle settings. Warning or advice pop-up displays are also displayed in certain situa- tions. Menu icons The menu icons will be dis-
played by pressing the or meter control switch.
Liquid crystal display Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenom- enon is characteristic of liquid crys- tal displays, and there is no problem continuing to use the display.
The multi-information display is
Driving information display (P.84) Driving support system information display (P.86) Audio system-linked dis- play (P.86) Vehicle information dis- play (P.86)
Settings display (P.87)
Warning message display (P.482)
WARNING Caution for use while driving When operating the multi-infor-
mation display while driving, pay extra attention to the safety of the area around the vehicle.
Do not look continuously at the multi-information display while driving as you may fail to see pedestrians, objects on the road, etc. ahead of the vehicle.
The information display at low temperatures
P.75, 80
Changing the meter dis- play
84 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
operated using the meter control switches.
/ : Select menu icons
/ : Change displayed content, scroll up/down the screen and move the cursor up/down
Press: Enter/Set Press and hold: Reset/Dis- play customizable items
Return to the previous screen
Call sending/receiving and history display
Display items
Speedometer display/Driving range (4.2-inch display)
Fuel economy
Eco Driving Indicator/Driving range (if equipped)
Speedometer display/Driv- ing range (4.2-inch display)
Speedometer display
Driving range
Displays driving range with remain-
ing fuel. Use the displayed values as a reference only.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may not be updated. When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled without turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
Fuel economy
Use the displayed values as a ref- erence only.
Average fuel economy (after reset)
To reset the average fuel economy
display, press and hold the
meter control switch.
Current fuel consumption Displays instantaneous current fuel consumption.
Driving range Displays driving range with remain- ing fuel.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As a result, the actual distance that
Content of driving infor- mation
852-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
can be driven may differ from that displayed.
When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may not be updated. When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled without turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
The average fuel economy dis-
play can be changed in . (P.87)
Average fuel economy (after start)
Displays the average fuel con- sumption since engine start.
Average fuel economy (after refuel)
Displays the average fuel con- sumption since the vehicle was refueled.
Eco Driving Indicator/Driv- ing range (if equipped)
Eco Driving Indicator
Eco Driving Indicator Light During Eco-friendly acceleration
(Eco driving), the Eco Driving Indi- cator Light will turn on. When the acceleration exceeds the Zone of Eco driving, or when the vehicle is stopped, the light turns off.
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
Suggests the Zone of Eco driving with current Eco driving ratio based on acceleration.
Eco driving ratio based on acceleration
If the acceleration exceeds the Zone of Eco driving, the right side of the Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display will illuminate.
At this time, the Eco Driving Indica- tor Light will turn off.
Zone of Eco driving
Driving range
Displays driving range with remain- ing fuel. Use the displayed values as a reference only.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may not be updated. When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled without turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
Eco Driving Indicator
Eco Driving Indicator will not oper- ate under the following conditions:
The shift lever is in any position other than D.
86 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
A paddle shift switch is operated. (If equipped)
The driving mode is set to sport mode.
The vehicle speed is approxi- mately 80 mph (130 km/h) or higher.
Driving support system information
Select to display the operational status of the following systems:
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if equipped) (P.186)
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (if equipped) (P.196)
Dynamic radar cruise control (if equipped) (P.215)
Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range (if equipped) (P.204)
Navigation system-linked display (if equipped)
Select to display the following navigation system-linked infor- mation:
Route guidance to destination
Compass display (head- ing-up display)
Route guidance to destination display
When the route guidance to destina- tion display is enabled on the head-up display, it will not be dis- played on the multi-information dis-
play. (P.90)
Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the meter using the meter control switches.
This menu icon can be set to be
displayed/not displayed in .
Drive information
Displays drive information such as the following:
Drive information type
Drive information items
Displays the following depend- ing on which drive information type and drive information items
were selected in . (P.87)
After start
Distance: Displays the distance driven since engine start
Elapsed time: Displays the elapsed time since engine start
Driving support system information display
Audio system-linked dis- play
Vehicle information dis- play
872-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
Average vehicle speed: Displays the average vehicle speed since engine start
After reset
Distance: Displays the distance driven since the display was
reset*
Elapsed time: Displays the elapsed time since the display
was reset*
Average vehicle speed: Displays the average vehicle speed since
the display was reset*
*: To reset, display the desired item
and press and hold the
meter control switch.
Meter display settings that can be changed
Language
Select to change the language dis- played.
Units
Select to change the units of mea- sure displayed.
Speedometer display (7-inch display)
Select to set the display of the speedometer to analog/digital.
Eco Driving Indicator Light (if equipped)
Select to enable/disable the Eco Driving Indicator Light.
Fuel economy display
Select to change the average fuel consumption display between after start/after reset. (P.84)
Select to display/not display the audio system linked display.
Select to change the displayed con- tent of the following:
Drive information type
Select to change the drive informa- tion type display between after start/after reset.
Drive information items
Select to set the first and second items of the drive information dis- play to any of the following: aver- age vehicle speed/distance/elapsed time.
Pop-up display
Select to enable/disable pop-up displays for each relevant system.
Multi-information display off
Select to turn the multi-information display off.
To turn the multi-information display on again, press any of the following meter control switches
/ / / / / .
Default setting
Select to reset the meter display settings to the default setting.
Vehicle functions and set- tings that can be changed
P.535
Settings display
88 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
Suspension of the settings dis- play
Some settings cannot be changed while driving. When changing set- tings, park the vehicle in a safe place.
If a warning message is displayed, operation of the settings display will be suspended.
WARNING Cautions during setting up
the display If the engine is running when changing the display settings, ensure that the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventila- tion. In a closed area such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a seri- ous health hazard.
NOTICE During setting up the display To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while setting up the display fea- tures.
892-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
*: If equipped
Illustrations used in this text are intended as examples, and may differ from the image that is actually displayed by the head-up display.
Driving assist system status/navigation system-linked display area (if equipped) (P.91)
Shift position display (continuously variable transmission)/RSA (Road Sign Assist) display area (if equipped) (P.147, 225)
Vehicle speed display
Tachometer/Eco Driving Indicator (if equipped)/Outside tempera- ture display area (P.92)
Head-up display will operate when
The engine switch is in ON.
When using the head-up dis- play
The head-up display may seem dark or hard to see when viewed through sunglasses, especially
polarized sunglasses. Adjust the brightness of the head-up display or remove your sunglasses.
Street name display (vehicles with a navigation system)
Only street names which are included in the map data will be dis- played.
Head-up display*
The head-up display projects a variety of driving-related infor- mation and the operating state of the driving support systems on the windshield.
System components
90 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
Select on the multi-informa- tion display (P.87) and then HUD Main. Enabling/disabling the
head-up display
Press the meter control switch to enable/disable the head-up display. Changing the head-up dis-
play settings
Press and hold the meter control switch to change the fol- lowing settings: Brightness and vertical posi-
tion of the head-up display Select to adjust the brightness or vertical position of the head-up dis- play. Display content Select to change the display between the following: No content Eco Driving Indicator (if
equipped) Tachometer Select to enable/disable the follow- ing items: Route guidance to destination (if
equipped) Driving support system display Compass (heading-up display) (if
equipped) Audio system operation status (if
equipped)
WARNING When using the head-up dis-
play Check that the position and
brightness of the head-up dis- play image does not interfere with safe driving. Incorrect adjustment of the images posi- tion or brightness may obstruct the drivers view and lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not continuously look at the head-up display while driving as you may fail to see pedestrians, objects on the road, etc. ahead of the vehicle.
NOTICE Head-up display projector Do not place any drinks near
the head-up display projector. If the projector gets wet, electrical malfunctions may result.
Do not place anything on or put stickers onto the head-up dis- play projector. Doing so could interrupt head-up display indications.
Do not touch the inside of the head-up display projector or thrust sharp edges or the like into the projector. Doing so could cause mechani- cal malfunctions.
Using the head-up display
912-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
Vehicle status inform ation and indicators
Display angle Select to adjust the angle of the head-up display.
Enabling/disabling of the head-up display
If the head-up display is disabled, it will remain disabled when the engine switch is turned off then back to ON. Display brightness The brightness of the head-up dis- play can be adjusted on of the multi-information display. Also, it is automatically adjusted according to the ambient brightness.
Driving assist system sta- tus display
Displays the operational status of the following systems: Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range (if equipped) (P.204)
Dynamic radar cruise control (if equipped) (P.215)
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if equipped) (P.186)
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (if equipped) (P.196)
Details of content displayed on the head-up display may differ from that displayed on the multi-informa- tion display. For details, refer to the explanation of each system. Navigation system-linked
display area (if equipped) Displays the following items which are linked to the naviga- tion system: Street name Route guidance to destination Compass (heading-up dis-
play)
Pop-up displays for the following
WARNING Caution for changing settings
of the head-up display If the engine is running when changing the display settings, ensure that the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monox- ide (CO) may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health hazard.
NOTICE When changing the settings
of the head-up display To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while changing the settings of the head-up display.
Driving assist system sta- tus/navigation sys- tem-linked display area (if equipped)
Pop-up display
92 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
systems will be displayed when necessary:
Driving support systems
Displays a warning/sugges- tion/advice message or the operating state of a relevant system.
PCS (Pre-Collision System) (P.178)
Brake Override System (P.131)
Drive-Start Control (if equipped) (P.132)
Details of content displayed on the head-up display may differ from that displayed on the multi-informa- tion display. For details, refer to the explanation of each system.
icon
Displayed when a warning mes- sage is displayed on the multi-information display. (P.482)
Warning message
Some warning messages are displayed when necessary, according to certain conditions.
Details of content displayed on the head-up display may differ from that displayed on the multi-informa- tion display.
Audio system operation status (if equipped)
Displayed when an audio remote control switch on the steering wheel is operated.
Hands-free system status
Displayed when the hands-free system is operated.
When a pop-up display is dis- played
When a pop-up display is displayed, a current display may no longer be displayed. In this case, the display will return after the pop-up display disappears.
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute.
Eco Driving Indicator (if equipped)
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
Eco driving ratio based on acceleration
Zone of Eco driving Displayed content is the same as that displayed on the multi-informa- tion display (Eco Driving Indicator). For details, refer to P.85.
Tachometer/Eco Driving Indicator/Outside tem- perature display
932-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
Outside temperature dis- play
Displayed when the engine switch is turned to ON or when the low outside temperature indicator is flashing.
Outside temperature display
When the ambient temperature is approximately 37F (3C) or lower, the low outside temperature indicator will flash for approxi- mately 10 seconds and the out- side temperature display will turn off. In this case, the display will be displayed again when the outside temperature becomes approxi- mately 41F (5C) or higher.
In the following situations, the cor- rect outside temperature may not be displayed, or the display may take longer than normal to change:
When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 16 mph [25 km/h])
When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
When -- or E is displayed, the system may be malfunctioning. Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Audio system screen
Trip information
Audio without DCM/Audio Plus without DCM
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Info on the Menu screen.
If a screen other than Trip Informa- tion is displayed, select Trip Infor- mation.
Audio with DCM/Audio Plus with DCM or Premium Audio
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Info on the Menu screen.
3 Select ECO on the Infor- mation screen.
Fuel consumption information
Fuel consumption informa- tion can be displayed on the audio system screen.
System components
Consumption
94 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
If a screen other than Trip Informa- tion is displayed, select Trip Infor- mation.
Resetting the consumption data
Fuel consumption in the past 15 minutes
Current fuel consumption
Average vehicle speed since the engine was started.
Elapsed time since the engine was started.
Cruising range
Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by color into past averages and averages attained since the engine switch was last turned to ON. Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a refer- ence.
The image is an example only, and may vary slightly from actual condi- tions.
History
Audio without DCM/Audio Plus without DCM
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Info on the Menu screen.
If a screen other than History is displayed, select History.
Audio with DCM/Audio Plus with DCM or Premium Audio
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Info on the Menu screen.
3 Select ECO on the Infor- mation screen.
If a screen other than History is displayed, select History.
Best recorded fuel consump- tion
Latest fuel consumption
Previous fuel consumption record
Resetting the history data
Updating the latest fuel con- sumption data
The average fuel consumption history is divided by color into past averages and the average fuel consumption since the last updated. Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
952-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
2
V ehicle status inform
ation and indicators
The image is an example only, and may vary slightly from actual condi- tions.
Updating the history data
Update the latest fuel consumption by selecting Update to measure the current fuel consumption again.
Resetting the data
The fuel consumption data can be deleted by selecting Clear.
Cruising range
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quantity of fuel remaining.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
96 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA H/B_U
97
COROLLA H/B_U
3
3
B efore driving
Before driving
.
3-1. Key information
Keys ...............................98 3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors................... 101 Back door.................... 105 Smart key system ....... 108
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats .................. 115 Rear seats................... 116 Head restraints............ 118
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel ............ 121 Inside rear view mirror
.................................. 122 Outside rear view mirrors
.................................. 123 3-5. Opening and closing the
windows
Power windows ........... 125
98 3-1. Key information
COROLLA H/B_U
3-1.Key information
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Electronic keys Operating the smart key system
(P.108) Operating the wireless remote
control function (P.99)
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
When riding in an aircraft
When bringing an electronic key onto an aircraft, make sure you do not press any buttons on the elec- tronic key while inside the aircraft cabin. If you are carrying an elec- tronic key in your bag, etc., ensure that the buttons are not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the electronic key to emit radio waves that could inter- fere with the operation of the air- craft.
Electronic key battery depletion
The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin and a message will be shown on the multi-information display when the engine is stopped.
To reduce key battery depletion when the electronic key is to not be used for long periods of time, set the electronic key to the bat- tery-saving mode. (P.109)
As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The fol- lowing symptoms indicate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (P.456)
The smart key system or the wire- less remote control does not oper- ate.
The detection area becomes smaller.
The LED indicator on the key sur- face does not turn on.
To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft. (1 m) of the following electri- cal appliances that produce a magnetic field:
TVs Personal computers Cellular phones, cordless phones
and battery chargers Recharging cellular phones or
cordless phones Table lamps Induction cookers
If the electronic key is near the vehicle for longer than necessary, even if the smart key system is not operated, the key battery may become depleted faster than nor- mal.
Replacing the battery
P.456
If A New Key has been Regis- tered Contact Your Dealer for Details is shown on the multi-information display
This message will be displayed each time the drivers door is opened when the doors are unlocked from the outside for approximately 10 days after a new electronic key has been registered.
Keys
The keys
993-1. Key information
COROLLA H/B_U
3
Before driving
If this message is displayed but you have not had a new electronic key registered, ask your Toyota dealer to check if an unknown electronic key (other than those in your posses- sion) has been registered.
The keys are equipped with the following wireless remote con- trol:
Locks the doors (P.101) Unlocks the doors (P.101) Opens the windows* (P.101) Sounds the alarm
*: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Panic mode When is pressed for longer than about one second, an alarm will sound intermittently and the vehicle lights will flash to deter any person from trying to break into or damage your vehicle. To stop the alarm, press any button on the wireless remote control.
NOTICE To prevent key damage Do not drop the keys, subject
them to strong shocks or bend them.
Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time.
Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer etc.
Do not attach metallic or mag- netic materials to the keys or place the keys close to such materials.
Do not disassemble the keys.
Do not attach a sticker or any- thing else to the surface of the key.
Do not place the keys near objects that produce magnetic fields, such as TVs, audio sys- tems and induction cookers, or medical electrical equipment, such as low-frequency therapy equipment.
Carrying the electronic key on your person
Carry the electronic key 3.9 in. (10 cm) or more away from elec- tric appliances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances within 3.9 in. (10 cm) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, causing the key to not function properly.
In case of a smart key system malfunction or other key-related problems
P.504
When an electronic key is lost P.504
Wireless remote control
100 3-1. Key information
COROLLA H/B_U
To take out the mechanical key, push the release button and take the key out.
The mechanical key can only be inserted in one direction, as the key only has grooves on one side. If the key cannot be inserted in a lock cylinder, turn it over and re-attempt to insert it.
After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key battery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will need the mechanical key. (P.504)
If you lose your mechanical keys
P.504
If a wrong key is used
The key cylinder rotates freely, iso- lated from the internal mechanism.
Using the mechanical key
1013-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
3
B efore driving
3-2.Opening, closing and locking the doors
Smart key system
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.
1 Grip the drivers door handle to unlock the door. Holding the drivers door handle for approximately 2 seconds unlocks all the doors. Grip the front passengers door handle to unlock all the
doors.*
Make sure to touch the sensor on the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked for 3 seconds after the doors are locked. *: The door unlock settings can be
changed. (P.101, 535)
2 Touch the lock sensor (the indentation on the side of the front door handle) to lock all the doors.
Check that the door is securely locked.
Wireless remote control
1 Locks all the doors Check that the door is securely locked.
2 Unlocks all the doors Pressing the button unlocks the drivers door. Pressing the button again within 5 seconds unlocks the other doors.
Press and hold to open the win-
dows.*
*: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Switching the door unlock func- tion
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks using the wireless remote control. 1 Turn the engine switch off. 2 When the indicator light on the
key surface is not on, press and hold or for approxi- mately 5 seconds while pressing and holding .
The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below. (When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at least 5 seconds, and repeat step 2.)
Side doors
Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside
102 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
For vehicles with an alarm: To pre- vent unintended triggering of the alarm, unlock the doors using the wireless remote control and open and close a door once after the set- tings have been changed. (If a door is not opened within 60 seconds after is pressed, the doors will be locked again and the alarm will automatically be set.) In case that the alarm is triggered, immediately stop the alarm. (P.66)
Operation signals
A buzzer sounds and the emer- gency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote control. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
A buzzer sounds to indicate that the windows are operating.
Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the
vehicle is unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote control, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.
When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the surface of the front door handle
If the doors cannot be locked by touching the lock sensor with a fin- ger, touch the lock sensor with the palm of your hand.
If you are wearing gloves, remove them.
Door lock buzzer
If an attempt to lock the doors using the entry function or wireless remote control is made when a door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound continuously for 5 seconds. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the doors again.
Alarm (if equipped)
Locking the doors will set the alarm system. (P.66)
Conditions affecting the opera- tion of the smart key system or wireless remote control
P.109
If the smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate properly
Use the mechanical key to lock and unlock the doors. (P.504)
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. (P.456)
If the battery is discharged
The doors cannot be locked and unlocked using the smart key sys-
Multi-informa- tion display/Beep
Unlocking func- tion
Exterior: Beeps 3 times
Interior: Pings once
Holding the drivers door handle unlocks only the drivers door.
Holding the front passengers door handle unlocks all the doors.
Exterior: Beeps twice
Interior: Pings once
Holding either front door handle unlocks all the doors.
1033-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
3
Before driving
tem or wireless remote control. Lock or unlock the doors using the mechanical key. (P.504) Customization Some functions can be customized. (P.535)
Door lock switches (to lock/unlock)
1 Locks all the doors 2 Unlocks all the doors Inside lock buttons
1 Locks the door 2 Unlocks the door
WARNING To prevent an accident Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle. Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant being thrown out of the vehicle, resulting in death or serious injury.
Ensure that all doors are prop- erly closed and locked.
Do not pull the inside door han- dle while driving. Be especially careful of the front doors, as the doors may be opened even if the inside lock buttons are in the locked posi- tion.
Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear seats.
When opening or closing a door
Check the surroundings of the vehicle such as whether the vehi- cle is on an incline, whether there is enough space for a door to open and whether a strong wind is blowing. When opening or clos- ing the door, hold the door handle tightly to prepare for any unpre- dictable movement.
When using the wireless remote control and operating the power windows
Operate the power windows after checking to make sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the windows. Also, do not allow children to operate the wireless remote control. It is pos- sible for children and other pas- sengers to get caught in the power windows.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside
104 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
The front doors can be opened by pulling the inside handle even if the lock buttons are in the lock position.
Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
1 Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
2 Close the door. The door cannot be locked if the engine switch is in ACC or ON, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle. The key may not be detected cor- rectly and the door may be locked. Open door warning buzzer If a door or the back door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound when the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h). The open door(s) or back door is indicated on the multi-information display.
The door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when lock is set.
1 Unlock 2 Lock These locks can be set to prevent children from opening the rear doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear doors.
The following functions can be set or canceled: For instructions on customizing, refer to P.535.
*: Vehicles with a continuously vari- able transmission
Rear door child-protector lock
Automatic door locking and unlocking systems
Function Operation
Speed linked door locking function
All doors are auto- matically locked when vehicle speed is approxi- mately 12 mph (20 km/h) or higher.
Shift position linked door locking func- tion*
All doors are auto- matically locked when shifting the shift lever out of P.
Shift position linked door unlocking function*
All doors are auto- matically unlocked when shifting the shift lever to P.
Drivers door linked door unlocking function
All doors are auto- matically unlocked when drivers door is opened.
1053-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
3
Before driving
Back door
The back door can be locked/unlocked and opened by the following procedures.
WARNING Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Caution while driving Keep the back door closed
while driving. If the back door is left open, it may hit near-by objects while driving or luggage may be unexpectedly thrown out, causing an accident. In addition, exhaust gases may enter the vehicle, causing death or a serious health hazard. Make sure to close the back door before driving.
Before driving the vehicle, make sure that the back door is fully closed. If the back door is not fully closed, it may open unex- pectedly while driving, causing an accident.
Never let anyone sit in the lug- gage compartment. In the event of sudden braking or a collision, they are susceptible to death or serious injury.
When children are in the vehi- cle
Do not allow children to play in the luggage compartment. If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could have heat exhaus- tion or other injuries.
Do not allow a child to open or close the back door. Doing so may cause the back door to move unexpectedly, or cause the childs hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door.
Operating the back door Remove any heavy loads, such
as snow and ice, from the back door before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the back door to suddenly shut again after it is opened.
When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure the surrounding area is safe.
If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that the back door is about to open or close.
Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it may move abruptly in strong wind.
The back door may suddenly shut if it is not opened fully. It is more difficult to open or close the back door on an incline than on a level surface, so beware of the back door unexpectedly opening or closing by itself. Make sure that the back door is fully open and secure before using the luggage compartment.
106 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
Entry function
1 Press the button to unlock the back door.
The door cannot be unlocked for 3 seconds after the door is locked. 2 Press the button to lock the
back door. Check that the door is securely locked. Wireless remote control P.101
Operation signals P.102
Door lock switches P.103
Open Raise the back door while push-
WARNING When closing the back door,
take extra care to prevent your fingers etc. from being caught.
When closing the back door, make sure to press it lightly on its outer surface. If the back door handle is used to fully close the back door, it may result in hands or arms being caught.
Do not pull on the back door damper stay to close the back door, and do not hang on the back door damper stay. Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the back door damper stay to break, causing an acci- dent.
If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy object is attached to the back door, it may suddenly shut again after being opened, caus- ing someones hands, head or neck to be caught and injured. When installing an accessory part to the back door, using a genuine Toyota part is recom- mended.
Unlocking and locking the back door from the out- side
Unlocking and locking the back door from the inside
Opening/closing the back door
1073-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
3
Before driving
ing up the back door opener switch. The back door cannot be closed immediately after the back door opener switch is pushed.
Close Lower the back door using the back door handle, and make sure to push the back door down from the outside to close it. Be careful not to pull the back door sideways when closing the back door with the handle.
Open door warning buzzer P.104 Luggage compartment light The luggage compartment light turns on when the back door is opened.
NOTICE Back door damper stays The back door is equipped with damper stays that hold the back door in place.
Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may cause dam- age to the back door damper stay, resulting in malfunction.
Do not attach any foreign objects, such as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives to the damper stay rod.
Do not touch the damper stay rod with gloves or other fabric items.
Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the back door.
Do not place your hand on the damper stay or apply lateral forces to it.
108 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
Antenna location
Antennas outside the cabin
Antennas inside the cabin
Antenna inside the luggage compartment
Antenna outside the luggage compartment
Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected)
When locking or unlocking the doors
The system can be operated when the electronic key is within about 2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of an outside front door handle and back door. (Only the doors detecting the key can be operated.)
When starting the engine or changing engine switch modes
The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the vehi- cle.
Alarms and warning messages
A combination of exterior and inte- rior buzzers as well as warning mes- sages shown on the multi-information display are used to prevent theft of the vehicle and acci- dents resulting from erroneous operation. Take appropriate mea- sures based on the displayed mes- sage. (P.482)
When only an alarm sounds, cir- cumstances and correction proce- dures are as follows.
Exterior buzzer sounds once for 5 seconds
Smart key system
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket. The driver should always carry the electronic key.
Locks and unlocks the doors (P.101)
Locks and unlocks the back door (P.106)
Starts the engine (P.142)
1093-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
3
B efore driving
Interior buzzer sounds continu- ously
Battery-saving function
The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic key battery and the vehi- cle battery from being discharged while the vehicle is not operated for a long time.
In the following situations, the smart key system may take some time to unlock the doors.
The electronic key has been left within approximately 11 ft. (3.5 m) of the outside of the vehicle for 2 minutes or longer.
The smart key system has not been used for 5 days or longer.
If the smart key system has not been used for 14 days or longer, the doors cannot be unlocked from any door except the drivers door. In this case, hold the drivers door handle, or use the wireless
remote control or mechanical key to unlock the doors.
Electronic key battery-saving function
When battery-saving mode is set, battery depletion is minimized by stopping the electronic key from receiving radio waves.
Press twice while pressing and
holding . Confirm that the elec- tronic key indicator flashes 4 times.
While the battery-saving mode is set, the smart key system cannot be used. To cancel the function, press any of the electronic key buttons.
Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situa- tions, the communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be affected, preventing the smart key system, wireless remote control and engine immobilizer sys- tem from operating properly.
When the electronic key battery is depleted
Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airport or other facil- ity that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise
When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless communication device
When the electronic key is in con- tact with, or is covered by the fol- lowing metallic objects
Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
Situation Correction procedure
An attempt was made to lock the vehicle while a door was open.
Close all of the doors and lock the doors again.
Situation Correction procedure
The engine switch was turned to ACC while the drivers door was open (or the drivers door was opened while the engine switch was in ACC).
Turn the engine switch off and close the drivers door.
The engine switch was turned to off while the drivers door was open.
Close the drivers door
110 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
Cigarette boxes that have alumi- num foil inside
Metallic wallets or bags Coins Hand warmers made of metal Media such as CDs and DVDs
When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby
When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that emit radio waves
Another vehicles electronic key or a wireless key that emits radio waves
Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs)
Digital audio players Portable game systems
If window tint with a metallic con- tent or metallic objects are attached to the rear window
When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or elec- tronic devices
When the vehicle is parked in a pay parking spot where radio waves are emitted
If the doors cannot be locked/unlocked using the smart key system, lock/unlock the doors by performing any of the following:
Bring the electronic key close to either front door handle and oper- ate the entry function.
Operate the wireless remote con- trol.
If the doors cannot be locked/unlocked using the above methods, use the mechanical key. (P.504)
If the engine cannot be started using the smart key system, refer to P.505.
Note for the entry function
Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detec- tion areas), the system may not operate properly in the following
cases: The electronic key is too close to
the window or outside door han- dle, near the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked.
The electronic key is on the instru- ment panel, luggage cover or floor, or in the door pockets or glove box when the engine is started or engine switch modes are changed.
Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave reception conditions, it may be detected by the antenna out- side the cabin and the door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic key inside the vehicle.
As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be locked or unlocked by anyone. However, only the doors detecting the electronic key can be used to unlock the vehicle.
Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possi- ble to start the engine if the elec- tronic key is near the window.
The doors may unlock or lock if a large amount of water splashes on the door handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is within the effec- tive range. (The doors will auto- matically be locked after approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)
If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock the doors.)
Touching the door lock or unlock sensor while wearing gloves may prevent lock or unlock operation.
1113-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
3
B efore driving
When the lock operation is per- formed using the lock sensor, rec- ognition signals will be shown up to two consecutive times. After this, no recognition signals will be given.
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the following correc- tion procedures to wash the vehi- cle:
Place the electronic key in a loca- tion 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
Set the electronic key to bat- tery-saving mode to disable the smart key system. (P.109)
If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet during a car wash, a message may be shown on the multi-information display and a buzzer will sound outside the vehi- cle. To turn off the alarm, lock all the doors.
The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice, snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again.
A sudden handle operation or a handle operation immediately after entering the effective range may prevent the doors from being unlocked. Touch the door unlock sensor and check that the doors are unlocked before pulling the door handle again.
If there is another electronic key in the detection area, it may take slightly longer to unlock the doors after the door handle is gripped.
When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft. (2 m) of the vehicle.
The smart key system can be
deactivated in advance. (P.535)
Setting the electronic key to bat- tery-saving mode helps to reduce key battery depletion. (P.109)
To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from the outside of the vehi- cle. Depending on the position and hold- ing condition of the electronic key, the key may not be detected cor- rectly and the system may not oper- ate properly. (The alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock pre- vention function may not operate.)
If the smart key system does not operate properly
Locking and unlocking the doors: P.504
Starting the engine: P.505
Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P.535)
If the smart key system has been deactivated in a custom- ized setting
Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (P.101, 504)
Starting the engine and changing engine switch modes: P.505
Stopping the engine: P.143
112 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
Certification for the smart key system
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A., Hawaii, Guam and Puerto Rico
1133-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
3
B efore driving
For vehicles sold in Canada
114 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Caution regarding interfer-
ence with electronic devices People with implantable car-
diac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization ther- apy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep away from the smart key system antennas. (P.108) The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary, the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toy- ota dealer for details, such as the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves. Then, consult your doc- tor to see if you should disable the entry function.
Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization ther- apy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unex- pected effects on the operation of such medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details on disabling the entry function.
1153-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA H/B_U
3
Before driving
3-3.Adjusting the seats
Manual seat
Seat position adjustment lever Seatback angle adjustment lever Vertical height adjustment lever (drivers side only) Lumbar support adjustment switch* (drivers side only)
*: If equipped
Power seat (drivers side only)
Seat position adjustment switch Seatback angle adjustment switch Seat cushion (front) angle adjustment switch Vertical height adjustment switch Lumbar support adjustment switch
Front seats
Adjustment procedure
WARNING When adjusting the seat posi-
tion Take care when adjusting the
seat position to ensure that other passengers are not injured by the moving seat.
Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid injury. Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
Make sure to leave enough space around the feet so they do not get stuck.
116 3-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA H/B_U
1 Move the front seats forward. (P.115)
2 Stow the rear armrest. (P.417)
3 Lower the rear center seat head restraint to the lowest position. (P.118)
4 Fold the rear outside seat head restraints. (P.118)
5 Pull the seatback lock release lever and fold the seatback down.
Each seatback may be folded sep- arately.
WARNING Seat adjustment Be careful that the seat does
not hit passengers or luggage.
To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a colli- sion, do not recline the seat more than necessary. If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident. Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Manual seat only: After adjust- ing the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position.
NOTICE When adjusting a front seat When adjusting a front seat, make sure that the head restraint does not contact the headliner. Other- wise, the head restraint and head- liner may be damaged.
Rear seats
The seatbacks of the rear seats can be folded down.
Folding down the rear seatbacks
WARNING Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
1173-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA H/B_U
3
Before driving
WARNING When folding the rear seat-
backs down Do not fold the seatbacks down
while driving.
Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P (continuously variable transmis- sion) or N (manual transmis- sion).
Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the lug- gage compartment while driv- ing.
Do not allow children to enter the luggage compartment.
Do not allow anyone to sit on the rear center seat if the rear right seat is folded down, as the seat belt buckle for the rear cen- ter seat belt is then concealed under the folded seat and can- not be used.
Be careful not to get your hand caught when folding the rear seatbacks.
Adjust the position of the front seats before folding down the rear seatbacks so that the front seats do not interfere with the rear seatbacks when folding down the rear seatbacks.
After returning the rear seat- back to the upright position
Make sure that the seatback is securely locked in position by lightly pushing it back and forth.
If the seatback is not securely locked, the red marking will be visible on the seatback lock release lever. Make sure that the red marking is not visible.
Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback.
If the seat belt gets caught between the seatbacks securing hook and latch, it may damage the seat belt.
118 3-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA H/B_U
Front seats
1 Up Pull the head restraints up. 2 Down Push the head restraint down while pressing the lock release button .
Rear outside seats
1 Folding the rear outside seat head restraints
Pull the head restraint up while pressing only the right-side lock release button and then fold it forward. 2 Setting up the rear outside
seat head restraints Fold back the head restraint and then push it down to the lock posi- tion. Rear center seat
1 Up Pull the head restraint up. 2 Down Push the head restraint down while pressing the lock release button .
Adjusting the height of the head restraints (front seats)
Make sure that the head restraints are adjusted so that the center of
Head restraints
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
WARNING Head restraint precautions Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure they are locked in position.
Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
Adjusting a head restraint
1193-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA H/B_U
3
B efore driving
the head restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
Adjusting the rear center seat head restraint
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when using.
Front seats
Pull the head restraint up while pressing the lock release button
.
Rear outside seats
Pull the head restraint up while pressing the lock release but-
tons .
Rear center seat
Pull the head restraint up while pressing the lock release button
.
Front seats
Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down to the lock position.
Press and hold the lock release
button when lowering the head restraint.
Removing the head restraints
Installing the head restraints
120 3-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA H/B_U
Rear outside seats
Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down to the lock position.
Rear center seat
Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down to the lock position.
Press and hold the lock release
button when lowering the head restraint.
1213-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
COROLLA H/B_U
3
Before driving
3-4.Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
1 Hold the steering wheel and push the lever down.
2 Adjust to the ideal position by moving the steering wheel horizontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever up to secure the steering wheel.
To sound the horn, press on or close to the mark.
Steering wheel
Adjustment procedure
WARNING Caution while driving Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked. Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an accident, and resulting in death or serious injury. Also, the horn may not sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.
Horn
122 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
COROLLA H/B_U
The height of the rear view mir- ror can be adjusted to suit your driving posture. Adjust the height of the rear view mirror by moving it up and down.
Reflected light from the head- lights of vehicles behind can be reduced by operating the lever.
Normal position Anti-glare position
Inside rear view mirror
The rear view mirrors posi- tion can be adjusted to enable sufficient confirma- tion of the rear view.
Adjusting the height of rear view mirror
WARNING Caution while driving Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving. Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an acci- dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
Anti-glare function
1233-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
COROLLA H/B_U
3
Before driving
1 To select a mirror to adjust, turn the switch.
Left Right
2 To adjust the mirror, operate the switch.
Up Right Down Left
Mirror angle can be adjusted when
The engine switch is in ACC or ON. When the mirrors are fogged up The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defog- gers. Turn on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror defoggers. (P.395)
Push the mirror back in the direction of the vehicles rear.
Outside rear view mir- rors
The rear view mirrors posi- tion can be adjusted to enable sufficient confirma- tion of the rear view.
WARNING Important points while driving Observe the following precautions while driving. Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly adjusted before driving.
Adjustment procedure WARNING
When the mirror defoggers are operating
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot and burn you.
Folding and extending the mirrors
124 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
COROLLA H/B_U
1253-5. Opening and closing the windows
COROLLA H/B_U
3
B efore driving
3-5.Opening and closing the windows
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches. Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
1 Closing
2 One-touch closing*
3 Opening
4 One-touch opening*
*: To stop the window partway, operate the switch in the opposite direction.
The power windows can be operated when
The engine switch is in ON.
Operating the power windows after turning the engine off
The power windows can be oper- ated for approximately 45 seconds after the engine switch is turned to ACC or OFF. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
Jam protection function
If an object becomes jammed between the window and the win-
dow frame while the window is clos- ing, window movement is stopped and the window is opened slightly.
Catch protection function
If an object becomes caught between the door and window while the window is opening, window movement is stopped.
When the window cannot be opened or closed
When the jam protection function or catch protection function operates unusually and the door window can- not be opened or closed, perform the following operations with the power window switch of that door.
Stop the vehicle. With the engine switch in ON, within 4 seconds of the jam protection function or catch protection function activat- ing, continuously operate the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction or one-touch opening direction so that the door window can be opened and closed.
If the door window cannot be opened and closed even when performing the above operations, perform the following procedure for function initialization.
1 Turn the engine switch to ON. 2 Pull and hold the power window
switch in the one-touch closing direction and completely close the door window.
3 Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pulling the switch in the one-touch closing direction, and hold it there for approximately 6 seconds or more.
4 Press and hold the power win- dow switch in the one-touch opening direction. After the door window is completely opened, continue holding the switch for an additional 1 second or more.
5 Release the power window switch for a moment, resume
Power windows
Opening and closing the power windows
126 3-5. Opening and closing the windows
COROLLA H/B_U
pushing the switch in the one-touch opening direction, and hold it there for approximately 4 seconds or more.
6 Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction again. After the door window is completely closed, continue holding the switch for a further 1 second or more.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the beginning. If the window reverses and cannot be fully closed or opened, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Door lock linked window opera-
tion The power windows can be
opened and closed using the mechanical key.* (P.505)
The power windows can be opened using the wireless remote control.* (P.101)
*: These settings must be custom- ized at your Toyota dealer.
Power windows open warning buzzer
A buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information dis- play in the instrument cluster when the engine switch is turned off and the drivers door is opened with the power windows open. Customization Some functions can be customized. (P.535)
WARNING Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Closing the windows The driver is responsible for all
the power window operations, including the operation for the passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child, do not let a child operate the power windows. It is possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in the power window. Also, when riding with a child, it is recommended to use the win- dow lock switch. (P.127)
Check to make sure that all pas- sengers do not have any part of their body in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
When using the wireless remote control or mechanical key and operating the power windows, operate the power window after checking to make sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the win- dow. Also do not let a child operate window by the wireless remote control or mechanical key. It is possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the power window.
When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
1273-5. Opening and closing the windows
COROLLA H/B_U
3
Before driving
This function can be used to prevent children from acciden- tally opening or closing a pas- senger window. Press the switch.
The indicator will come on and the passenger windows will be locked. The passenger windows can still be opened and closed using the drivers switch even if the lock switch is on.
The power windows can be operated when
The engine switch is in ON. When the battery is discon-
nected The window lock switch is disabled. If necessary, press the window lock switch after reconnecting the bat- tery.
WARNING Jam protection function Never use any part of your body
to intentionally activate the jam protection function.
The jam protection function may not work if something gets jammed just before the window is fully closed. Be careful not to get any part of your body jammed in the window.
Catch protection function Never use any part of your body
or clothing to intentionally acti- vate the catch protection func- tion.
The catch protection function may not work if something gets caught just before the window is fully opened. Be careful not to get any part of your body or clothing caught in the window.
Preventing accidental operation (window lock switch)
128 3-5. Opening and closing the windows
COROLLA H/B_U
129
COROLLA H/B_U
4
4
D riving
Driving
.
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle....... 130 Cargo and luggage ..... 138 Vehicle load limits ....... 140 Trailer towing............... 141 Dinghy towing ............. 141
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch .................................. 142
Continuously variable trans- mission...................... 147
Manual transmission ... 151 Turn signal lever.......... 153 Parking brake.............. 154 Brake Hold .................. 157
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Headlight switch.......... 160 Automatic High Beam . 163 Fog light switch ........... 166 Windshield wipers and washer....................... 166
Rear window wiper and washer....................... 168
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank cap .................................. 170
4-5. Using the driving support systems
Toyota Safety Sense 2.0 .................................. 172
PCS (Pre-Collision System) .................................. 178
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) .................................. 186
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) . 196
Dynamic radar cruise con- trol with full-speed range .................................. 204
Dynamic radar cruise con- trol ............................. 215
RSA (Road Sign Assist) .................................. 225
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) .................................. 228
RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) function ............ 233
Rear view monitor system .................................. 238
Driving mode select switch .................................. 245
Driving assist systems .................................. 246
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips........ 251
130 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
4-1.Before driving
Starting the engine
P.142
Driving
Continuously variable trans- mission
1 With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D. (P.147)
2 If the parking brake is in man- ual mode, release the park- ing brake. (P.154)
3 Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to acceler- ate the vehicle.
Manual transmission
1 While depressing the clutch pedal, shift the shift lever to 1. (P.151)
2 If the parking brake is in man- ual mode, release the park- ing brake. (P.154)
3 Gradually release the clutch pedal. At the same time, gen- tly depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehi- cle.
Stopping
Continuously variable trans- mission
1 With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
2 If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift lever to P. (P.147)
Manual transmission
1 While depressing the clutch pedal, depress the brake pedal.
2 If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift lever to N. (P.151)
Parking the vehicle
Continuously variable trans- mission
1 With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal to stop the vehicle completely.
2 Set the parking brake (P.154), shift the shift lever to P. (P.147)
Check the parking brake indicator is illuminated.
3 Press the engine switch to stop the engine.
4 Slowly release the brake pedal.
5 Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
If parking on a hill, block the wheels
Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe driving:
Driving procedure
1314-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
as needed.
Manual transmission
1 While depressing the clutch pedal, depress the brake pedal.
2 If the parking brake is in man- ual mode, set the parking brake. (P.154)
Check that the parking brake indi- cator is illuminated.
3 Shift the shift lever to N. (P.151)
If parking on a hill, shift the shift lever to 1 or R and block the wheels as needed.
4 Press the engine switch to stop the engine.
5 Slowly release the brake pedal.
6 Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
Starting off on a steep uphill
Continuously variable trans- mission
1 Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to D.
2 Gently depress the accelera- tor pedal.
3 Release the parking brake.
Manual transmission
1 Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to 1.
2 Lightly depress the accelera- tor pedal at the same time as gradually releasing the clutch pedal.
3 Release the parking brake.
Driving in the rain
Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the windows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be especially slippery.
Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain, because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road surface, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
Engine speed while driving (vehicles with a continuously variable transmission)
In the following conditions, the engine speed may become high while driving. This is due to auto- matic up-shifting control or down-shifting implementation to meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration.
The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill
When the accelerator pedal is released
When the brake pedal is depressed while sport mode is selected
Restraining the engine output (Brake Override System)
When the accelerator and brake pedals are depressed at the same time, the engine output may be restrained.
A warning message is displayed on the multi-information display
132 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
while the system is operating. Restraining sudden start
(Drive-Start Control [vehicles with a continuously variable transmission])
When the following unusual oper- ation is performed, the engine out- put may be restrained.
When the shift lever is shifted from R to D, D to R, N to R, P to D, or P to R (D includes M) with the accel- erator pedal depressed, a warning message appears on the multi-information display. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instruc- tion.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed too much while the vehicle is in reverse.
While Drive-Start Control is being activated, your vehicle may have trouble escaping from the mud or fresh snow. In such case, deacti- vate TRAC (P.247) to cancel Drive-Start Control so that the vehicle may become able to escape from the mud or fresh snow.
Breaking in your new Toyota To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recommended: For the first 186 miles (300 km): Avoid sudden stops. For the first 621 miles (1000 km): Do not drive at extremely high
speeds. Avoid sudden acceleration. Do not drive continuously in low
gears. Do not drive at a constant speed
for extended periods. Operating your vehicle in a for-
eign country Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability of the correct fuel.
(P.515)
WARNING Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When starting the vehicle (vehicles with a continuously variable transmission)
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
When driving the vehicle Do not drive if you are unfamil-
iar with the location of the brake and accelerator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident.
When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a difficulty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when mov- ing the vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelerator pedals properly.
Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emer- gency, resulting in an accident.
1334-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
WARNING Do not drive the vehicle over or
stop the vehicle near flammable materials. The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. These hot parts may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
During normal driving, do not turn off the engine. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or brak- ing control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. However, in the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the vehicle in the normal way: P.464
Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving down a steep hill. Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to over- heat and lose effectiveness. (P.147, 151)
Do not adjust the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or outside rear view mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.
Always check that all passen- gers arms, heads or other parts of their body are not outside the vehicle.
Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit permits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has high-speed capability tires. Driv- ing over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability tires or not before driving at such speeds.
When driving on slippery road surfaces
Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and reduce your ability to control the vehicle.
Sudden acceleration, engine braking due to shifting, or changes in engine speed could cause the vehicle to skid.
After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent the brakes from functioning prop- erly. If the brakes on only one side are wet and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected.
When shifting the shift lever Vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission: Do not let the vehicle roll backward while a forward driving position is selected, or roll forward while the shift lever is in R. Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
134 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission: Do not shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle is moving. Doing so can damage the trans- mission and may result in a loss of vehicle control.
Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving for- ward. Doing so can damage the trans- mission and may result in a loss of vehicle control.
Do not shift the shift lever to a driving position while the vehicle is moving backward. Doing so can damage the trans- mission and may result in a loss of vehicle control.
Moving the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disen- gage the engine from the trans- mission. Engine braking is not available when N is selected.
Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: Be care- ful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed. Shifting the shift lever to any positions other than P or N may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident and result in death or serious injury.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear indicators)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
When the vehicle is stopped Do not race the engine.
If the vehicle is in any gear other than P (continuously variable transmission) or N, the vehicle may accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an acci- dent.
Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep depressing the brake pedal while the engine is run- ning, and apply the parking brake as necessary.
If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent acci- dents caused by the vehicle roll- ing forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
Avoid revving or racing the engine. Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible material is nearby.
When the vehicle is parked Do not leave glasses, cigarette
lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in the vehicle when it is in the sun. Doing so may result in the fol- lowing:
Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a fire.
1354-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
WARNING The temperature inside the
vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short cir- cuit in the vehicles electrical components.
Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.
Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard. Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehicle.
Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause the glass to act as a lens, caus- ing a fire.
Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P (vehicles with a continuously variable transmission), stop the engine and lock the vehicle. Do not leave the vehicle unat- tended while the engine is run- ning. If the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in P but the parking brake is not set, the vehicle may start to move, possibly leading to an accident.
Do not touch the exhaust pipes while the engine is running or immediately after turning the engine off. Doing so may cause burns.
When taking a nap in the vehi- cle
Always turn the engine off. Other- wise, if you accidentally move the shift lever or depress the acceler- ator pedal, this could cause an accident or fire due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly venti- lated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, lead- ing to death or a serious health hazard.
When braking When the brakes are wet, drive
more cautiously. Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
If the brake booster device does not operate, do not follow other vehicles closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require brak- ing. In this case, braking is still pos- sible, but the brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the brak- ing distance will increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately.
Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls. Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted brakes.
136 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING The brake system consists of 2
individual hydraulic systems; if one of the systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking distance will increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately.
If the vehicle becomes stuck Do not spin the wheels exces- sively when a driven wheel is up in the air, or the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, etc. This may damage the driveline components or pro- pel the vehicle forward or back- ward, causing an accident.
NOTICE When driving the vehicle
(vehicles with a continuously variable transmission)
Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during driving, as this may restrain the engine output.
Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelera- tor and brake pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill.
When driving the vehicle (vehicles with a manual trans- mission)
Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during driving, as this may restrain the engine output.
Do not shift gears unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed. After shifting, do not release the clutch pedal abruptly. Doing so may damage the clutch, trans- mission and gears.
Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may cause excessive premature wear or damage to the clutch, eventu- ally making it difficult to acceler- ate and start off from a stop. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal or depress it any time other than when shifting. Doing so may cause clutch trou- ble.
Do not use any gear other than the 1st gear when starting off and moving forward. Doing so may damage the clutch.
Do not use the clutch pedal to adjust vehicle speed. Doing so may damage the clutch.
When stopping the vehicle with the shift lever in a position other than N, make sure to fully depress the clutch pedal and stop the vehicle using the brakes.
Do not shift the shift lever to R without the vehicle completely stopped. Doing so may damage the clutch, transmission and gears.
When parking the vehicle (vehicles with a continuously variable transmission)
Always set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may acceler- ate suddenly if the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.
1374-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
NOTICE Avoiding damage to vehicle
parts Do not turn the steering wheel
fully in either direction and hold it there for an extended period of time. Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
If you get a flat tire while driv- ing
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering wheel firmly and gradu- ally depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle.
It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations.
The vehicle will lean abnor- mally.
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (P.484,494)
When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may cause the following serious damage to the vehicle:
Engine stalling
Short in electrical components
Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle becomes flooded or stuck in mud or sand, be sure to have your Toy- ota dealer check the following:
Brake function
Changes in the quantity and quality of the engine oil, tran- saxle fluid, clutch fluid, differen- tial oil, etc.
Lubricant condition for the bear- ings and suspension joints (where possible), and the func- tion of all joints, bearings, etc.
138 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
(1) Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicles placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passen- gers that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passen- gers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passen- gers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400
750 (5 150) = 650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu- lated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehi- cle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. (P.514)
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity
Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight) (P.514)
When 2 people with the com- bined weight of A lb. (kg) are rid- ing in your vehicle, which has a
Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following information about storage precautions, cargo capacity and load:
Capacity and distribution
Calculation formula for your vehicle
1394-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight) of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity will be C lb. (kg) as follows:
B*2 lb. (kg) - A*1 lb. (kg) = C*3 lb. (kg) *1:A =Weight of people *2:B =Total load capacity *3:C =Available cargo and luggage
load In this condition, if 3 more passen- gers with the combined weight of D lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E lb. (kg) as follows:
C lb. (kg) - D*4 lb. (kg) = E*5 lb. (kg) *4:D =Additional weight of people *5:E =Available cargo and luggage
load As shown in the example above, if the number of occupants increases, the cargo and lug- gage load will be reduced by an amount that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In other words, if an increase in the num- ber of occupants causes an excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on your vehicle.
WARNING Things that must not be car-
ried in the luggage compart- ment
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage com- partment:
Receptacles containing gaso- line
Aerosol cans
Storage precautions Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly, may block the drivers vision, or may result in items hit- ting the driver or passengers, pos- sibly causing an accident.
Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment when- ever possible.
Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations.
At the feet of the driver
On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
On the luggage cover
On the instrument panel
On the dashboard
Secure all items in the occupant compartment.
Capacity and distribution Do not exceed the maximum
axle weight rating or the total vehicle weight rating.
140 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
Total load capacity and seating capacity
These details are also described on the tire and loading information label. (P.451)
WARNING Even if the total load of occu-
pants weight and the cargo load is less than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which may cause death or serious injury.
Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity, towing capacity and cargo capacity. Total load capacity (vehicle
capacity weight): P.514 Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo and luggage. Seating capacity: P.514 Seating capacity means the max- imum number of occupants whose estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person. Towing capacity Toyota does not recommend tow- ing a trailer with your vehicle. Cargo capacity Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occu- pants.
WARNING Overloading the vehicle Do not overload the vehicle. It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steer- ing and braking ability, resulting in an accident.
1414-1. Before driving
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Trailer towing
Toyota does not recom- mend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Toyota also does not recommend the installation of a tow hitch or the use of a tow hitch carrier for a wheelchair, scooter, bicycle, etc. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer tow- ing or for the use of tow hitch mounted carriers.
Dinghy towing
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on the ground) behind a motor home.
NOTICE To avoid serious damage to
your vehicle Do not tow your vehicle with the four wheels on the ground.
142 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
4-2.Driving procedures
1 Pull the parking brake switch to check that the parking brake is set. (P.154)
The parking brake indicator will come on.
2 Check that the shift lever is set in P (continuously vari- able transmission) or N (manual transmission).
3 Firmly depress the brake pedal (continuously variable transmission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission).
and a message will be dis- played on the multi-information dis- play. If it is not displayed, the engine cannot be started.
4 Press the engine switch shortly and firmly.
When operating the engine switch, one short, firm press is enough. It is not necessary to press and hold the switch.
The engine will crank until it starts or for up to 30 seconds, whichever is less.
Continue depressing the brake pedal (continuously variable trans-
mission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) until the engine is completely started.
The engine can be started from any engine switch mode.
If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P.64) Contact your Toyota dealer.
If a message related to start-up is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and fol- low the instructions.
If the battery is discharged
The engine cannot be started using the smart key system. Refer to P.506to restart the engine.
Electronic key battery depletion
P.98
Conditions affecting operation
P.109
Notes for the entry function
P.110
Steering lock function
After turning the engine switch off and opening and closing the doors, the steering wheel will be locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the engine switch again automatically can- cels the steering lock.
When the steering lock cannot be released, Push Engine Switch while Turning Steering Wheel in
Engine (ignition) switch
Performing the following operations when carrying the electronic key on your person starts the engine or changes engine switch modes.
Starting the engine
1434-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Either Direction will be displayed on the multi-information display. Press the engine switch shortly and firmly while turning the steer- ing wheel left and right.
To prevent the steering lock motor from overheating, operation of the motor may be suspended if the engine is turned on and off repeat- edly in a short period of time. In this case, refrain from operating the engine switch. After about 10 seconds, the steering lock motor will resume functioning.
Electronic key battery P.456 Operation of the engine switch If the switch is not pressed shortly
and firmly, the engine switch mode may not change or the engine may not start.
If attempting to restart the engine immediately after turning the engine switch off, the engine may not start in some cases. After turn- ing the engine switch off, please wait a few seconds before restart- ing the engine.
Customization If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting, refer to P.504.
Continuously variable trans- mission
1 Stop the vehicle completely.
WARNING When starting the engine Always start the engine while sit- ting in the drivers seat. Do not depress the accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances. Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Caution while driving If engine failure occurs while the vehicle is moving, do not lock or open the doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete stop. Activation of the steering lock in this circumstance may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE When starting the engine Do not race a cold engine.
If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Symptoms indicating a mal- function with the engine switch
If the engine switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual, such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
Stopping the engine
144 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
2 Set the parking brake (P.154), and shift the shift lever to P.
Check the parking brake indicator is illuminated. 3 Press the engine switch. The engine will stop, and the meter display will be extinguished. 4 Release the brake pedal and
check that ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON is not shown on the multi-information dis- play.
Manual transmission 1 Stop the vehicle completely. 2 If the parking brake is in man-
ual mode, set the parking brake. (P.154)
Check the parking brake indicator is illuminated. 3 Shift the shift lever to N.
(P.151) 4 Press the engine switch. The engine will stop, and the meter display will be extinguished. 5 Release the brake pedal and
check that ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON is not shown on the multi-information dis- play.
Automatic engine shut off fea- ture
The vehicle is equipped with a feature that automatically shuts off the engine when the shift lever is in P (continuously variable trans- mission) or the parking brake is set (manual transmission) with the engine running for an extended period.
The engine will automatically shut off after approximately 1 hour if it has been left running while the shift lever is in P (continuously variable transmission) or the park- ing brake is set (manual transmis- sion).
The timer for the automatic engine shut off feature will reset if the brake pedal (continuously variable transmission) or the clutch pedal (manual transmission) is depressed, or if the shift lever is in a position other than P (continu- ously variable transmission) or the parking brake is released (man- ual transmission).
After the vehicle is parked, if the door is locked with the door lock switch (P.103) from the inside or the mechanical key (P.504) from the outside, the automatic engine shut off feature will be disabled. The timer for the automatic engine shut off feature will be re-enabled if the drivers door is opened.
WARNING Stopping the engine in an
emergency If you want to stop the engine in
an emergency while driving the vehicle, press and hold the engine switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it briefly 3 times or more in succession. (P.464) However, do not touch the engine switch while driving except in an emergency. Turn- ing the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more diffi- cult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1454-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Modes can be changed by pressing the engine switch with brake pedal (continuously vari- able transmission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)
1 OFF*
The emergency flashers can be used. 2 ACC Some electrical components such as the audio system can be used. ACCESSORY will be displayed on the multi-information display. 3 ON All electrical components can be used. IGNITION ON will be displayed on
WARNING If the engine switch is operated
while the vehicle is running, a warning message will be shown on the multi-information display and a buzzer sounds.
Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: To restart the engine after performing an emergency shutdown, shift the shift lever to N and then press the engine switch.
Vehicles with a manual trans- mission: To restart the engine after performing an emergency shutdown, depress the clutch pedal and then press the engine switch.
When parking Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and odorless. Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases to enter the vehicle and may lead to an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious health hazard.
If the vehicle is in a poorly venti- lated area or a closed area, such as a garage, stop the engine.
Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running for a long time. If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it is snowing. If snow- banks build up around the vehi- cle while the engine is running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
Changing engine switch modes
146 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
the multi-information display. *: Vehicles with a continuously vari-
able transmission: If the shift lever is in a position other than P when turning off the engine, the engine switch will be turned to ACC, not to off.
Auto power off function Continuously variable transmission: If the vehicle is left in ACC for more than 20 minutes or ON (the engine is not running) for more than an hour with the shift lever in P, the engine switch will automatically turn off. However, this function cannot entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine switch in ACC or ON for long periods of time when the engine is not running. Manual transmission: If the vehicle is left in ACC for more than 20 min- utes or ON (the engine is not run- ning) for more than an hour, the engine switch will automatically turn off. However, this function cannot entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine switch in ACC or ON for long periods of time when the engine is not running.
If the engine is stopped with the shift lever in a position other than P, the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to ACC. Perform the fol- lowing procedure to turn the switch off: 1 Check that the parking brake
is set. 2 Shift the shift lever to P. 3 Check that ACCESSORY is
displayed on the multi-infor- mation display and press the engine switch shortly and firmly.
4 Check that ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON on the multi-information display are off.
NOTICE To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the engine switch
in ACC or ON for long periods of time without the engine running.
If ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON is displayed on the multi-information display, the engine switch is not off. Exit the vehicle after turning the engine switch off.
When stopping the engine with the shift lever in a position other than P (vehicles with a continu- ously variable transmis- sion)
NOTICE To prevent battery discharge Do not stop the engine when the shift lever is in a position other than P. If the engine is stopped in another shift lever position, the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to ACC mode. If the vehicle is left in ACC, battery discharge may occur.
1474-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
*: If equipped
*: To improve fuel efficiency and reduce noise, shift the shift lever to D for normal driving.
To protect the continuously variable transmission
If the continuously variable trans- mission fluid temperature is high, Transmission Oil Temp. High Stop in a safe place and See owners manual will be displayed on the multi-information display and the vehicle will go into transmission pro- tection mode automatically. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
When driving with dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range activated
Even when switching the driving mode to sport mode with the intent of enabling engine braking, engine braking will not occur because dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range will not be can- celed. (P.245) Restraining sudden start
(Drive-Start Control) P.132 G AI-SHIFT G AI-SHIFT automatically selects a suitable gear for sporty driving according to drivers input and driv- ing conditions. G AI-SHIFT operates automatically when the shift lever is in D and sport mode is selected for the driving mode. (Selecting normal mode or shifting the shift lever to the M position cancels this function.) After recharging/reconnecting
the battery P.508
Continuously variable transmission*
Select the shift position depending on your purpose and situation.
Shift position purpose and functions
Shift posi- tion Objective or function
P Parking the vehi- cle/starting the engine
R Reversing
N
Neutral (Condition in which the power is not transmit-
ted)
D Normal driving*
M 10-speed sport sequen-
tial shiftmatic mode driving (P.150)
WARNING When driving on slippery
road surfaces Do not accelerate or shift the shift gears suddenly. Sudden changes in engine brak- ing may cause the vehicle to spin or skid, resulting in an accident.
148 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
:While the engine switch is in ON and the brake pedal depressed*, shift the shift lever while pushing the shift release button on the shift knob.
:Shift the shift lever while pushing the shift release button on the shift knob.
:Shift the shift lever normally.
When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped and the brake pedal is depressed. *: For the vehicle be able to be
shifted from P, the brake pedal must be depressed before the shift release button is pushed. If the shift release button is pushed first, the shift lock will not be released.
Shift lock system
The shift lock system is a system to prevent accidental operation of the shift lever in starting. The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the engine switch is in ON and the brake pedal is being depressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed. If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake pedal, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to ensure that the shift lever can be shifted. Releasing the shift lock: 1 Set the parking brake. 2 Turn the engine switch off. 3 Depress the brake pedal. 4 Ply the cover up with a flathead
screwdriver or equivalent tool. To prevent damaging the cover, wrap the tip of the flathead screwdriver with a tape.
5 Press and hold the shift lock override button and then push the button on the shift knob.
The shift lever can be shifted while
Shifting the shift lever
1494-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
the button is pressed.
P.245
To drive using temporary shift range selection, operate the - or + paddle shift switch. When the - paddle shift switch is operated, the shift range switches to a range that enables engine braking force that is suit- able to driving conditions. When the + paddle shift switch is
operated, the shift range switches to a range that is one range higher than the current range. Changing the shift range allows restriction of the highest gear, preventing unnecessary upshift- ing and enabling the level of engine braking force to be selected.
1 Upshifting 2 Downshifting The selected shift range, from D1 to D10, will be displayed on the multi-information display.
Gear step functions You can choose from 10 levels of
engine braking force. A lower gear step will provide
greater engine braking force than a higher gear step, and the engine speed will also increase.
Deactivation of temporary 10-speed Sport Sequential Shiftmatic mode (vehicles with paddle shift switches)
In the following situations, tempo- rary 10-speed Sport Sequential Shiftmatic mode will be deactivated: When the vehicle is stopped If the accelerator pedal is
depressed continuously for more than a certain amount of time
WARNING To prevent an accident when
releasing the shift lock Before pressing the shift lock override button, make sure to set the parking brake and depress the brake pedal. If the accelerator pedal is acci- dentally depressed instead of the brake pedal when the shift lock override button is pressed and the shift lever is shifted out of P, the vehicle may suddenly start, possi- bly leading to an accident result- ing in death or serious injury.
Selecting the driving mode
Selecting shift ranges in the D position (vehicles with paddle shift switches)
150 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
while in one gear range
If the accelerator pedal is depressed abruptly and heavily
When the shift lever is shifted to a position other than D
When the + paddle shift switch is operated for a certain amount of time continuously
To enter 10-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode, shift the shift lever to M position. Gear steps can then be selected by operating the shift lever or paddle shift switches (if equipped), allowing you to drive in the gear step of your choos- ing.
1 Upshifting
2 Downshifting The gear changes once every time the shift lever or paddle shift switch is operated.
The selected gear step, from M1 to M10, will be displayed on the multi-information display.
However, even when in the M position, the gear steps will be automatically changed if the engine speed is too high, or too low.
Gear step functions
You can choose from 10 levels of engine braking force.
A lower gear step will provide greater engine braking force than a higher gear step, and the engine speed will also increase.
When the vehicle comes to a stop with the shift lever in the M position
The transmission will automati- cally downshift to M1 once the vehicle is stopped.
After a stop, the vehicle will start off in M1.
When the vehicle is stopped, the transmission is set at M1.
Downshifting restriction warn- ing buzzer
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting opera- tion may sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be possible even when the shift lever or paddle shift switch (if equipped) is operated. (A buzzer will sound twice.)
If the 10-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode indicator does not come on even after shifting the shift lever to M
This may indicate a malfunction in the continuously variable transmis- sion system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. (In this situation, the transmission will operate in the same manner as when the shift lever is in D.)
Changing gears in the M position
1514-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
*: If equipped
Shifting the shift lever
1 Depress the clutch pedal firmly.
2 Shift the shift lever to the desired gear.
Make sure to only shift gears sequentially.
3 Gradually release the clutch pedal.
Shifting the shift lever to R
Shift the shift lever to R while lift- ing up the ring section.
Maximum allowable speeds
Observe the following maximum allowable speeds in each gear when maximum acceleration is necessary.
Manual transmission*
Operating instructions
Shift posi- tion
Maximum speed mph (km/h)
1 34 (56)
2 60 (96)
3 89 (144)
152 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
The iMT optimally controls the
engine speed to suit the drivers operation of the clutch pedal and shift lever, helping the driver to shift gears more smoothly. Additionally, when the clutch pedal is operated, the iMT helps reduce shift shock, allowing for lighter shift operations when driving on a winding road or incline. Press the iMT switch.
The iMT indicator will illuminate in green. Press the switch again to cancel iMT.
The iMT may not operate when In the following situations, iMT may not operate. However, this does not indicate a malfunction. The clutch pedal is not fully
depressed The clutch pedal is not fully
released, such as if a foot is rest- ing on the clutch pedal*
Shift operation is performed after the vehicle has been coasting with the shift lever in N
The shift lever is not operated for a long time after the clutch pedal is depressed
*: After the shift lever is moved, unless your foot is completely removed from the clutch pedal,
NOTICE To prevent damage to the
vehicle When shifting gears, observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause damage to the engine, manual transmission, and/or clutch. Do not shift the shift lever to R
without depressing the clutch pedal.
Do not lift up the ring section except when shifting the lever to R.
Shift the shift lever to R only when the vehicle is stationary.
Do not rest your hand on or hold the shift lever any time other than when shifting.
In order to not cause the engine to overrev, make sure to only shift gears sequentially.
Do not release the clutch pedal suddenly.
iMT (Intelligent Manual Transmission)
1534-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
the iMT may not operate and the engine speed may not be con- trolled optimally for the next gear change. To enable the iMT, release the clutch pedal completely and then depress it again before operating the shift lever.
If the iMT indicator illumi- nates in amber
The iMT may be temporarily unavailable or malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer.
1 Right turn 2 Lane change to the right
(move the lever partway and release it)
The right hand signals will flash 3 times. 3 Lane change to the left
(move the lever partway and release it)
The left hand signals will flash 3 times. 4 Left turn
Turn signals can be operated when
The engine switch is in ON. If the indicator flashes faster
than usual Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not
WARNING Limitations of the iMT iMT is not a system that prevents shift lever operation error or engine overrevving. Depending on the situation, iMT may not operate normally and the shift position may not be changed smoothly. Overly relying on iMT may cause an unexpected acci- dent.
Turn signal lever
Operating instructions
154 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
burned out.
Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P.535)
Using the manual mode
The parking brake can be set and released manually.
U.S.A.
Canada
1 Pull the switch to set the parking brake
The parking brake indicator light and parking brake light will turn on.
Pull and hold the parking brake switch if an emergency occurs and it is necessary to operate the park-
Parking brake
The parking brake can be set or released automati- cally or manually.
In automatic mode, the parking brake can be set or released automatically. Also, even in automatic mode, the parking brake can be set or released manually.
Operating instructions
1554-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
ing brake while driving.
2 Push the switch to release the parking brake
Operate the parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal.
Using the parking brake auto- matic release function, the park- ing brake can be released by depressing the accelerator pedal. When using this function, slowly depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure that the parking brake indicator light and parking brake light turn off.
Turning automatic mode on
While the vehicle is stopped, pull and hold the parking brake
switch until a message is shown on the multi-information display (vehicles with a continu- ously variable transmission) or
auto EPB OFF indicator turn off (vehicles with a manual transmission)
When the automatic mode is turned on, the parking brake operates as follows.
Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission
When the shift lever is moved out of P, the parking brake will
be released, and the parking brake indicator light and park- ing brake light will turn off.
When the shift lever is moved into P, the parking brake will be set, and the parking brake indicator light and parking brake light will turn on.
Operate the shift lever with the vehicle stopped and the brake pedal depressed.
The parking brake may not operate automatically if the shift lever is moved quickly. In this case, it is necessary to oper- ate the parking brake switch. (P.154)
Vehicles with a manual trans- mission
When the engine is off, the park- ing brake will be set, and the parking brake indicator light and parking brake light turn on.
Turning automatic mode off
While the vehicle is stopped and depressing the brake pedal, press and hold the parking
brake switch until a message is shown on the multi-informa- tion display (vehicles with a con- tinuously variable transmission)
or auto EPB OFF indicator comes on (vehicles with a man- ual transmission)
156 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
Parking brake operation
When the engine switch is not in ON, the parking brake cannot be released using the parking brake switch.
When the engine switch is not in ON, automatic mode (automatic brake setting and releasing [vehi- cles with a continuously variable transmission]) is not available.
Parking brake automatic release function
The parking brake is automatically released when slowly depress the accelerator pedal. The parking brake will be released automatically under the following conditions:
The drivers door is closed
The driver is wearing the seat belt
The shift lever is a forward or reverse position.
The malfunction indicator light or brake system warning light is not illuminated.
If the automatic release function does not operate, manually release the parking brake.
If Parking Brake Temporarily Unavailable is displayed on the multi-information display
If the parking brake is operated repeatedly over a short period of time, the system may restrict opera- tion to prevent overheating. If this happens, refrain from operating the parking brake. Normal operation will
return after about 1 minute.
If Parking Brake Unavailable is displayed on the multi-infor- mation display
Operate the parking brake switch. If the message does not disappear after operating the switch several times, the system may be malfunc- tioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Parking brake operation sound
When the parking brake operates, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Parking brake operation
Depending on the engine switch mode, the parking brake indicator light and parking brake light will turn on and stay on as described below: ON: Comes on until the parking brake is released. Not in ON: Stays on for approxi- mately 15 seconds.
When the engine switch is turned off with the parking brake set, the parking brake indicator light and parking brake light will stay on for about 15 seconds. This does not indicate a malfunction.
When the parking brake switch malfunctions
Automatic mode (automatic brake setting and releasing) will be turned on automatically.
Parking the vehicle
P.130
Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven with the parking brake engaged. Parking Brake ON is dis- played on the multi-information dis- play.
1574-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
If the brake system warning light comes on
P.472 Usage in winter time P.251
Turn the brake hold system on The brake hold standby indicator (green) comes on. While the system is holding the brake, the brake hold operated indicator (yel- low) comes on.
WARNING When parking the vehicle Do not leave a child in the vehicle alone. The parking brake may be released unintentionally and there is the danger of the vehicle mov- ing that may lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Parking brake switch Do not set any objects near the parking brake switch. Objects may interfere with the switch and may lead the parking brake to unexpectedly operate.
NOTICE When parking the vehicle Before you leave the vehicle, set the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P (continuously variable transmission) or N (manual trans- mission) and make sure that the vehicle does not move.
When the system malfunc- tions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and check the warning messages.
When the parking brake can- not be released due to a mal- function
Driving the vehicle with the park- ing brake set will lead to brake components overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake wear. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately if this occurs.
Brake Hold
Continuously variable trans- mission
The brake hold system keeps the brake applied when the shift lever is in D, M or N with the system on and the brake pedal has been depressed to stop the vehicle. The system releases the brake when the accelerator pedal is depressed with the shift lever in D or M to allow smooth start off. Manual transmission The brake hold system keeps the brake applied when the shift lever is in a forward driving position or N with the system on and the brake pedal has been depressed to stop the vehicle. The system releases the brake when the accelerator pedal is depressed with the shift lever in a forward driving position to allow smooth start off.
Enabling the system
158 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
Brake hold system operating conditions
The brake hold system cannot be turned on in the following condi- tions:
The drivers door is not closed.
The driver is not wearing the seat belt.
If any of the conditions above are detected when the brake hold sys- tem is enabled, the system will turn off and the brake hold standby indi- cator light will go off. In addition, if any of the conditions are detected while the system is holding the brake, a warning buzzer will sound and a message will be shown on the multi-information display. The park- ing brake will then be set automati- cally.
Brake hold function
If the brake pedal is left released for a period of about 3 minutes after the system has started hold- ing the brake, the parking brake will be set automatically. In this case, a warning buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display.
To turn the system off while the system is holding the brake, firmly depress the brake pedal and press the button again.
The brake hold function may not hold the vehicle when the vehicle is on a steep incline. In this situa- tion, it may be necessary for the driver to apply the brakes. A warn-
ing buzzer will sound and the multi-information display will inform the driver of this situation. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.
When the parking brake is set automatically while the system is holding the brakes
Perform any of the following opera- tions to release the parking brake.
Depress the accelerator pedal. (The parking brake will not be released automatically if the seat belt is not fastened.)
Operate the parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.
Make sure that the parking brake indicator light goes off. (P.154)
When an inspection at your Toyota dealer is necessary
When the brake hold standby indi- cator (green) does not illuminate even when the brake hold switch is pressed with the brake hold system operating conditions met, the sys- tem may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer.
If Brake Hold Malfunction Press Brake to Deactivate Visit Your Dealer or Brake Hold Malfunction Visit Your Dealer is displayed on the multi-infor- mation display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Warning messages and buzzers
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunc- tion or to inform the driver of the need for caution. If a warning mes- sage is shown on the multi-informa- tion display, read the message and follow the instructions.
1594-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
If the brake hold operated indi- cator flashes
P.478
WARNING When the vehicle is on a
steep incline When using the brake hold sys- tem on a steep incline exercise caution. The brake hold function may not hold the vehicle in such a situation.
When stopped on a slippery road
The system cannot stop the vehi- cle when the gripping ability of the tires has been exceeded. Do not use the system when stopped on a slippery road.
NOTICE When parking the vehicle The brake hold system is not designed for use when parking the vehicle for a long period of time. Turning the engine switch off while the system is holding the brake may release the brake, which would cause the vehicle to move. When operating the engine switch, depress the brake pedal, shift the shift lever to P (continu- ously variable transmission) or N (manual transmission) and set the parking brake.
160 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA H/B_U
4-3.Operating the lights and wipers
Operating the switch turns on the lights as follows:
U.S.A.
Canada
1 The headlights, daytime
running lights (P.160) and all the lights listed above turn on and off automatically.
2 The side marker, park-
ing, tail, license plate, instru- ment panel lights, and daytime running lights (P.160) turn on.
3 The headlights and all
lights listed above (except daytime running lights) turn
on.
4 (U.S.A.) Off
(Canada) The daytime
running lights turn on. (P.160)
AUTO mode can be used when
The engine switch is in ON.
Daytime running light system
The daytime running lights illumi- nate using the same lights as the headlights and illuminate darker than the headlights.
To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving, the daytime running lights turn on automatically when all of the following conditions are met. (The daytime running lights are not designed for use at night.)
The engine is running The parking brake is released
The headlight switch is in the
(Canada only), or * posi- tion
*: When the surroundings are bright
The daytime running lights remain on after they illuminate, even if the parking brake is set again.
For the U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operat- ing the switch.
Compared to turning on the head- lights, the daytime running light system offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help improve fuel economy.
Headlight switch
The headlights can be oper- ated manually or automati- cally.
Operating instructions
1614-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Headlight control sensor
The sensor may not function prop- erly if an object is placed on the sen- sor, or anything that blocks the sensor is affixed to the windshield. Doing so interferes with the sensor detecting the level of ambient light and may cause the automatic head- light system to malfunction. Automatic light off system When the headlights are on: The
headlights and tail lights turn off 30 seconds after the drivers door is opened and closed if the engine switch is turned to ACC or OFF. (The lights turn off immediately if
on the key is pressed after all the doors are closed.)
When only the tail lights are on: The tail lights turn off automati- cally if the engine switch is turned to ACC or OFF and the drivers door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to ON, or turn the light switch off once and then back to
or .
Light reminder buzzer A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned to OFF or ACC and the drivers door is opened while the lights are turned on. Automatic headlight leveling
system (if equipped) The level of the headlights is auto- matically adjusted according to the number of passengers and the load- ing condition of the vehicle to ensure that the headlights do not interfere with other road users.
Windshield wiper linked head- light illumination
When driving during daytime with the headlight switch turned to , if the windshield wipers are used, the headlights will turn on automatically after several seconds to help enhance the visibility of your vehi- cle. Battery-saving function In order to prevent the battery of the vehicle from discharging, if the headlights and/or tail lights are on when the engine switch is turned off the battery saving function will oper- ate and automatically turn off all the lights after approximately 20 min- utes. When the engine switch is turned to ON, the battery-saving function will be disabled. When any of the following are per- formed, the battery-saving function is canceled once and then reacti- vated. All the lights will turn off auto- matically 20 minutes after the Battery- saving function has been reactivated: When the headlight switch is oper-
ated When a door is opened or closed Customization Some functions can be customized. (P.535)
NOTICE To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not running.
162 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA H/B_U
1 With the headlights on, push the lever away from you to turn on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the center position to turn the high beams off.
2 Pull the lever toward you and release it to flash the high beams once.
You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off.
AFS (Adaptive Front-lighting System) secures excellent visi- bility at intersections and on curves by automatically adjust- ing the direction of the light axis of the headlights according to vehicle speed and the degree of the tires angle as controlled by steering input.
AFS operates at speeds of approxi- mately 6 mph (10 km/h) or higher.
Customization
Some functions can be customized.
(P.535)Turning on the high beam headlights
AFS (Adaptive Front-light- ing System) (if equipped)
1634-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
1 Press the Automatic High Beam switch.
2 Push the lever away from you with the headlight switch in the or position.
The Automatic High Beam indicator will come on when the system is operating.
Conditions to turn the high beams on/off automatically
When all of the following condi- tions are met, the high beams will be turned on automatically (after approximately 1 second):
The vehicle speed is approxi- mately 21 mph (34 km/h) or more.
The area ahead of the vehicle is dark.
There are no vehicles ahead with headlights or tail lights turned on.
There are few streetlights on the road ahead.
If any of the following conditions are met, the high beams will turn off automatically:
The vehicle speed is below approximately 17 mph (27 km/h).
The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark.
Vehicles ahead have their head- lights or tail lights turned on.
There are many streetlights on the road ahead.
Camera sensor detection infor- mation
The high beams may not be auto- matically turned off in the following situations:
When a vehicle suddenly appears
Automatic High Beam
The Automatic High Beam uses a camera sensor located behind the upper portion of the windshield to assess the brightness of the lights of vehicles ahead, streetlights, etc., and auto- matically turns the high beams on or off as neces- sary.
WARNING Limitations of the Automatic
High Beam Do not overly rely on the Auto- matic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking care to observe your surroundings and turning the high beams on or off manually if nec- essary.
To prevent incorrect opera- tion of the Automatic High Beam system
Do not overload the vehicle.
Activating the Automatic High Beam
164 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA H/B_U
from around a curve When the vehicle is cut in front of
by another vehicle When vehicles ahead cannot be
detected due to repeated curves, road dividers or roadside trees
When vehicles ahead appear in a faraway lane on a wide road
When the lights of vehicles ahead are not on
The high beams may be turned off if a vehicle ahead that is using fog lights without its headlights turned on is detected.
House lights, street lights, traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or signs and other reflective objects may cause the high beams to change to the low beams, or the low beams to remain on.
The following factors may affect the amount of time taken for the high beams to turn on or off:
The brightness of the headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of vehi- cles ahead
The movement and direction of vehicles ahead
When a vehicle ahead only has operational lights on one side
When a vehicle ahead is a two-wheeled vehicle
The condition of the road (gradi- ent, curve, condition of the road surface, etc.)
The number of passengers and amount of luggage in the vehicle
The high beams may turn on or off unexpectedly.
Bicycles or similar vehicles may not be detected.
In the following situations the sys- tem may not be able to correctly detect the surrounding brightness level. This may cause the low beams to remain on or the high beams to flash or dazzle pedestri- ans or vehicles ahead. In such a case, it is necessary to manually switch between the high and low beams.
When driving in inclement weather (heavy rain, snow, fog, sand- storms, etc.)
When the windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc.
When the windshield is cracked or damaged
When the camera sensor is deformed or dirty
When the temperature of the cam- era sensor is extremely high
When the surrounding brightness level is equal to that of headlights, tail lights or fog lights
When headlights or tail lights of vehicles ahead are turned off, dirty, changing color, or not aimed properly
When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a preceding vehicle
When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and darkness
When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved roads, gravel roads, etc.)
When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a wind- ing road
When there is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a sign or mirror
When the back of a preceding vehicle is highly reflective, such as a container on a truck
When the vehicles headlights are damaged or dirty, or are not aimed properly
When the vehicle is listing or titling due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed, etc.
When the headlights are changed between the high beams and low beams repeatedly in an abnormal manner
When the driver believes that the high beams may be flashing or dazzling pedestrians or other driv- ers
1654-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Temporarily lowering sensor sensitivity
The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporarily lowered. 1 Turn the engine switch off while
the following conditions are met.
The headlight switch is in or
.
The headlight switch lever is in high beam position.
Automatic High Beam switch is on.
2 Turn the engine switch to ON. 3 Within 30 seconds after step 2,
repeat pulling the headlight switch lever to the original posi- tion then pushing it to the high beam position quickly 10 times, then leave the lever in high beam position.
4 If the sensitivity is changed, the Automatic High Beam indicator is turn on and off 3 times.
Automatic High Beam (headlights) may turn on even when the vehicle is stopped.
Switching to the low beams
Pull the lever to its original posi- tion.
The Automatic High Beam indicator will turn off.
Push the lever away from you to activate the Automatic High Beam system again.
Switching to the high beams
Press the Automatic High Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indicator will turn off and the high beam indi- cator will turn on.
Press the switch to activate the Automatic High Beam system again.
Turning the high beams on/off manually
166 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA H/B_U
*: If equipped
1 (U.S.A) or (Canada) Turns the front fog lights off
2 Turns the front fog lights on
Fog lights can be used when The headlights are on in low beam.
Operating the lever oper- ates the wipers or washer as fol- lows.
1 (U.S.A.) or (Canada) Intermittent windshield wiper operation
2 (U.S.A.) or (Canada) Low speed windshield wiper
Fog light switch*
The fog lights secure excel- lent visibility in difficult driv- ing conditions, such as in rain and fog.
Operating instructions
Windshield wipers and washer
Operating the lever can use the windshield wipers or the washer.
NOTICE When the windshield is dry Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
Operating the wiper lever
1674-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
operation
3 (U.S.A.) or (Canada) High speed windshield wiper operation
4 (U.S.A.) or (Canada) Temporary operation
Wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent operation is selected.
5 Increases the intermittent windshield wiper frequency
6 Decreases the intermittent windshield wiper frequency
7 Washer/wiper dual operation
Pulling the lever operates the wip- ers and washer. Wipers will automatically operate a couple of times after the washer squirts.
The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when
The engine switch is in ON. If no windshield washer fluid
sprays Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the windshield washer fluid reser- voir. When stopping the engine in an
emergency while driving If the windshield wipers are operat- ing when the engine is stopped, the windshield wipers will operate in high speed operation. After the vehi- cle is stopped, operation will return to normal when the engine switch is turned to ON, or operation will stop when the drivers door is opened.
WARNING Caution regarding the use of
washer fluid When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE When the washer fluid tank is
empty Do not operate the switch continu- ally as the washer fluid pump may overheat.
When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer. Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
168 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA H/B_U
Operating the switch operates the rear wiper as fol- lows:
1 (U.S.A.) or (Canada) Intermittent window wiper operation
2 (U.S.A.) or (Canada) Normal window wiper opera- tion
3 Washer/wiper dual operation
Pushing the lever operates the wiper and washer. The wiper will automatically operate a couple of times after the washer squirts.
The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when
The engine switch is in ON. If no windshield washer fluid
sprays Check that the washer nozzle is not blocked if there is washer fluid in the windshield washer fluid reservoir. Back door opening linked rear
window wiper stop function When the rear window wiper are operating, if a back door is opened while the vehicle is stopped, opera- tion of the rear window wiper will be stopped to prevent anyone near the vehicle from being sprayed by water from the wiper. When the back door is closed, wiper operation will resume.
Rear window wiper and washer
Operating the lever can use the rear window wiper or the washer.
NOTICE When the rear window is dry Do not use the wiper, as it may damage the rear window.
Operating instructions
NOTICE When the washer fluid tank is
empty Do not operate the switch continu- ally as the washer fluid pump may overheat.
1694-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
NOTICE When a nozzle becomes
blocked In this case, contact your Toyota dealer. Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
170 4-4. Refueling
COROLLA H/B_U
4-4.Refueling
Turn the engine switch off and ensure that all the doors and windows are closed.
Confirm the type of fuel.
Fuel types P.522 Fuel tank opening for unleaded
gasoline To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that only accommodates the spe- cial nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps. If the malfunction indicator
lamp illuminates The malfunction indicator lamp may illuminate erroneously if refueling is performed repeatedly when the fuel tank is nearly full.
Opening the fuel tank cap
Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap:
Before refueling the vehi- cle
WARNING When refueling the vehicle Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
After exiting the vehicle and before opening the fuel door, touch an unpainted metal sur- face to discharge any static electricity. It is important to dis- charge static electricity before refueling because sparks result- ing from static electricity can cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling.
Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it. A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened. Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and cause injury.
Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their body to come close to an open fuel tank.
Do not inhale vaporized fuel. Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle. Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically charged. This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possi- ble ignition hazard.
When refueling Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel tank:
Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck.
Stop filling the tank after the fuel nozzle automatically clicks off.
1714-4. Refueling
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
1 Pull up the opener to open the fuel filler door.
2 Turn the fuel tank cap slowly and remove it, then hang it on the back of the fuel filler door.
After refueling, turn the fuel tank cap until you hear a click. Once the cap is released, it will turn slightly in the opposite direction.
WARNING Do not top off the fuel tank.
NOTICE Refueling Do not spill fuel during refueling. Doing so may damage the vehi- cle, such as causing the emission control system to operate abnor- mally or damaging fuel system components or the vehicles painted surface.
Opening the fuel tank cap
Closing the fuel tank cap
WARNING When replacing the fuel tank
cap Do not use anything but a genu- ine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in death or seri- ous injury.
172 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4-5.Using the driving support systems
PCS (Pre-Collision System) P.178
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)*
P.186 *: If equipped LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control)*
P.196 *: If equipped AHB (Automatic High
Beam) P.163
RSA (Road Sign Assist)*
P.225 *: If equipped Dynamic radar cruise con-
trol with full-speed range*
P.204 *: If equipped Dynamic radar cruise con-
trol*
P.215
*: If equipped
Two types of sensors, located behind the front grille and wind- shield, detect information neces- sary to operate the drive assist systems.
Radar sensor Front camera
Toyota Safety Sense 2.0
The Toyota Safety Sense 2.0 consists of the following drive assist systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driving experi- ence:
Driving assist system
WARNING Toyota Safety Sense 2.0 The Toyota Safety Sense 2.0 is designed to operate under the assumption that the driver will drive safely, and is designed to help reduce the impact to the occupants and the vehicle in the case of a collision or assist the driver in normal driving condi- tions. As there is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control performance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicles surroundings and driving safely.
Sensors
1734-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
WARNING To avoid malfunction of the
radar sensor Observe the following precau- tions. Otherwise, the radar sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Keep the radar sensor and the radar sensor cover clean at all times.
Radar sensor Radar sensor cover
If the front of the radar sensor or the front or back of the radar sen- sor cover is dirty or covered with water droplets, snow, etc., clean it. Clean the radar sensor and radar sensor cover with a soft cloth to avoid damaging them.
Do not attach accessories, stickers (including transparent stickers) or other items to the radar sensor, radar sensor cover or surrounding area.
Do not subject the radar sensor or its surrounding area to a strong impact. If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper has been sub- jected to a strong impact, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Do not disassemble the radar sensor.
Do not modify or paint the radar sensor or radar sensor cover.
In the following cases, the radar sensor must be recalibrated. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.
When the radar sensor or front grille are removed and installed, or replaced
When the front bumper is replaced
To avoid malfunction of the front camera
Observe the following precau- tions. Otherwise, the front camera may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Keep the windshield clean at all times.
If the windshield is dirty or cov- ered with an oily film, water droplets, snow, etc., clean the windshield.
If a glass coating agent is applied to the windshield, it will still be necessary to use the windshield wipers to remove water droplets, etc. from the area of the windshield in front of the front camera.
If the inner side of the wind- shield where the front camera is installed is dirty, contact your Toyota dealer.
174 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Do not attach objects, such as
stickers, transparent stickers, etc., to the outer side of the windshield in front of the front camera (shaded area in the illustration).
From the top of the windshield to approximately 0.4 in. (1 cm) below the bottom of the front camera Approximately 7.9 in. (20 cm) (Approximately 4.0 in. [10 cm] to the right and left from the center of the front camera)
If the part of the windshield in front of the front camera is fogged up or covered with con- densation, or ice, use the wind- shield defogger to remove the fog, condensation, or ice. (P.394)
If water droplets cannot be properly removed from the area of the windshield in front of the front camera by the windshield wipers, replace the wiper insert or wiper blade.
Do not attach window tint to the windshield.
Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked. After replacing the windshield, the front camera must be recali- brated. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.
Do not allow liquids to contact the front camera.
Do not allow bright lights to shine into the front camera.
Do not dirty or damage the front camera. When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens of the front camera. Also, do not touch the lens. If the lens is dirty or damaged, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not subject the front camera to a strong impact.
Do not change the installation position or direction of the front camera or remove it.
Do not disassemble the front camera.
Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the front camera (inside rear view mirror, etc.) or ceiling.
Do not attach any accessories to the hood, front grille or front bumper that may obstruct the front camera. Contact your Toy- ota dealer for details.
If a surfboard or other long object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure that it will not obstruct the front camera.
Do not modify the headlights or other lights.
1754-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Certification
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A., Hawaii, Guam and Puerto Rico
For vehicles sold in Canada
176 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
If a warning message is displayed on the multi-information display
A system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be a malfunction in the system.
In the following situations, perform the actions specified in the table. When the normal operating conditions are detected, the message will disappear and the system will become operational.
If the message does not disappear, contact your Toyota dealer.
Situation Actions
When the area around a sensor is covered with dirt, moisture (fogged up, covered with condensation, ice, etc.), or other foreign matter
To clean the part of the windshield in front of the front camera , use the windshield wipers or the windshield defogger of the air conditioning sys- tem (P.394).
1774-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
In the following situations, if the situation has changed (or the vehicle has been driven for some time) and the normal operating conditions are detected, the message will disappear and the system will become opera- tional.
If the message does not disappear, contact your Toyota dealer. When the temperature around the radar sensor is outside of the opera-
tional range, such as when the vehicle is in the sun or in an extremely cold environment
When the front camera cannot detect objects in front of the vehicle, such as when driving in the dark, snow, or fog, or when bright lights are shining into the front camera
When the temperature around the front camera is outside of the opera- tional range, such as when the vehi- cle is in the sun or in an extremely cold environment
If the front camera is hot, such as after the vehicle had been parked in the sun, use the air conditioning sys- tem to decrease the temperature around the front camera.
If a sunshade was used when the vehicle was parked, depending on its type, the sunlight reflected from the surface of the sunshade may cause the temperature of the front camera to become excessively high.
If the front camera is cold, such after the vehicle is parked in an extremely cold environment, use the air condi- tioning system to increase the tem- perature around the front camera.
The area in front of the front camera is obstructed, such as when the hood is open or a sticker is attached to the part of the windshield in front of the front camera.
Close the hood, remove the sticker, etc. to clear the obstruction.
Situation Actions
178 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
The system can detect the fol- lowing:
Vehicles
Bicyclists
Pedestrians
Pre-collision warning
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is high, a buzzer will sound and a warning message will be displayed on the multi-information display to urge the driver to take evasive action.
Pre-collision brake assist
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is high, the system applies greater braking force in relation to how strongly the brake pedal is depressed.
Pre-collision braking
If the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli- sion is extremely high, the brakes are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or reduce the impact of the colli- sion.
PCS (Pre-Collision Sys- tem)
The pre-collision system uses a radar sensor and front camera to detect objects (P.178) in front of the vehicle. When the sys- tem determines that the possibility of a frontal colli- sion with an object is high, a warning operates to urge the driver to take evasive action and the potential brake pressure is increased to help the driver avoid the collision. If the system determines that the possi- bility of a frontal collision with an object is extremely high, the brakes are auto- matically applied to help avoid the collision or help reduce the impact of the col- lision.
The pre-collision system can be disabled/enabled and the warning timing can be changed. (P.180)
Detectable objects
System functions
1794-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
WARNING Limitations of the pre-colli-
sion system The driver is solely responsible
for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking care to observe your surroundings. Do not use the pre-collision sys- tem instead of normal braking operations under any circum- stances. This system will not prevent collisions or lessen col- lision damage or injury in every situation. Do not overly rely on this system. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, result- ing in death or serious injury.
Although this system is designed to help avoid a colli- sion or help reduce the impact of the collision, its effectiveness may change according to vari- ous conditions, therefore the system may not always be able to achieve the same level of performance. Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system and always drive carefully.
Conditions under which the sys- tem may operate even if there is no possibility of a collision: P.182
Conditions under which the sys- tem may not operate prop- erly:P.183
Do not attempt to test the oper- ation of the pre-collision system yourself. Depending on the objects used for testing (dummies, card- board objects imitating detect- able objects, etc.), the system may not operate properly, possi- bly leading to an accident.
Pre-collision braking When the pre-collision braking
function is operating, a large amount of braking force will be applied.
If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-collision braking function, the pre-colli- sion braking function operation will be canceled after approxi- mately 2 seconds. Depress the brake pedal as necessary.
The pre-collision braking func- tion may not operate if certain operations are performed by the driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed strongly or the steering wheel is being turned, the system may determine that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly prevent the pre-collision braking function from operating.
In some situations, while the pre-collision braking function is operating, operation of the func- tion may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is depressed strongly or the steering wheel is turned and the system deter- mines that the driver is taking evasive action.
If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may determine that the driver is tak- ing evasive action and possibly delay the operation timing of the pre-collision braking function.
When to disable the pre-colli- sion system
In the following situations, disable the system, as it may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or seri- ous injury:
When the vehicle is being towed
180 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
Enabling/disabling the pre-collision system
The pre-collision system can be enabled/disabled on (P.535) of the multi-informa- tion display. The system is automatically enabled each time the engine switch is turned to ON. If the system is disabled, the PCS warning light will turn on and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display.
Changing the pre-collision warning timing
The pre-collision warning timing can be changed on (P.535) of the multi-informa- tion display. The warning timing setting is retained when the engine switch is turned off. However, if the pre-colli- sion system is disabled and re-enabled, the operation timing will return to the default setting (mid- dle).
WARNING When your vehicle is towing
another vehicle
When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar means of transportation
When the vehicle is raised on a lift with the engine running and the tires are allowed to rotate freely
When inspecting the vehicle using a drum tester such as a chassis dynamometer or speed- ometer tester, or when using an on vehicle wheel balancer
When a strong impact is applied to the front bumper or front grille, due to an accident or other reasons
If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehicle has been in an acci- dent or is malfunctioning
When the vehicle is driven in a sporty manner or off-road
When the tires are not properly inflated
When the tires are very worn
When tires of a size other than specified are installed
When tire chains are installed
When a compact spare tire or an emergency tire puncture repair kit is used
If equipment (snow plow, etc.) that may obstruct the radar sen- sor or front camera is temporar- ily installed to the vehicle
Changing settings of the pre-collision system
1814-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
1 Early
2 Middle This is the default setting.
3 Late
Operational conditions
The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the pos- sibility of a frontal collision with a detected object is high. Each function is operational at the following speed:
Pre-collision warning
Pre-collision brake assist
Pre-collision braking
Detectable objects Vehicle speed Relative speed between your vehicle and object
Vehicles Approx. 7 to 110 mph
(10 to 180 km/h) Approx. 7 to 110 mph
(10 to 180 km/h)
Bicyclists and pedestri- ans
Approx. 7 to 50 mph (10 to 80 km/h)
Approx. 7 to 50 mph (10 to 80 km/h)
Detectable objects Vehicle speed Relative speed between your vehicle and object
Vehicles Approx. 20 to 110 mph
(30 to 180 km/h) Approx. 20 to 110 mph
(30 to 180 km/h)
Bicyclists and pedestri- ans
Approx. 20 to 50 mph (30 to 80 km/h)
Approx. 20 to 50 mph (30 to 80 km/h)
182 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
The system may not operate in the following situations:
If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
If the shift lever is in R
When the VSC OFF indicator is illuminated (only the pre-collision warning function will be operational)
Object detection function
The system detects objects based on their size, profile, motion, etc. However, an object may not be detected depending on the sur- rounding brightness and the motion, posture, and angle of the detected object, preventing the system from operating properly. (P.183) The illustration shows an image of detectable objects.
Cancelation of the pre-collision braking
If either of the following occur while the pre-collision braking function is operating, it will be canceled:
The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.
Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no possibility of a colli- sion
In some situations such as the fol- lowing, the system may determine that there is a possibility of a fron- tal collision and operate.
When passing a detectable object, etc.
When changing lanes while over- taking a detectable object, etc.
When approaching a detectable object in an adjacent lane or on the roadside, such as when changing the course of travel or driving on a winding road
When rapidly closing on a detect- able object, etc.
When approaching objects on the roadside, such as detectable objects, guardrails, utility poles, trees, or walls
When there is a detectable object or other object by the roadside at the entrance of a curve
Detectable objects Vehicle speed Relative speed between your vehicle and object
Vehicles Approx. 7 to 110 mph
(10 to 180 km/h) Approx. 7 to 110 mph
(10 to 180 km/h)
Bicyclists and pedestri- ans
Approx. 7 to 50 mph (10 to 80 km/h)
Approx. 7 to 50 mph (10 to 80 km/h)
1834-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
When there are patterns or paint in front of your vehicle that may be mistaken for a detectable object
When the front of your vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc.
When overtaking a detectable object that is changing lanes or making a right/left turn
When passing a detectable object in an oncoming lane that is stopped to make a right/left turn
When a detectable object approaches very close and then stops before entering the path of your vehicle
If the front of your vehicle is raised or lowered, such as when on an uneven or undulating road surface
When driving on a road sur- rounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on an iron bridge
When there is a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or a protrusion in front of your vehicle
When passing under an object
(road sign, billboard, etc.)
When approaching an electric toll gate barrier, parking area barrier, or other barrier that opens and closes
When using an automatic car wash
When driving through or under objects that may contact your vehicle, such as thick grass, tree branches, or a banner
When driving through steam or smoke
When driving near an object that reflects radio waves, such as a large truck or guardrail
When driving near a TV tower, broadcasting station, electric power plant, or other location where strong radio waves or elec- trical noise may be present
Situations in which the system may not operate properly
In some situations such as the fol- lowing, an object may not be detected by the radar sensor and front camera, preventing the sys- tem from operating properly:
When a detectable object is approaching your vehicle
When your vehicle or a detectable object is wobbling
If a detectable object makes an abrupt maneuver (such as sudden
184 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
swerving, acceleration or deceler- ation)
When your vehicle approaches a detectable object rapidly
When a detectable object is not directly in front of your vehicle
When a detectable object is near a wall, fence, guardrail, manhole cover, vehicle, steel plate on the road, etc.
When a detectable object is under a structure
When part of a detectable object is hidden by an object, such as large baggage, an umbrella, or guardrail
When multiple detectable objects are close together
If the sun or other light is shining directly on a detectable object
When a detectable object is a shade of white and looks extremely bright
When a detectable object appears to be nearly the same color or brightness as its surroundings
If a detectable object cuts or sud- denly emerges in front of your vehicle
When the front of your vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc.
When a very bright light ahead, such as the sun or the headlights of oncoming traffic, shines directly into the front camera
When approaching the side or front of a vehicle ahead
If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle If a vehicle ahead is narrow, such
as a personal mobility vehicle If a preceding vehicle has a small
rear end, such as an unloaded truck
If a preceding vehicle has a low
rear end, such as a low bed trailer
If a vehicle ahead has extremely high ground clearance
If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load which protrudes past its rear bumper
If a vehicle ahead is irregularly shaped, such as a tractor or side car
If a vehicle ahead is a child sized bicycle, a bicycle that is carrying a large load, a bicycle ridden by more than one person, or a uniquely shaped bicycle (bicycle with a child seat, tandem bicycle, etc.)
If a pedestrian/or the riding height of a bicyclist ahead is shorter than approximately 3.2 ft. (1 m) or taller than approximately 6.5 ft. (2 m)
If a pedestrian/bicyclist is wearing oversized clothing (a rain coat, long skirt, etc.), making their sil- houette obscure
If a pedestrian is bending forward or squatting or bicyclist is bending forward
If a pedestrian/bicyclist is moving fast
If a pedestrian is pushing a stroller, wheelchair, bicycle or other vehicle
When driving in inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a sandstorm
1854-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
When driving through steam or smoke
When the surrounding area is dim, such as at dawn or dusk, or while at night or in a tunnel, making a detectable object appear to be nearly the same color as its sur- roundings
When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes suddenly, such as at the entrance or exit of a tunnel
After the engine has started the vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
While making a left/right turn and for a few seconds after making a left/right turn
While driving on a curve and for a few seconds after driving on a curve
If your vehicle is skidding If the front of the vehicle is raised
or lowered
If the wheels are misaligned If a wiper blade is blocking the
front camera The vehicle is being driven at
extremely high speeds. When driving on a hill If the radar sensor or front camera
is misaligned
In some situations such as the fol- lowing, sufficient braking force may not be obtained, preventing the system from performing prop- erly:
If the braking functions cannot operate to their full extent, such as when the brake parts are extremely cold, extremely hot, or wet
If the vehicle is not properly main- tained (brakes or tires are exces-
sively worn, improper tire inflation pressure, etc.)
When the vehicle is being driven on a gravel road or other slippery surface
If VSC is disabled
If VSC is disabled (P.247), the pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision braking functions are also disabled.
The PCS warning light will turn on and VSC Turned OFF Pre-Colli- sion Brake System Unavailable will be displayed on the multi-information display.
186 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
*: If equipped
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)*
When driving on highways and freeways with white (yellow) lane lines, this function alerts the driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane or course* and provides assis- tance by operating the steering wheel to keep the vehicle in its lane or course*. Furthermore, the system provides steering assistance when dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is operat- ing to keep the vehicle in its lane. The LTA system recognizes white (yellow) lane lines or a course* using the front cam- era. Additionally, it detects preceding vehicles using the front camera and radar. *: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
WARNING Before using LTA system Do not rely solely upon the LTA
system. The LTA system does not automatically drive the vehi- cle or reduce the amount of attention that must be paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full responsibility for driving safely by paying careful atten- tion to the surrounding condi- tions and operating the steering wheel to correct the path of the vehicle. Also, the driver must take adequate breaks when fatigued, such as from driving for a long period of time.
Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay care- ful attention may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
When not using the LTA system, use the LTA switch to turn the system off.
Situations unsuitable for LTA system
In the following situations, use the LTA switch to turn the system off. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
1874-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
WARNING Vehicle is driven on a road sur-
face which is slippery due to rainy weather, fallen snow, freezing, etc.
Vehicle is driven on a snow-cov- ered road.
White (yellow) lines are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc.
Vehicle is driven in a temporary lane or restricted lane due to construction work.
Vehicle is driven in a construc- tion zone.
A spare tire, tire chains, etc. are equipped.
When the tires have been excessively worn, or when the tire inflation pressure is low.
When tires of a size other than specified are installed.
Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes other than that highways and freeways.
During emergency towing.
Preventing LTA system mal- functions and operations per- formed by mistake
Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc. on the sur- face of the lights.
Do not modify the suspension etc. If the suspension etc. needs to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).
If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota dealer.
Conditions in which functions may not operate properly
In the following situations, the functions may not operate prop- erly and the vehicle may depart from its lane. Drive safely by always paying careful attention to your surroundings and operate the steering wheel to correct the path of the vehicle without relying solely on the functions.
When the follow-up cruising dis- play is displayed (P.192) and the preceding vehicle changes lanes. (Your vehicle may follow the preceding vehicle and also change lanes.)
When the follow-up cruising dis- play is displayed (P.192) and the preceding vehicle is sway- ing. (Your vehicle may sway accordingly and depart from the lane.)
When the follow-up cruising dis- play is displayed (P.192) and the preceding vehicle departs from its lane. (Your vehicle may follow the preceding vehicle and depart from the lane.)
When the follow-up cruising dis- play is displayed (P.192) and the preceding vehicle is being driven extremely close to the left/right lane line. (Your vehicle may follow the preceding vehi- cle and depart from the lane.)
188 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Vehicle is being driven around a
sharp curve.
Objects or patterns that could be mistaken for white (yellow) lines are present on the side of the road (guardrails, reflective poles, etc.).
Vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc.
Repair marks of asphalt, white (yellow) lines, etc. are present due to road repair.
There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white (yellow) lines.
The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in front of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersec- tion, etc.
The white (yellow) lines are cracked, Botts dots, Raised pavement marker or stones are present.
The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand, etc.
The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles, etc.
The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than lines that are white).
The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc.
The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete.
If the edge of the road is not clear or straight.
The vehicle is driven on a sur- face that is bright due to reflected light, etc.
The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly, such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc.
Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc. enters the camera.
The vehicle is driven on a slope.
The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a wind- ing road.
1894-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Lane departure alert func- tion
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart from its lane or course*, a warn- ing is displayed on the multi-information display, and a warning buzzer will sound to alert the driver. When the warning buzzer sounds, check the area around your vehicle and carefully operate the steering wheel to move the vehicle back to the center of the lane. Vehicles with a BSM: When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane and that the possibility of a collision with an overtaking vehicle in the adjacent lane is high, the lane departure alert will operate even if the turn signals are operating. *: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
Steering assist function When the system determines
WARNING The vehicle is driven on an
unpaved or rough road.
The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide.
The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having improper tire pres- sure.
The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions during driving (poor roads or road seams).
When driving in a tunnel or at night with the headlights off or when a headlight is dim due to its lens being dirty or it being misaligned.
The vehicle is struck by a cross- wind.
The vehicle is affected by wind from a vehicle driven in a nearby lane.
The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersec- tion.
Tires which differ by structure, manufacturer, brand or tread pattern are used.
Snow tires, etc. are equipped.
The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds.
Functions included in LTA system
190 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane or course*, the sys- tem provides assistance as nec- essary by operating the steering wheel in small amounts for a short period of time to keep the vehicle in its lane.
If the system detects that the steer- ing wheel has not been operated for a fixed amount of time or the steering wheel is not being firmly gripped, a warning is displayed on the multi-information display and the function is temporarily can- celed.
Vehicles with a BSM: When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane and that the possibility of a collision with an overtaking vehicle in the adjacent lane is high, the steering assist function will operate even if the turn signals are operating. *: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
Vehicle sway warning func- tion
When the vehicle is swaying within a lane, the warning buzzer will sound and a mes- sage will be displayed on the multi-information display to alert the driver.
1914-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Lane centering function
This function is linked with dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range and pro- vides the required assistance by operating the steering wheel to keep the vehicle in its current lane.
When dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is not operat- ing, the lane centering function does not operate.
In situations where the white (yel- low) lane lines are difficult to see or are not visible, such as when in a traffic jam, this function will operate to help follow a preceding vehicle by monitoring the position of the preceding vehicle.
If the system detects that the steer- ing wheel has not been operated for a fixed amount of time or the steering wheel is not being firmly gripped, a warning is displayed on
the multi-information display and the function is temporarily can- celed.
Press the LTA switch to turn the LTA system on.
The LTA indicator illuminates and a message is displayed on the multi-information display.
Press the LTA switch again to turn the LTA system off.
When the LTA system is turned on or off, operation of the LTA system continues in the same condition the next time the engine is started.
Turning LTA system on
192 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
LTA indicator The illumination condition of the indicator informs the driver of the system operation status.
Illuminated in white: LTA system is operating.
Illuminated in green: Steering wheel assistance of the steering assist function or lane centering function is operating.
Flashing in orange: Lane departure alert function is operating.
Operation display of steering wheel operation support
Displayed when the multi-informa- tion display is switched to the driv- ing assist system information screen.
Indicates that steering wheel assis- tance of the steering assist function
or lane centering function is operat- ing.
Both outer sides of the lane are dis- played: Indicates that steering wheel assist of the lane centering function is operating.
One outer side of the lane is dis- played: Indicates that steering wheel assist of the steering assist function is operating.
Both outer sides of the lane are flashing: Alerts the driver that their input is necessary to stay in the center of the lane (lane centering function).
Lane departure alert function display
Displayed when the multi-informa- tion display is switched to the driv- ing assist system information screen.
Inside of displayed lines is white
Indicates that the system is rec- ognizing white (yellow) lines or a
course*. When the vehicle departs from its lane, the white line displayed on the side the vehicle departs from flashes orange.
Indications on multi-infor- mation display
1934-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Inside of displayed lines is black
Indicates that the system is not able to recognize white (yellow) lines or a course* or is tempo- rarily canceled. *: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
Follow-up cruising display Displayed when the multi-informa- tion display is switched to the driv- ing assist system information screen.
Indicates that steering assist of the lane centering function is operating by monitoring the position of a pre- ceding vehicle.
When the follow-up cruising display is displayed, if the preceding vehi- cle moves, your vehicle may move in the same way. Always pay care- ful attention to your surroundings and operate the steering wheel as necessary to correct the path of the vehicle and ensure safety.
Operation conditions of each function
Lane departure alert function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met. LTA is turned on.
Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.*1
System recognizes white (yellow) lane lines or a course*2. (When a white [yellow] line or course*2 is recognized on only one side, the system will operate only for the recognized side.)
Width of traffic lane is approxi- mately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
Turn signal lever is not operated. (Vehicle with BSM: Except when another vehicle is in the lane on the side where the turn signal was operated)
Vehicle is not being driven around a sharp curve.
No system malfunctions are detected. (P.195)
*1:The function operates even if the vehicle speed is less than approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) when the lane centering function is operating.
*2:Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
Steering assist function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met in addition to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function.
Setting for Steering Assist in of the multi-information display is set to ON. (P.535)
Vehicle is not accelerated or decelerated by a fixed amount or more.
Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for changing lanes.
ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are not operating.
TRAC or VSC is not turned off. Hands off steering wheel warning
is not displayed. (P.195)
Vehicle sway warning function
This function operates when all of
194 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
the following conditions are met.
Setting for Sway Warning in of the multi-information display is set to ON. (P.535)
Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
Width of traffic lane is approxi- mately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
No system malfunctions are detected. (P.195)
Lane centering function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met. LTA is turned on. Setting for Steering Assist and
Lane Center in of the multi-information display are set to ON (P.535)
This function recognizes white (yellow) lane lines or the position of a preceding vehicle (except when the preceding vehicle is small, such as a motorcycle).
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is operating in vehicle-to-vehicle distance con- trol mode.
Width of traffic lane is approxi- mately 10 to 13 ft. (3 to 4 m).
Turn signal lever is not operated. Vehicle is not being driven around
a sharp curve. No system malfunctions are
detected. (P.195) Vehicle does not accelerate or
decelerate by a fixed amount or more.
Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for changing lanes.
ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are not operating.
TRAC or VSC is not turned off. Hands off steering wheel warning
is not displayed. (P.195) The vehicle is being driven in the
center of a lane. Steering assist function is not
operating.
Temporary cancellation of func- tions
When operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be temporarily canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, operation of the func- tion is automatically restored. (P.193)
If the operation conditions (P.193) are no longer met while the lane centering function is operating, the buzzer may sound to indicate that the function has been temporarily canceled.
Steering assist function/lane centering function
Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road con- ditions, etc., the driver may not feel the function is operating or the function may not operate at all.
The steering control of the func- tion is overridden by the drivers steering wheel operation.
Do not attempt to test the opera- tion of the steering assist function.
Lane departure alert function
The warning buzzer may be diffi- cult to hear due to external noise, audio playback, etc.
If the edge of the course* is not clear or straight, the lane depar- ture alert function may not oper- ate.
Vehicle with BSM: It may not be possible for the system to deter- mine if there is a danger of a colli- sion with a vehicle in an adjacent lane.
Do not attempt to test the opera- tion of the lane departure alert function.
*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
1954-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Hands off steering wheel warn- ing
In the following situations, a warning message urging the driver to hold the steering wheel and the symbol shown in the illustration are dis- played on the multi-information dis- play to warn the driver. The warning stops when the system determines that the driver holds the steering wheel. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel when using this system, regardless of warnings.
When the system determines that the driver is driving without hold- ing the steering wheel while the system is operating
If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel, the buzzer sounds, the driver is warned and the function is temporarily can- celed. This warning also operates in the same way when the driver con- tinuously operates the steering wheel only a small amount.
When the system determines that the vehicle may not turn and instead depart from its lane while driving around a curve
Depending on the vehicle condition and road conditions, the warning may not operate. Also, if the system determines that the vehicle is driv- ing around a curve, warnings will occur earlier than during straight-lane driving.
When the system determines that the driver is driving without hold- ing the steering wheel while the steering wheel assist of the steer- ing assist function is operating.
If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel and the steering wheel assist is operat- ing, the buzzer sounds and the driver is warned. Each time the buzzer sounds, the continuing time of the buzzer becomes longer.
Vehicle sway warning function
When the system determines that the vehicle is swaying while the vehicle sway warning function is operating, a buzzer sounds and a warning message urging the driver to rest and the symbol shown in the illustration are simultaneously dis- played on the multi-information dis- play.
Depending on the vehicle and road conditions, the warning may not operate.
Warning message
If the following warning message is displayed on the multi-information display and the LTA indicator illumi- nates in orange, follow the appropri- ate troubleshooting procedure. Also, if a different warning message is displayed, follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
LTA Malfunction Visit Your Dealer
The system may not be operating properly. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
LTA Unavailable
The system is temporarily canceled due to a malfunction in a sensor other than the front camera. Turn the LTA system off, wait for a little while, and then turn the LTA system back on.
196 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
LTA Unavailable at Current Speed
The function cannot be used as the vehicle speed exceeds the LTA operation range. Drive slower.
Customization
Function settings can be changed. (Customizable features: P.535)
*: If equipped
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)*
When driving on highways and freeways with white (yellow) lane lines, this function alerts the driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane or
course*and provides assis- tance by operating the steering wheel to keep the vehicle in its lane or
course*.
The LDA system recog- nizes white (yellow) lane
lines or a course* using the front camera. Additionally, it detects preceding vehicles using the front camera and radar. *: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
1974-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
WARNING Before using LDA system Do not rely solely upon the LDA
system. The LDA system does not automatically drive the vehi- cle or reduce the amount of attention that must be paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full responsibility for driving safely by paying careful atten- tion to the surrounding condi- tions and operating the steering wheel to correct the path of the vehicle. Also, the driver must take adequate breaks when fatigued, such as from driving for a long period of time.
Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay care- ful attention may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
When not using the LDA sys- tem, use the LDA switch to turn the system off.
Situations unsuitable for LDA system
In the following situations, use the LDA switch to turn the system off. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
Vehicle is driven on a road sur- face which is slippery due to rainy weather, fallen snow, freezing, etc.
Vehicle is driven on a snow-cov- ered road.
White (yellow) lines are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc.
A spare tire, tire chains, etc. are equipped.
When the tires have been excessively worn, or when the tire inflation pressure is low.
When tires of a size other than specified are installed.
Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes other than that highways and freeways.
During emergency towing.
Preventing LDA system mal- functions and operations per- formed by mistake
Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc. on the sur- face of the lights.
Do not modify the suspension etc. If the suspension etc. needs to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).
If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota dealer.
Conditions in which functions may not operate properly
In the following situations, the functions may not operate prop- erly and the vehicle may depart from its lane. Drive safely by always paying careful attention to your surroundings and operate the steering wheel to correct the path of the vehicle without relying solely on the functions.
Vehicle is being driven around a sharp curve.
198 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Objects or patterns that could
be mistaken for white (yellow) lines are present on the side of the road (guardrails, reflective poles, etc.).
Vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc.
Repair marks of asphalt, white (yellow) lines, etc. are present due to road repair.
There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white (yellow) lines.
The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in front of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersec- tion, etc.
The white (yellow) lines are cracked, Botts dots, Raised pavement marker or stones are present.
The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand, etc.
The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles, etc.
The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than lines that are white).
The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc.
The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete.
If the edge of the road is not clear or straight.
The vehicle is driven on a sur- face that is bright due to reflected light, etc.
The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly, such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc.
Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc. enters the camera.
The vehicle is driven on a slope.
The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a wind- ing road.
The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road.
1994-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Lane departure alert func- tion
When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane or course*, a warn- ing is displayed on the multi-information display, and either a warning buzzer will sound to alert the driver.
When the warning buzzer sounds, check the area around your vehicle and carefully operate the steering wheel to move the vehicle back to the center of the lane. Vehicles with a BSM: When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane and that the possibility of a collision with an overtaking vehicle in the adjacent lane is high, the lane departure alert will operate even if the turn signals are operating.
*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
Steering assist function When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane or course*, the sys- tem provides assistance as nec- essary by operating the steering wheel in small amounts for a
WARNING The traffic lane is excessively
narrow or wide.
The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having improper tire pres- sure.
The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions during driving (poor roads or road seams).
When driving in a tunnel or at night with the headlights off or when a headlight is dim due to its lens being dirty or it being misaligned.
The vehicle is struck by a cross- wind.
The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersec- tion.
Tires which differ by structure, manufacturer, brand or tread pattern are used.
Snow tires, etc. are equipped.
Functions included in LDA system
200 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
short period of time to keep the vehicle in its lane.
If the system detects that the steer- ing wheel has not been operated for a fixed amount of time or the steering wheel is not being firmly gripped, a warning is displayed on the multi-information display and the function is temporarily can- celed.
Vehicles with a BSM: When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane and that the possibility of a collision with an overtaking vehicle in the adjacent lane is high, the steering assist function will operate even if the turn signals are operating. *: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
Vehicle sway warning func- tion
When the vehicle is swaying
within a lane, the warning buzzer will sound and a mes- sage will be displayed on the multi-information display to alert the driver.
Press the LDA switch to turn the LDA system on.
The LDA indicator illuminates and a message is displayed on the multi-information display.
Press the LDA switch again to turn the LDA system off.
When the LDA system is turned on or off, operation of the LDA system continues in the same condition the next time the engine is started.
Turning LDA system on
2014-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
LDA indicator The illumination condition of the indicator informs the driver of the system operation status.
Illuminated in white: LDA system is operating.
Illuminated in green: Steering wheel assistance of the steering assist function is operating.
Flashing in orange: Lane departure alert function is operating.
Operation display of steering wheel operation support
Displayed when the multi-informa- tion display is switched to the driv- ing assist system information screen.
Indicates that steering wheel assis- tance of the steering assist function is operating.
Lane departure alert function display
Displayed when the multi-informa- tion display is switched to the driv- ing assist system information screen.
Inside of displayed lines is white
Indicates that the system is rec- ognizing white (yellow) lines or a
course*. When the vehicle departs from its lane, the white line displayed on the side the vehicle departs from flashes orange.
Inside of displayed lines is black
Indicates that the system is not able to recognize white (yellow)
lines or a course* or is temporar- ily canceled.
Indications on multi-infor- mation display
202 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
Operation conditions of each function
Lane departure alert function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met. LDA is turned on. Vehicle speed is approximately 32
mph (50 km/h) or more. System recognizes white (yellow)
lane lines or a course*. (When a white [yellow] line or course* is recognized on only one side, the system will operate only for the recognized side.)
Width of traffic lane is approxi- mately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
Turn signal lever is not operated. (Vehicle with BSM: Except when another vehicle is in the lane on the side where the turn signal was operated)
Vehicle is not being driven around a sharp curve.
No system malfunctions are detected. (P.203)
*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
Steering assist function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met in addition to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function.
Setting for Steering Assist in of the multi-information display is set to ON. (P.535)
Vehicle is not accelerated or decelerated by a fixed amount or more.
Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for changing lanes.
ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are not operating.
TRAC or VSC is not turned off. Hands off steering wheel warning
is not displayed. (P.203)
Vehicle sway warning function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
Setting for Sway Warning in of the multi-information display is set to ON. (P.535)
Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
Width of traffic lane is approxi- mately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
No system malfunctions are detected. (P.203)
Temporary cancellation of func- tions
When operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be temporarily canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, operation of the func- tion is automatically restored. (P.202)
Steering assist function
Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road con- ditions, etc., the driver may not feel the function is operating or the function may not operate at all.
The steering control of the func- tion is overridden by the drivers steering wheel operation.
Do not attempt to test the opera- tion of the steering assist function.
Lane departure alert function
The warning buzzer may be diffi- cult to hear due to external noise, audio playback, etc.
If the edge of the course* is not clear or straight, the lane depar- ture alert function may not oper- ate.
Vehicle with BSM: It may not be possible for the system to deter- mine if there is a danger of a colli- sion with a vehicle in an adjacent
2034-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
lane.
Do not attempt to test the opera- tion of the lane departure alert function.
*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
Hands off steering wheel warn- ing
In the following situations, a warning message urging the driver to hold the steering wheel and the symbol shown in the illustration are dis- played on the multi-information dis- play to warn the driver.The warning stops when the system determines that the driver holds the steering wheel. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel when using this system, regardless of warnings.
When the system determines that the driver is driving without hold- ing the steering wheel while the system is operating
If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel, the buzzer sounds, the driver is warned and the function is temporarily can- celed. This warning also operates in the same way when the driver con- tinuously operates the steering wheel only a small amount.
When the system determines that the vehicle may not turn and instead depart from its lane while driving around a curve
Depending on the vehicle and road conditions, the warning may not operate. Also, if the system deter- mines that the vehicle is driving
around a curve, warnings will occur earlier than during straight-line driv- ing.
When the system determines that the driver is driving without hold- ing the steering wheel while the steering wheel assist of the steer- ing assist function is operating.
If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel and the steering wheel assist is operat- ing, the buzzer sounds and the driver is warned. Each time the buzzer sounds, the continuing time of the buzzer becomes longer.
Vehicle sway warning function
When the system determines that the vehicle is swaying while the vehicle sway warning function is operating, a buzzer sounds and a warning message urging the driver to rest and the symbol shown in the illustration are simultaneously dis- played on the multi-information dis- play.
Depending on the vehicle and road conditions, the warning may not operate.
Warning message
If the following warning message is displayed on the multi-information display and the LDA indicator illumi- nates in orange, follow the appropri- ate troubleshooting procedure. Also, if a different warning message is displayed, follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
LDA Malfunction Visit Your Dealer
204 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
The system may not be operating properly. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
LDA Unavailable
The system is temporarily canceled due to a malfunction in a sensor other than the front camera. Turn the LDA system off, wait for a little while, and then turn the LDA system back on.
LDA Unavailable at Current Speed
The function cannot be used as the vehicle speed exceeds the LDA operation range. Drive slower.
LDA Unavailable Below Approx. 32MPH
The LDA system cannot be used as the vehicle speed is less than approximately 32 mph (50 km/h). Drive the vehicle at approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
Customization
Function settings can be changed. (Customizable features: P.535)
*: If equipped
Meter display
Multi-information display
Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range*
In vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode, the vehicle automatically accel- erates, decelerates and stops to match the speed changes of the preceding vehicle even if the accelera- tor pedal is not depressed. In constant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed.
Use the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range on free- ways and highways.
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode (P.207)
Constant speed control mode (P.211)
System Components
2054-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Set speed Indicators
Operation switches
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch +RES switch Cruise control main switch Cancel switch -SET switch
WARNING Before using dynamic radar
cruise control with full-speed range
Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely on the system, and drive safely by always pay- ing careful attention to your sur- roundings.
The dynamic radar cruise con- trol with full-speed range pro- vides driving assistance to reduce the drivers burden. However, there are limitations to the assistance provided. Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system and always drive carefully.
When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead: P.213
Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con- trol mode may not function cor- rectly: P.214
Set the speed appropriately depending on the speed limit, traffic flow, road conditions, weather conditions, etc. The driver is responsible for check- ing the set speed.
Even when the system is func- tioning normally, the condition of the preceding vehicle as detected by the system may dif- fer from the condition observed by the driver. Therefore, the driver must always remain alert, assess the danger of each situ- ation and drive safely. Relying solely on this system or assum- ing the system ensures safety while driving can lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
Switch the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range setting to off, using the cruise control main switch when not in use.
Cautions regarding the driv- ing assist systems
Observe the following precau- tions, as there are limitations to the assistance provided by the system. Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or seri- ous injury.
206 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Assisting the driver to measure
following distance The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is only intended to help the driver in determining the following distance between the drivers own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mechanism that allows careless or inattentive driv- ing, and it is not a system that can assist the driver in low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for driver to pay close attention to the vehi- cles surroundings.
Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range determines whether the following distance between the drivers own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling ahead is within a set range. It is not capable of making any other type of judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely necessary for the driver to remain vigilant and to determine whether or not there is a possibility of danger in any given situation.
Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range does not include functions which will pre- vent or avoid collisions with vehi- cles ahead of your vehicle. Therefore, if there is ever any possibility of danger, the driver must take immediate and direct control of the vehicle and act appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all involved.
Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
Do not use dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range in any of the following situations. Doing so may result in inappropri- ate speed control and could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Roads where there are pedes- trians, cyclists, etc.
In heavy traffic
On roads with sharp bends
On winding roads
On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up and down gradients Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
At entrances to freeways and highways
When weather conditions are bad enough that they may pre- vent the sensors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sand- storm, heavy rain, etc.)
When there is rain, snow, etc. on the front surface of the radar or front camera
In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration and deceleration
During emergency towing
When an approach warning buzzer is heard often
2074-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
This mode employs a radar to detect the presence of vehicles up to approximately 328 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current vehi- cle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suitable following distance from the vehicle ahead. The desired vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance switch.
When driving on downhill slopes, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance may become shorter.
Example of constant speed cruising When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver.
Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed appears
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is nec- essary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at this time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver. Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate suffi- ciently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead.
When the vehicle ahead of you stops, your vehicle will also stop (vehicle is stopped by system control). After the vehicle ahead starts off, pressing the +RES switch or depressing the accelerator pedal (start-off operation) will resume follow-up cruising. If the start-off operation is not performed, system control continues to keep your vehicle stopped.
Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
208 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
When the turn signal lever is operated and your vehicle moves to an over- taking lane while driving at 50 mph (80 km/h) or more, the vehicle will accel- erate to help to overtake a passing vehicle.
The systems identification of what is an overtaking lane may be determined solely based on the location of the steering wheel in the vehicle (left side driver position versus right side driver position.) If the vehicle is driven to a region where the overtaking lane is on a different side from where the vehi- cle is normally driven, the vehicle may accelerate when the turn signal lever is operated in the opposite direction to the overtaking lane (e.g., if the driver normally operates the vehicle in a region where the overtaking lane is to the right but then drives to a region where the overtaking lane is to the left, the vehicle may accelerate when the right turn signal is activated).
Example of acceleration When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower than the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then returns to constant speed cruising.
1 Press the cruise control main switch to activate the cruise control.
Dynamic radar cruise control indi- cator will come on and a message will be displayed on the multi-infor- mation display. Press the switch again to deactivate the cruise con- trol.
If the cruise control main switch is pressed and held for 1.5 seconds or more, the system turns on in constant speed control mode.
(P.211)
2 Accelerate or decelerate, with accelerator pedal opera- tion, to the desired vehicle speed (at or above approxi- mately 20 mph [30 km/h]) and press the -SET switch to set the speed.
Cruise control SET indicator will come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment the switch is released becomes the
Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode)
2094-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
set speed.
To change the set speed, press the +RES or -SET switch until the desired set speed is displayed.
1 Increases the speed (Except when the vehicle has been stopped by system control in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
2 Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Press the switch.
Large adjustment: Press and hold the switch to change the speed, and release when the desired speed is reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode, the set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:
For the U.S. mainland, Hawaii
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the switch is pressed Large adjustment: Increases or
decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or
1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 increments for as long as the switch is held
For Canada, Guam and Puerto Rico
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the switch is pressed Large adjustment: Increases or
decreases in 5 mph (8 km/h)*1 or 5
km/h (3.1 mph)*2 increments for as long as the switch is held
In the constant speed control mode (P.211), the set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the switch is held. *1:When the set speed is shown in
MPH *2:When the set speed is shown in
km/h
Pressing the switch changes the vehicle-to-vehicle distance as
Adjusting the set speed
Changing the vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode)
210 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
follows:
1 Long
2 Medium
3 Short The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is set automatically to long mode when the engine switch is turned to ON.
If a vehicle is running ahead of you,
the preceding vehicle mark will also be displayed.
Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle distance increases/decreases in accor- dance with vehicle speed. When the vehicle is stopped by system control, the vehicle stops at a certain vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance depending on the situa- tion.
After the vehicle ahead of you starts off, press the +RES switch.
Your vehicle will also resume follow-up cruising if the acceler- ator pedal is depressed after the vehicle ahead of you starts off.
Vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance settings (vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
Distance options
Vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance
Long Approximately 160 ft.
(50 m)
Medium Approximately 130 ft.
(40 m)
Short Approximately 100 ft.
(30 m)
Resuming follow-up cruising when the vehicle has been stopped by sys- tem control (vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
2114-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
1 Pressing the cancel switch cancels the speed control.
The speed control is also canceled when the brake pedal is depressed. (When the vehicle has been stopped by system control, depressing the brake pedal does not cancel the setting.)
2 Pressing the +RES switch resumes the cruise control and returns vehicle speed to the set speed.
When your vehicle is too close to a vehicle ahead, and suffi- cient automatic deceleration via the cruise control is not possi- ble, the display will flash and the buzzer will sound to alert the driver. An example of this would be if another driver cuts in front of you while you are following a vehicle. Depress the brake pedal to ensure an appropriate vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
Warnings may not occur when
In the following instances, warn- ings may not occur even when the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small.
When the speed of the pre- ceding vehicle matches or exceeds your vehicle speed
When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow speed
Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
When depressing the acceler- ator pedal
When constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will maintain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehi- cle distance. Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode does not function correctly due to a dirty radar, etc.
Canceling and resuming the speed control
Approach warning (vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
Selecting constant speed control mode
212 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
1 With the cruise control off, press and hold the cruise control main switch for 1.5 seconds or more.
Immediately after the switch is pressed, the dynamic radar cruise control indicator will come on. After- wards, it switches to the cruise con- trol indicator.
Switching to constant speed control mode is only possible when operat- ing the switch with the cruise con- trol off.
2 Accelerate or decelerate, with accelerator pedal opera- tion, to the desired vehicle speed (at or above approxi- mately 20 mph [30 km/h]) and press the -SET switch to set the speed.
Cruise control SET indicator will come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment the switch is released becomes the set speed.
Adjusting the speed setting: P.209
Canceling and resuming the speed
setting: P.211
Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range can be set when
The shift lever is in D.
The desired set speed can be set when the vehicle speed is approx- imately 20 mph (30 km/h) or more. (However, when the vehicle speed is set while driving at below approximately 20 mph [30 km/h], the set speed will be set to approximately 20 mph [30 km/h].)
Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can accelerate by oper- ating the accelerator pedal. After accelerating, the set speed resumes. However, during vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle speed may decrease below the set speed in order to maintain the distance to the preceding vehicle.
When the vehicle stops while follow-up cruising
Pressing the +RES switch while the vehicle ahead stops will resume follow-up cruising if the vehicle ahead starts off within approximately 3 seconds after the switch is pressed.
If the vehicle ahead starts off within 3 seconds after your vehicle stops, follow-up cruising will be resumed.
2134-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Automatic cancelation of vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled in the following situations.
VSC is activated.
TRAC is activated for a period of time.
When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
The sensor cannot detect cor- rectly because it is covered in some way.
Pre-collision braking is activated.
The parking brake is operated.
The vehicle is stopped by system control on a steep incline.
The following are detected when the vehicle has been stopped by system control:
The driver is not wearing a seat belt.
The drivers door is opened. The vehicle has been stopped for
about 3 minutes
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any reasons other than the above, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
Automatic cancelation of con- stant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the follow- ing situations:
Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below the set vehicle speed.
Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
VSC is activated.
TRAC is activated for a period of time.
When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
Pre-collision braking is activated.
If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any rea- sons other than the above, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
Brake operation
A brake operation sound may be heard and the brake pedal response may change, but these are not mal- functions.
Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise con- trol with full-speed range
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunc- tion or to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions. (P.172, 482)
When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead
In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, oper- ate the brake pedal when decelera- tion of the system is insufficient or operate the accelerator pedal when acceleration is required.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehi- cles, the approach warning (P.211) may not be activated.
Vehicles that cut in suddenly
Vehicles traveling at low speeds
Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane
Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board, etc.)
214 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the detecting of the sensor
When your vehicle is pointing upwards (caused by a heavy load in the luggage compartment, etc.)
Preceding vehicle has an extremely high ground clearance
Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con- trol mode may not function cor- rectly
In the case of the following condi- tions, operate the brake pedal (or accelerator pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system may not operate properly.
When the road curves or when the lanes are narrow
When steering wheel operation or your position in the lane is unsta- ble
When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly
When driving on a road sur- rounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on a bridge
While the vehicle speed is decreasing to the set speed after the vehicle accelerates by depressing the accelerator pedal
2154-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
*: If equipped
Meter display
Multi-information display Set speed Indicators
Operation switches
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch +RES switch Cruise control main switch Cancel switch -SET switch
Dynamic radar cruise control*
In vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode, the vehicle automatically accel- erates and decelerates to match the speed changes of the preceding vehicle even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. In constant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed. Use the dynamic radar cruise control on freeways and highways. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode (P.218) Constant speed control
mode (P.222)
System Components
WARNING Before using dynamic radar
cruise control Driving safely is the sole
responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely on the system, and drive safely by always pay- ing careful attention to your sur- roundings.
The dynamic radar cruise con- trol provides driving assistance to reduce the drivers burden. However, there are limitations to the assistance provided. Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system and always drive carefully.
When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead: P.223
Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con- trol mode may not function cor- rectly: P.224
216 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Set the speed appropriately
depending on the speed limit, traffic flow, road conditions, weather conditions, etc. The driver is responsible for check- ing the set speed.
Even when the system is func- tioning normally, the condition of the preceding vehicle as detected by the system may dif- fer from the condition observed by the driver. Therefore, the driver must always remain alert, assess the danger of each situ- ation and drive safely. Relying solely on this system or assum- ing the system ensures safety while driving can lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
Switch the dynamic radar cruise control setting to off, using the cruise control main switch when not in use.
Cautions regarding the driv- ing assist systems
Observe the following precau- tions, as there are limitations to the assistance provided by the system. Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or seri- ous injury.
Assisting the driver to measure following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control is only intended to help the driver in determining the following dis- tance between the drivers own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mecha- nism that allows careless or inat- tentive driving, and it is not a system that can assist the driver in low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for driver to pay close attention to the vehi- cles surroundings.
Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control determines whether the following distance between the drivers own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling ahead is within a set range. It is not capable of making any other type of judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely neces- sary for the driver to remain vigi- lant and to determine whether or not there is a possibility of danger in any given situation.
Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control does not include functions which will prevent or avoid collisions with vehicles ahead of your vehi- cle. Therefore, if there is ever any possibility of danger, the driver must take immediate and direct control of the vehicle and act appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all involved.
2174-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
WARNING Situations unsuitable for
dynamic radar cruise control Do not use dynamic radar cruise control in any of the following situ- ations. Doing so may result in inappropri- ate speed control and could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Roads where there are pedes- trians, cyclists, etc.
In heavy traffic
On roads with sharp bends
On winding roads
On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up and down gradients Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
At entrances to freeways and highways
When weather conditions are bad enough that they may pre- vent the sensors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sand- storm, heavy rain, etc.)
When there is rain, snow, etc. on the front surface of the radar or front camera
In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration and deceleration
During emergency towing
When an approach warning buzzer is heard often
218 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
This mode employs a radar to detect the presence of vehicles up to approximately 328 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current vehi- cle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suitable following distance from the vehicle ahead. The desired vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance switch.
When driving on downhill slopes, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance may become shorter.
Example of constant speed cruising When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver.
Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed appears
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is nec- essary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at this time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver. Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate suffi- ciently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead.
When the turn signal lever is operated and your vehicle moves to an over- taking lane while driving at 50 mph (80 km/h) or more, the vehicle will accel- erate to help to overtake a passing vehicle.
The systems identification of what is an overtaking lane may be determined solely based on the location of the steering wheel in the vehicle (left side
Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
2194-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
driver position versus right side driver position.) If the vehicle is driven to a region where the overtaking lane is on a different side from where the vehi- cle is normally driven, the vehicle may accelerate when the turn signal lever is operated in the opposite direction to the overtaking lane (e.g., if the driver normally operates the vehicle in a region where the overtaking lane is to the right but then drives to a region where the overtaking lane is to the left, the vehicle may accelerate when the right turn signal is activated).
Example of acceleration When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower than the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then returns to constant speed cruising.
1 Press the cruise control main switch to activate the cruise control.
Dynamic radar cruise control indi- cator will come on and a message will be displayed on the multi-infor- mation display. Press the switch again to deactivate the cruise con- trol.
If the cruise control main switch is pressed and held for 1.5 seconds or more, the system turns on in constant speed control mode. (P.222)
2 Accelerate or decelerate, with accelerator pedal opera- tion, to the desired vehicle
speed (at or above approxi- mately 20 mph [30 km/h]) and press the -SET switch to set the speed.
Cruise control SET indicator will come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment the switch is released becomes the set speed.
To change the set speed, press the +RES or -SET switch until the desired set speed is displayed.
Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode)
Adjusting the set speed
220 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
1 Increases the speed
2 Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Press the switch.
Large adjustment: Press and hold the switch to change the speed, and release when the desired speed is reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode, the set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:
For the U.S. mainland, Hawaii
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the switch is pressed Large adjustment: Increases or
decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or
1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 increments for as long as the switch is held
For Canada, Guam and Puerto Rico
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the switch is pressed Large adjustment: Increases or
decreases in 5 mph (8 km/h)*1 or 5
km/h (3.1 mph)*2 increments for as long as the switch is held
In the constant speed control mode (P.222), the set speed
will be increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the switch is held. *1:When the set speed is shown in
MPH *2:When the set speed is shown in
km/h
Pressing the switch changes the vehicle-to-vehicle distance as follows:
1 Long
2 Medium
3 Short The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is set automatically to long mode when the engine switch is turned to ON.
If a vehicle is running ahead of you,
the preceding vehicle mark will also be displayed.
Changing the vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode)
2214-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle distance increases/decreases in accor- dance with vehicle speed.
1 Pressing the cancel switch cancels the speed control.
The speed control is also canceled when the brake pedal is depressed.
2 Pressing the +RES switch resumes the cruise control
and returns vehicle speed to the set speed.
However, cruise control does not resume when the vehicle speed is approximately 16 mph (25 km/h) or less.
When your vehicle is too close to a vehicle ahead, and suffi- cient automatic deceleration via the cruise control is not possi- ble, the display will flash and the buzzer will sound to alert the driver. An example of this would be if another driver cuts in front of you while you are following a vehicle. Depress the brake pedal to ensure an appropriate vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
Warnings may not occur when
In the following instances, warn- ings may not occur even when the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small.
When the speed of the pre- ceding vehicle matches or
Vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance settings (vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
Distance options
Vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance
Long Approximately 160 ft.
(50 m)
Medium Approximately 130 ft.
(40 m)
Short Approximately 100 ft.
(30 m)
Canceling and resuming the speed control
Approach warning (vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
222 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
exceeds your vehicle speed
When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow speed
Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
When depressing the acceler- ator pedal
When constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will maintain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehi- cle distance. Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode does not function correctly due to a dirty radar, etc.
1 With the cruise control off, press and hold the cruise control main switch for 1.5 seconds or more.
Immediately after the switch is pressed, the dynamic radar cruise control indicator will come on. After- wards, it switches to the cruise con- trol indicator.
Switching to constant speed control mode is only possible when operat- ing the switch with the cruise con-
trol off.
2 Accelerate or decelerate, with accelerator pedal opera- tion, to the desired vehicle speed (at or above approxi- mately 20 mph [30 km/h]) and press the -SET switch to set the speed.
Cruise control SET indicator will come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment the switch is released becomes the set speed.
Adjusting the speed setting: P.219
Canceling and resuming the speed setting: P.221
Dynamic radar cruise control can be set when
The shift lever is in range 2nd or higher.
Depending on the control mode, this item can be set at the follow- ing speeds.
Selecting constant speed control mode
2234-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance con- trol mode: Approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) or more
Constant speed control mode: Approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) or more
Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can accelerate by oper- ating the accelerator pedal. After accelerating, the set speed resumes. However, during vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle speed may decrease below the set speed in order to maintain the distance to the preceding vehicle.
Shift position selection
Select a shift position according to the vehicle speed. If the engine speed is too high or too low, control may be automatically canceled.
Automatic cancelation of vehi- cle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled in the following situations.
Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 16 mph (25 km/h).
VSC is activated.
TRAC is activated for a period of time.
When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
The sensor cannot detect cor- rectly because it is covered in some way.
Pre-collision braking is activated.
When the shift lever is in N or the clutch pedal is depressed for a certain amount of time or more.
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any reasons other than the above, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
Automatic cancelation of con- stant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the follow- ing situations:
Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below the set vehicle speed.
Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
VSC is activated.
TRAC is activated for a period of time.
When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
Pre-collision braking is activated.
When the shift lever is in N or the clutch pedal is depressed for a certain amount of time or more.
If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any rea- sons other than the above, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
Brake operation
A brake operation sound may be heard and the brake pedal response may change, but these are not mal- functions.
Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise con- trol
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunc- tion or to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions. (P.172, 482)
When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead
In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, oper- ate the brake pedal when decelera- tion of the system is insufficient or operate the accelerator pedal when
224 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
acceleration is required.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehi- cles, the approach warning (P.221) may not be activated.
Vehicles that cut in suddenly
Vehicles traveling at low speeds
Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane
Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board, etc.)
Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the detecting of the sensor
When your vehicle is pointing upwards (caused by a heavy load in the luggage compartment, etc.)
Preceding vehicle has an extremely high ground clearance
Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con- trol mode may not function cor- rectly
In the case of the following condi- tions, operate the brake pedal (or accelerator pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system may not operate properly.
When the road curves or when the lanes are narrow
When steering wheel operation or your position in the lane is unsta- ble
When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly
When driving on a road sur- rounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on a bridge
While the vehicle speed is decreasing to the set speed after the vehicle accelerates by depressing the accelerator pedal
2254-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
*: If equipped When the front camera recog- nizes a sign, the sign will be dis- played on the multi-information display. When the driving support sys-
tem information is selected, a maximum of 3 signs can be displayed. (P.82)
When a tab other than the driving support system infor- mation is selected, the follow- ing types of road signs will be displayed. (P.82)
Speed limit sign Do Not Enter sign (when notifica-
tion is necessary)
If signs other than speed limit signs are recognized, they will be dis- played in an overlapping stack
RSA (Road Sign Assist)*
The RSA system recognizes specific road signs using the front camera to provide information to the driver via the display.
If the system judges that the vehicle is being driven over the speed limit, performing prohibited actions, etc. according to the recog- nized road signs, it notifies the driver through a visual notification and notification buzzer .
WARNING Before using the RSA Do not rely solely upon the RSA system. RSA is a system which supports the driver by providing information, but it is not a replace- ment for a drivers own vision and awareness. Drive safely by always paying careful attention to the traffic rules.
Indication on the multi-information display
226 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
under the current speed limit sign.
The following types of road signs, including electronic signs and blinking signs, are recog- nized.
A non-official or a recently intro- duced traffic sign may not be recog- nized.
Speed limit
Do Not Enter
Stop
Yield
In the following situations, the RSA system will notify the driver.
When the vehicle speed exceeds the speed notifica- tion threshold of the speed limit sign displayed, the sign display will be emphasized and a buzzer will sound.
When the RSA system recog-
nizes a do not enter sign and determines that your vehicle has entered a no-entry area, the displayed sign will flash and a buzzer will sound.
Depending on the situation, a notification function may not operate properly.
Setting procedure
1 Press or of the meter
control switches and select
2 Press or of the meter control switches and select
, then press
Automatic turn-off of RSA sign display
In the following situations, a dis- played speed limit sign and/or do not enter sign will stop being dis- played automatically:
No sign has been recognized for a certain distance.
The road changes due to a left or right turn, etc.
In the following situations, stop and yield signs will stop being displayed automatically:
The system determines that your vehicle has passed the sign.
The road changes due to a left or right turn, etc.
Conditions in which the func- tion may not operate or detect correctly
In the following situations, RSA does not operate normally and may not recognize signs, display the incorrect sign, etc. However, this does not indicate a malfunction.
The front camera is misaligned due to a strong impact being applied to the sensor, etc.
Supported types of road signs
Notification function
2274-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Dirt, snow, stickers, etc. are on the windshield near the front camera.
In inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or sand storms
Light from an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc. enters the front cam- era.
The sign is dirty, faded, tilted or bent.
The contrast of electronic sign is low.
All or part of the sign is hidden by the leaves of a tree, a pole, etc.
The sign is only visible to the front camera for a short amount of time.
The driving scene (turning, lane change, etc.) is judged incorrectly.
If a sign not appropriate for the currently traveled lane, but the sign exists directly after a freeway branches, or in an adjacent lane just before merging.
Stickers are attached to the rear of the preceding vehicle.
A sign resembling a system com- patible sign is recognized.
Side road speed signs may be detected and displayed (if posi- tioned in sight of the front camera) while the vehicle is traveling on the main road.
Roundabout exit road speed signs may be detected and displayed (if positioned in sight of the front camera) while traveling on a roundabout.
The front of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load.
The surrounding brightness is not sufficient or changes suddenly.
When a sign intended for trucks, etc. is recognized.
The speed information displayed on the meter and on the naviga- tion system may be different due to the navigation system using map data.
Speed limit sign display
If the engine switch was last turned off while a speed limit sign was dis- played on the multi-information dis- play, the same sign displays again when the engine switch is turned to ON.
If RSA Malfunction Visit Your Dealer is shown
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Customization
Some functions can be customized. (Customizable features:P.535)
228 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
*: If equipped
Meter control switches Turning the Blind Spot Monitor on/off.
Outside rear view mirror indi- cators
When a vehicle is detected in a blind spot of the outside rear view mirrors or approaching rapidly from behind into a blind spot, the outside rear view mirror indicator on the detected side will illuminate. If the turn signal lever is operated toward the detected side, the outside rear view mirror indicator flashes.
BSM indicator Illuminates when the Blind Spot Monitor is enabled
Outside rear view mirror indica- tor visibility
In strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be difficult to see. When Blind Spot Monitor
Unavailable is shown on the multi-information display
Ice, snow, mud, etc., may be attached to the rear bumper around the sensors. (P.230) The system should return to normal operation after removing the ice, snow, mud, etc. from the rear bumper. Addition- ally, the sensors may not operate
BSM (Blind Spot Moni- tor)*
The Blind Spot Monitor is a system that uses rear side radar sensors installed on the inner side of the rear bumper on the left and right side to assist the driver in confirming safety when changing lanes.
WARNING Cautions regarding the use of
the system The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking care to observe your sur- roundings. The Blind Spot Monitor is a sup- plementary function which alerts the driver that a vehicle is in a blind spot of the outside rear view mirrors or is approaching rapidly from behind into a blind spot. Do not overly rely on the Blind Spot Monitor. As the function cannot judge if it is safe to change lanes, over reliance could lead to an accident resulting in death or seri- ous injury. As the system may not function correctly under certain condi- tions, the drivers own visual con- firmation of safety is necessary.
System components
2294-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
normally when driving in extremely hot or cold environments.
When Blind Spot Monitor Mal- function Visit Your Dealer is shown on the multi-information display
There may be a sensor malfunction
of misaligned. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P.535)
Certification
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A., Hawaii, Guam and Puerto Rico
For vehicles sold in Canada
230 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
Use the meter control switches to turn on/off the function.
1 Press or to select .
2 Press or to select
and then press .
WARNING Handling the rear side radar
sensor Blind Spot Monitor sensors are installed behind the left and right sides of the rear bumper respec- tively. Observe the following to ensure the Blind Spot Monitor can operate correctly.
Keep the sensors and the sur- rounding areas on the rear bumper clean at all times.
If a sensor or its surrounding area on the rear bumper is dirty or cov- ered with snow, the Blind Spot Monitor may not operate and a warning message (P.228) will be displayed. In this situation, clear off the dirt or snow and drive the vehicle with the operation con- ditions of the BSM function (P.232) satisfied for approxi- mately 10 minutes. If the warning message does not disappear, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Do not attach accessories, stickers (including transparent stickers), aluminum tape, etc. to a sensor or its surrounding area on the rear bumper.
Do not subject a sensor or its surrounding area on the rear bumper to a strong impact. If a sensor is moved even slightly off position, the system may malfunction and vehicles may not be detected correctly. In the following situations, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
A sensor or its surrounding area is subject to a strong impact.
If the surrounding area of a sen- sor is scratched or dented, or part of them has become dis- connected.
Do not disassemble the sensor.
Do not modify the sensor or sur- rounding area on the rear bumper.
If a sensor or the rear bumper needs to be removed/installed or replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not paint the rear bumper any color other than an official Toyota color.
Turning the Blind Spot Monitor on/off
2314-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Vehicles that can be detected by the Blind Spot Monitor
The Blind Spot Monitor uses rear side radar sensors to detect the fol- lowing vehicles traveling in adjacent lanes and advises the driver of the presence of such vehicles via the indicators on the outside rear view mirrors.
Vehicles that are traveling in areas that are not visible using the outside rear view mirrors (the blind spots)
Vehicles that are approaching rapidly from behind in areas that are not visible using the outside rear view mirrors (the blind spots)
The Blind Spot Monitor detection areas
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
The range of each detection area is:
Approximately 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) to 11.5 ft. (3.5 m) from either side of
the vehicle*1
Approximately 3.3 ft. (1 m) forward of the rear bumper
Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) from the rear bumper
Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) to 197 ft. (60 m) from the rear
bumper*2
Blind Spot Monitor operation
232 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
*1:The area between the side of the vehicle and 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) from the side of the vehicle cannot be detected.
*2:The greater the difference in speed between your vehicle and the detected vehicle is, the farther away the vehicle will be detected, causing the outside rear view mirror indicator to illuminate or flash.
The Blind Spot Monitor is oper- ational when
The Blind Spot Monitor is opera- tional when all of the following con- ditions are met:
The Blind Spot Monitor is on.
The shift lever is in a position other than R.
The vehicle speed is greater than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h).
The Blind Spot Monitor will detect a vehicle when
The Blind Spot Monitor will detect a vehicle present in the detection area in the following situations:
A vehicle in an adjacent lane over- takes your vehicle.
You overtake a vehicle in adjacent lane slowly.
Another vehicle enters the detec- tion area when it changes lanes.
Conditions under which the Blind Spot Monitor will not detect a vehicle
The Blind Spot Monitor is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles and/or objects:
Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.*
Vehicles traveling in the opposite direction
Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects*
Following vehicles that are in the same lane*
Vehicles traveling 2 lanes away from your vehicle*
Vehicles which are being over- taken rapidly by your vehicle*
*: Depending on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
Conditions under which the Blind Spot Monitor may not function correctly
The Blind Spot Monitor may not detect vehicles correctly in the fol- lowing situations:
When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sen- sor or its surrounding area
When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc. is covering the sensor or sur- rounding area on the rear bumper
When driving on a road surface that is wet with standing water during bad weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog
When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between each vehicle
When the distance between your vehicle and a following vehicle is short
When there is a significant differ- ence in speed between your vehi- cle and the vehicle that enters the detection area
When the difference in speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is changing
When a vehicle enters a detection area traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle
As your vehicle starts from a stop, a vehicle remains in the detection area
When driving up and down con- secutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips in the road, etc.
When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or
2334-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
uneven surfaces When vehicle lanes are wide, or
when driving on the edge of a lane, and the vehicle in an adja- cent lane is far away from your vehicle
When an accessory (such as a bicycle carrier) is installed to the rear of the vehicle
When there is a significant differ- ence in height between your vehi- cle and the vehicle that enters the detection area
Immediately after the Blind Spot Monitor is turned on
Instances of the Blind Spot Moni- tor unnecessarily detecting a vehi- cle and/or object may increase in the following situations:
When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sen- sor or its surrounding area
When the distance between your vehicle and a guardrail, wall, etc. that enters the detection area is short
When driving up and down con- secutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips in the road, etc.
When vehicle lanes are narrow, or when driving on the edge of a lane, and a vehicle traveling in a lane other than the adjacent lanes enters the detection area
When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven surfaces
When the tires are slipping or spinning
When the distance between your vehicle and a following vehicle is short
When an accessory (such as a bicycle carrier) is installed to the rear of the vehicle
*: If equipped
Meter control switches Turning the RCTA function on/off.
When the RCTA function is dis- abled, the RCTA OFF indicator illu- minates.
Outside rear view mirror indi- cators
When a vehicle approaching from
RCTA (Rear Cross Traf- fic Alert) function*
The RCTA function uses the BSM rear side radar sensors installed behind the rear bumper. This function is intended to assist the driver in checking areas that are not easily visible when backing up.
System components
234 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is detected, both outside rear view mirror indicators will flash.
Audio system display If a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is detected, the RCTA icon (P.233) for the detected side will be displayed on the audio system display. This illustration shows an example of a vehicle approaching from both sides of the vehicle.
RCTA buzzer If a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is detected, a buzzer will sound. The buzzer also sounds for approx- imately 1 second immediately after the RCTA function is turned on.
Use the meter control switches to enable/disable the RCTA function. (P.82)
1 Press or to select .
2 Press or to select
RCTA and then press .
Outside rear view mirror indica- tor visibility
In strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be difficult to see. Hearing the RCTA buzzer The RCTA buzzer may be difficult to hear over loud noises, such as if the audio system volume is high. When Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Unavailable is shown on the multi-information display
Water, snow, mud, etc., may be attached to the rear bumper around the sensors. (P.228) Removing the water, snow, mud, etc., from the attached to the rear bumper around the sensors to normal. Additionally, the function may not function normally when used in
Turning the RCTA func- tion on/off
WARNING Cautions regarding the use of
the function The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking care to observe your sur- roundings. The RCTA function is only a sup- plementary function which alerts the driver that a vehicle is approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle. As the RCTA function may not function correctly under certain condi- tions, the drivers own visual con- firmation of safety is necessary. Over reliance on this function may lead to an accident resulting death or serious injury.
NOTICE Before using the RCTA func-
tion Do not place objects near the sen- sors.
2354-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
extremely hot or cold environments. Rear side radar sensors
P.228
Operation of the RCTA function
The RCTA function uses rear side radar sensors to detect vehicles approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle and alerts the driver of the presence of such vehicles by flashing the outside rear view mirror indicators and sounding a buzzer.
Approaching vehicles
Detection areas of approaching vehicles
RCTA icon display
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is detected, the following will be displayed on the audio system display (if equipped).
Rear view monitor: Vehicles are approaching from both
sides of the vehicle
RCTA function detection areas
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
RCTA function
236 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
The buzzer can alert the driver of faster vehicles approaching from farther away.
Example:
The RCTA function is opera- tional when
The RCTA function operates when all of the following conditions are met:
The engine switch is in ON.
The RCTA function is on.
The shift lever is in R.
The vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
The approaching vehicle speed is between approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and 18 mph (28 km/h).
Conditions under which the RCTA function will not detect a vehicle
The RCTA function is not designed to detect the following types of vehi- cles and/or objects:
Vehicles approaching from directly behind
Vehicles backing up in a parking space next to your vehicle
Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect due to obstructions
Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects*
Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.*
Vehicles moving away from your vehicle
Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehi- cle*
*: Depending on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
Conditions under which the RCTA function may not function correctly
The RCTA function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following situations:
When a sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its surrounding area
When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc. is covering a sensor or its sur-
Approaching vehicle speed
Approximate alert distance
18 mph (28 km/h) (fast)
65 ft. (20 m)
5 mph (8 km/h) (slow)
18 ft. (5.5 m)
2374-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
rounding area on the rear bumper When driving on a road surface
that is wet with standing water during bad weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog
When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between each vehicle
If a vehicle is approaching the rear of your vehicle rapidly
When a towing eyelet is installed to the rear of the vehicle.
When backing up on a slope with a sharp change in grade
When backing out of a shallow angle parking spot
Immediately after the RCTA func- tion is turned on
Immediately after the engine is started with the RCTA function on
When the sensors cannot detect a vehicle due to obstructions
Instances of the RCTA function unnecessarily detecting a vehicle and/or object may increase in the following situations:
When a vehicle passes by the side of your vehicle
When the parking space faces a street and vehicles are being driven on the street
When the distance between your vehicle and metal objects, such as a guardrail, wall, sign, or parked vehicle, which may reflect electri- cal waves toward the rear of the vehicle, is short
When a towing eyelet is installed to the rear of the vehicle
238 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
The rear view image is dis- played when the shift lever is in R and the engine switch is in ON.
The rear view monitor system will be deactivated when the shift lever is shifted to any posi- tion other than R.
Screen description
The rear view monitor system screen will be displayed if the shift lever is shifted to R while the engine switch is in ON.
Rear view monitor sys- tem
Audio
The rear view monitor sys- tem assists the driver by displaying an image of the view behind the vehicle with fixed guide lines on the screen while backing up, for example while parking.
The screen illustrations used in this text are intended as examples, and may differ from the image that is actually displayed on the screen.
Audio Plus or Premium Audio
Owners of models equipped with a navigation/multime- dia system should refer to the NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNERS MANUAL.
System overview
Using the rear view monitor system
2394-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Vehicle width extension guide line Displays a guide path when the vehicle is being backed straight up. The displayed width is wider than the actual vehicle width.
Vehicle center guide line This line indicates the estimated vehicle center on the ground.
Distance guide line Displays a point approximately 1.5 ft. (0.5 m) (red) from the edge of the bumper.
Distance guide line Displays a point approximately 3 ft. (1 m) (blue) from the edge of the bumper.
Area displayed on screen
Corners of bumper
Rear view monitor system precautions
240 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
The rear view monitor system displays an image of the view from the bumper of the rear area of the vehicle.
The image adjustment proce- dure for the rear view monitor system screen is the same as the procedure for adjusting the screen. (P.270)
The area displayed on the screen may vary according to vehicle orientation conditions.
Objects which are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper cannot be displayed.
The camera uses a special lens. The distance of the image that appears on the screen differs from the actual distance.
Items which are located higher than the camera may not be displayed on the moni- tor.
Rear view monitor system camera
The camera for the rear view monitor system is located as
shown in the illustration.
Using the camera
If dirt or foreign matter (such as water droplets, snow, mud etc.) is adhering to the camera, it cannot transmit a clear image. In this case, flush it with a large quantity of water and wipe the camera lens clean with a soft and wet cloth.
Differences between the screen and the actual road
The distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines may not actually be parallel with the dividing lines of the parking space, even when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visu- ally.
The distances between the vehi- cle width guide lines and the left and right dividing lines of the parking space may not be equal, even when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visually.
The distance guide lines give a distance guide for flat road sur- faces. In any of the following sit- uations, there is a margin of error between the fixed guide lines on the screen and the actual distance/course on the road.
When the ground behind the vehicle slopes up sharply
2414-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
The distance guide lines will appear to be closer to the vehicle than the actual distance. Because of this, objects will appear to be farther away than they actually are. In the same way, there will be a margin of error between the guide lines and the actual distance/course on the road.
When the ground behind the vehicle slopes down sharply
The distance guide lines will appear to be further from the vehicle than the actual distance. Because of
this, objects will appear to be closer than they actually are. In the same way, there will be a margin of error between the guide lines and the actual distance/course on the road.
When any part of the vehicle sags
A margin of error
When any part of the vehicle sags due to the number of passengers or the distribution of the load, there is a margin of error between the fixed guide lines on the screen and the actual distance/course on the road.
When approaching three-dimensional objects
The distance guide lines are dis- played according to flat surfaced objects (such as the road). It is not possible to determine the position of three-dimensional objects (such as vehicles) using the distance guide lines. When approaching a three-dimen- sional object that extends out- ward (such as the flatbed of a truck), be careful of the follow- ing.
Vehicle width guide lines
242 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
Vehicle width guide lines
Visually check the surroundings and the area behind the vehicle. In the case shown below, the truck appears to be outside of the vehicle width guide lines and the vehicle does not look as if it hits the truck. However, the rear body of the truck may actually cross over the vehicle width guide lines. In reality if you back up as guided by the vehicle
width guide lines, the vehicle may hit the truck.
Distance guide lines
Visually check the surroundings and the area behind the vehicle. On the screen, it appears that a truck is
parking at point . However, in
reality if you back up to point , you will hit the truck. On the screen,
it appears that is closest and is farthest away. However, in reality,
the distance to and is the
same, and is farther than
and .
If you notice any symptoms
If you notice any of the following symptoms, refer to the likely cause and the solution, and re-check.
If the symptom is not resolved by the solution, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Things you should know
2434-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Symptom Likely cause Solution
The image is difficult to see
The vehicle is in a dark area
The temperature around the lens is either high or low
The outside tempera- ture is low
There are water drop- lets on the camera
It is raining or humid Foreign matter (mud
etc.) is adhering to the camera
Sunlight or headlights are shining directly into the camera
The vehicle is under fluorescent lights, sodium lights, mer- cury lights etc.
If this happens due to these causes, it does not indicate a malfunc- tion. Back up while visu- ally checking the vehicles surroundings. (Use the monitor again once conditions have been improved.) The procedure for adjusting the picture quality of the rear view monitor sys- tem is the same as the procedure for adjusting the screen. (P.270)
The image is blurry
Dirt or foreign matter (such as water droplets, snow, mud etc.) is adhering to the camera.
Flush the camera with a large quantity of water and wipe the camera lens clean with a soft and wet cloth.
The image is out of alignment
The camera or sur- rounding area has received a strong impact.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toy- ota dealer.
The fixed guide lines are very far out of alignment
The camera position is out of alignment.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toy- ota dealer.
The vehicle is tilted (there is a heavy load on the vehicle, tire pressure is low due to a tire puncture, etc.)
The vehicle is used on an incline.
If this happens due to these causes, it does not indicate a malfunc- tion.
Back up while visually checking the vehicles surroundings.
244 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING When using the rear view
monitor system The rear view monitor system is a supplemental device intended to assist the driver when backing up. When backing up, be sure to visu- ally check all around the vehicle both directly and using the mirrors before proceeding. Observe the following precautions to avoid an accident that could result in death or serious injuries.
Never depend on the rear view monitor system entirely when backing up. The image and the position of the guide lines dis- played on the screen may differ from the actual state. Use cau- tion, just as you would when backing up any vehicle.
Be sure to back up slowly, depressing the brake pedal to control vehicle speed.
The instructions given are only guide lines. When and how much to turn the steering wheel will vary according to traffic con- ditions, road surface condi- tions, vehicle condition, etc. when parking. It is necessary to be fully aware of this before using the rear view monitor sys- tem.
When parking, be sure to check that the parking space will accommodate your vehicle before maneuvering into it.
Do not use the rear view moni- tor system in the following cases:
On icy or slick road surfaces, or in snow
When using tire chains or emer- gency tires
When the back door is not closed completely
On roads that are not flat or straight, such as curves or slopes
In low temperatures, the screen may darken or the image may become faint. The image could distort when the vehicle is mov- ing, or you may become unable to see the image on the screen. Be sure to visually check all around the vehicle both directly and using the mirrors before proceeding.
If the tire sizes are changed, the position of the fixed guide lines displayed on the screen may change.
The camera uses a special lens. The distances between objects and pedestrians that appear in the image displayed on the screen will differ from the actual distances. (P.240)
NOTICE How to use the camera The rear view monitor system
may not operate properly in the following cases.
If the back of the vehicle is hit, the position and mounting angle of the camera may change.
As the camera has a water proof construction, do not detach, disassemble or modify it. This may cause incorrect operation.
2454-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
*: If equipped
Each time the switch is pressed, the system changes between sport mode and normal mode. 1 Normal mode Provides an optimal balance of fuel economy, quietness, and dynamic performance. Suitable for normal driving. 2 Sport mode Controls the transmission and engine to provide quick, powerful acceleration. This mode also changes the steering feel, making it suitable for when agile driving response is desired, such as when driving on roads with many curves. When the sport mode is selected, sport mode indicator comes on.
Automatic deactivation of sport mode
If the engine switch is turned off after driving in sport mode, the drive
NOTICE When cleaning the camera lens,
flush the camera with a large quantity of water and wipe it with a soft and wet cloth. Strongly rubbing the camera lens may cause the camera lens to be scratched and unable to transmit a clear image.
Do not allow organic solvent, car wax, window cleaner or glass coating to adhere to the camera. If this happens, wipe it off as soon as possible.
If the temperature changes rap- idly, such as when hot water is poured on the vehicle in cold weather, the system may not operate normally.
When washing the vehicle, do not apply intensive bursts of water to the camera or camera area. Doing so may result in the camera malfunctioning.
Do not expose the camera to strong impact as this could cause a malfunction. If this hap- pens, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
Driving mode select switch*
The driving modes can be selected to suit driving con- dition.
Selecting a drive mode
246 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
mode will be changed to normal mode.
ABS (Anti-lock Brake Sys- tem)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slip- pery road surface
Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is depressed when the system detects a panic stop sit- uation
VSC (Vehicle Stability Con- trol)
Helps the driver to control skid- ding when swerving suddenly or turning on slippery road sur- faces.
Driving assist systems
To keep driving safety and performance, the following systems operate automati- cally in response to various driving situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and should not be relied upon too heavily when oper- ating the vehicle.
Summary of the driving assist systems
2474-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Enhanced VSC (Enhanced Vehicle Stability Control)
Provides cooperative control of the ABS, TRAC, VSC and EPS. Helps to maintain directional stability when swerving on slip- pery road surfaces by con- trolling steering performance.
Secondary Collision Brake
When the airbag sensor detects a collision, the brakes and stop lights are automatically con- trolled to reduce the vehicle speed and that helps reduce the possibility of further damage due to a secondary collision.
TRAC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slip- pery roads
Active Cornering Assist (ACA)
Helps to prevent the vehicle from drifting to the outer side by performing inner wheel brake control when attempting to accelerate while turning
Hill-start assist control
Helps to reduce the backward movement of the vehicle when starting on an uphill
EPS (Electric Power Steer- ing)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort
needed to turn the steering wheel.
When the TRAC/VSC systems are operating
The slip indicator light will flash while the TRAC/VSC systems are operating.
Disabling the TRAC system
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRAC system may reduce power from the engine to the
wheels. Pressing to turn the system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in order to free it.
To turn the TRAC system off, quickly
press and release .
The Traction Control Turned OFF will be shown on the multi-informa- tion display.
Press again to turn the system
back on.
Turning off both TRAC and VSC systems
To turn the TRAC and VSC systems
off, press and hold for more
248 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
than 3 seconds while the vehicle is stopped.
The VSC OFF indicator light will come on and the Traction Control Turned OFF will be shown on the
multi-information display.*
Press again to turn the system
back on. *: PCS will also be disabled (only
Pre-Collision warning is avail- able). The PCS warning light will come on and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display. (P.185)
When the message is dis- played on the multi-information display showing that TRAC has
been disabled even if has not been pressed
TRAC is temporary deactivated. If the information continues to show, contact your Toyota dealer.
Operating conditions of hill-start assist control
When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will operate:
Vehicles with a continuously vari- able transmission: The shift lever is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/back- ward on an upward incline).
Vehicles with a manual transmis- sion: The shift lever is in a position other than R when starting off for- ward on an upward incline, or the shift lever is in R when starting off backward on an upward incline.
The vehicle is stopped
The accelerator pedal is not depressed
The parking brake is not engaged
Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control
The hill-start assist control will turn off in any of the following situations:
Vehicles with a continuously vari- able transmission: The shift lever is shifted to P or N.
Vehicles with a manual transmis- sion: The shift lever is shifted to R when starting off forward on an upward incline, or the shift lever is shifted to other than R when start- ing off backward on an upward incline.
The accelerator pedal is depressed
The parking brake is engaged
2 seconds at maximum elapsed after the brake pedal is released
Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, VSC, TRAC and hill-start assist con- trol systems
A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the brake pedal is depressed repeat- edly, when the engine is started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indi- cate that a malfunction has occurred in any of these systems.
Any of the following conditions may occur when the above sys- tems are operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
A motor sound may be heard also after the vehicle comes to a stop.
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
Active Cornering Assist opera- tion sounds and vibrations
When the Active Cornering Assist is operated, operation sounds and vibrations may be generated from
2494-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
the brake system, but this is not a malfunction. EPS operation sound When the steering wheel is oper- ated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be heard. This does not indicate a malfunction. Automatic reactivation of TRAC
and VSC systems After turning the TRAC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automatically re-enabled in the fol- lowing situations: When the engine switch is turned
off If only the TRAC system is turned
off, the TRAC will turn on when vehicle speed increases If both the TRAC and VSC sys- tems are turned off, automatic re-enabling will not occur when vehicle speed increases.
Operating conditions of Active Cornering Assist
The system operates when the fol- lowing occurs. TRAC/VSC can operate The driver is attempting to accel-
erate while turning The system detects that the vehi-
cle is drifting to the outer side The brake pedal is released Reduced effectiveness of the
EPS system The effectiveness of the EPS sys- tem is reduced to prevent the sys- tem from overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of time. The steer- ing wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the engine off. The EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes.
Secondary Collision Brake operating conditions
The vehicle speed is approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) or more and the airbag sensor detects a collision. (The Secondary Collision Brake will not operate when the vehicle speed is below approximately 6 mph [10 km/h].) Secondary Collision Brake
automatic cancellation The Secondary Collision Brake is automatically canceled in the follow- ing situations: The vehicle speed drops below
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) A certain amount of time elapses
during operation The accelerator pedal is
depressed a large amount
WARNING The ABS does not operate
effectively when The limits of tire gripping perfor-
mance have been exceeded (such as excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of normal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicles stopping dis- tance. Always maintain a safe dis- tance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the following sit- uations:
When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
When driving with tire chains
When driving over bumps in the road
250 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING When driving over roads with
potholes or uneven surfaces
TRAC/VSC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slippery road surfaces, even if the TRAC/VSC system is operating. Drive the vehicle carefully in con- ditions where stability and power may be lost.
Active Cornering Assist does not operate effectively when
Do not overly rely on Active Cornering Assist. Active Corner- ing Assist may not operate effectively when accelerating down slopes or driving on slip- pery road surfaces.
When Active Cornering Assist frequently operates, Active Cor- nering Assist may temporarily stop operating to ensure proper operation of the brakes, TRAC and VSC.
Hill-start assist control does not operate effectively when
Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may not operate effec- tively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the vehicle sta- tionary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may lead to an acci- dent.
When the TRAC/VSC is acti- vated
The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.
When the TRAC/VSC systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road conditions. As these are the sys- tems to help ensure vehicle stabil- ity and driving force, do not turn the TRAC/VSC systems off unless necessary.
Secondary Collision Brake Do not overly rely on the Second- ary Collision Brake. This system is designed to help reduce the possibility of further damage due to a secondary collision, however, that effect changes according to various conditions. Overly relying on the system may result in death or serious injury.
Replacing tires Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pat- tern and total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the recommended tire inflation pressure level. The ABS, TRAC and VSC sys- tems will not function correctly if different tires are installed on the vehicle. Contact your Toyota dealer for fur- ther information when replacing tires or wheels.
Handling of tires and the sus- pension
Using tires with any kind of prob- lem or modifying the suspension will affect the driving assist sys- tems, and may cause a system to malfunction.
2514-6. Driving tips
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
4-6.Driving tips
Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tem- peratures.
Engine oil Engine coolant Washer fluid Have a service technician
inspect the condition of the battery.
Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire chains for the front tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match the size of the tires.
Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspec- tions before driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a man- ner appropriate to the pre- vailing weather conditions.
Pre-winter preparations
WARNING Driving with snow tires Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents. Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or serious injury.
Use tires of the size specified.
Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of snow tires being used.
Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.
Driving with tire chains Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents. Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely, and may cause death or serious injury.
Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden brak- ing and shifting operations that cause sudden engine braking.
Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle control is maintained.
Do not use LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) system. (if equipped)
Do not use LDA (Lane Depar- ture Alert with steering control) system. (if equipped)
NOTICE Repairing or replacing snow
tires Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legitimate tire retailers. This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the operation of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
252 4-6. Driving tips
COROLLA H/B_U
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen. Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan, remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in front of the wind- shield.
Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accumulated on the exterior lights, vehicles roof, chassis, around the tires or on the brakes.
Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before getting in the vehicle.
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suit- able to road conditions.
Park the vehicle and shift the shift lever to P (continuously
variable transmission), or 1 or R (manual transmission) without setting the parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from being released. If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, make sure to block the wheels. Failure to do so may be dan- gerous because it may cause the vehicle to move unexpect- edly, possibly leading to an accident.
Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: If the vehicle is parked without set- ting the parking brake, con- firm that the shift lever cannot
be moved out of P*. *: The shift lever will be locked if it is
attempted to be shifted from P to any other position without depressing the brake pedal. If the shift lever can be shifted from P, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehi- cle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the tire chains. Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Before driving the vehicle
When driving the vehicle
When parking the vehicle
Selecting tire chains
2534-6. Driving tips
COROLLA H/B_U
4
D riving
Side chain (0.12 in. [3 mm] in diameter) Side chain (0.39 in. [10 mm] in width) Side chain (1.18 in. [30 mm] in length) Cross chain (0.16 in. [4 mm] in diameter) Cross chain (0.55 in. [14 mm] in width) Cross chain (0.98 in. [25 mm] in length)
Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on location and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing chains.
Tire chain installation Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains: Install and remove tire chains in a
safe location. Install tire chains on the front tires
only. Do not install tire chains on the rear tires.
Install tire chains on the front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after driving 1/41/2 mile (0.51.0 km).
Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains.
Regulations on the use of tire chains
NOTICE Fitting tire chains The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly when tire chains are fit- ted.
254 4-6. Driving tips
COROLLA H/B_U
255
COROLLA H/B_U
5
5
A udio
Audio
.
5-1. Basic function
Buttons overview......... 257 Menu screen ............... 259 Status icon .................. 260 Setup screen ............ 262
5-2. Basic information before operation
Initial screen................ 263 Touch screen............... 264 Home screen............... 266 Entering letters and num- bers/list screen operation .................................. 267
Screen adjustment ...... 270 Linking multi-information display and the system .................................. 271
5-3. Connectivity settings
Registering/Connecting a
Bluetooth device ..... 272
Setting Bluetooth details .................................. 277
Wi-Fi Hotspot ............ 284 Apple CarPlay/ Android Auto.............. 289
5-4. Other settings
General settings.......... 296 Voice settings.............. 300 Vehicle settings ........... 301
5-5. Using the audio/visual system
Quick reference........... 303 Some basics................ 304
5-6. Radio operation
AM/FM/SiriusXM Satellite Radio ......................... 308
Internet radio ............... 313 5-7. Media operation
USB memory............... 314 iPod/iPhone (Apple Car- Play) .......................... 316
Android Auto................ 319
Bluetooth audio ......... 320 5-8. Audio/visual remote con-
trols
Steering switches ........ 324 5-9. Audio settings
Setup........................... 326 5-10.Tips for operating the
audio/visual system
Operating information.. 327 5-11.Voice command system
operation
Voice command system .................................. 339
Command list .............. 342 5-12.Mobile Assistant opera-
tion
Mobile Assistant .......... 346
256
COROLLA H/B_U
5-13.Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
Quick reference........... 348 Some basics ............... 349 Placing a call using the
Bluetooth hands-free sys- tem ............................ 353
Receiving a call using the
Bluetooth hands-free sys- tem ............................ 356
Talking on the Bluetooth hands-free system..... 357
Bluetooth phone message function...................... 359
5-14.Phone settings
Setup........................... 364 5-15.What to do if... (Blue-
tooth)
Troubleshooting .......... 374 5-16.Connected Services Over-
view
Functional overview .... 378 Type A: Function achieved by using a smart phone or DCM.......................... 379
Type B: Function achieved by using DCM and the sys- tem ............................ 382
Type C: Function achieved by using DCM............ 383
Type D: Function achieved by using DCM and a smartphone ............... 384
5-17.Connected Services Operation
Toyota apps................. 385 5-18.Toyota apps settings
Setup........................... 389
5Audio
2575-1. Basic function
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
5-1.Basic function
*: If equipped
Audio Plus/Premium Audio
Owners of this system should refer to the NAVIGATION AND MUL- TIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNERS MANUAL.
By touching the screen with your finger, you can control the selected functions. (P.264, 264)
Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. (P.308, 314, 316, 320)
Press to access the Bluetooth hands-free system. (P.348) When an Apple CarPlay connection is established, press to dis-
play the Phone app screen.*1, 2
Press to display the Toyota apps screen.*2, 3 (P.385)
Turn to change the radio station or skip to the next or previous track/file. (P.308, 314, 316, 320)
Press to turn the audio/visual system on and off, and turn it to adjust the volume. Press and hold to restart the system.
Buttons overview*
Operations of each part
258 5-1. Basic function
COROLLA H/B_U
(P.263, 304) When an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection is established, press to display the Maps app screen.*1, 2
Press to display the audio/visual system screen. (P.303, 304) Press to display the Menu screen. (P.259) Press to display the home screen. (P.266)
*1:For details about Apple CarPlay/Android Auto: P.289 *2:This function is not made available in some countries or areas. *3:When an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection is established, this
function will be unavailable.
The screen shots in this document and the actual screens of the sys- tem differ depending on whether the functions and/or a contract existed.
WARNING For safety, the driver should not
operate the system while he/she is driving. Insufficient attention to the road and traffic may cause an accident.
2595-1. Basic function
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Press the MENU button to display the Menu screen.
Displays the clock. Select to display the clock settings screen. (P.297)
Select to display the audio control screen. (P.303)
Select to display the hands-free operation screen. (P.348) When an Apple CarPlay connection is established, select to dis-
play the Phone app screen.*1
Select to display the application screen.*1, 2 (P.385)
When an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection is established and this button displays Apple CarPlay/Android Auto, select to
display the home screen of Apple CarPlay/Android Auto.*1 (P.289)
Vehicles without DCM: Select to display the fuel consumption screen. (P.93) Vehicles with DCM: Select to display the information screen. Select ECO to display the fuel consumption screen. (P.93)
The Vehicle Alert History shown on the information screen. *1
Select to display the Setup screen. (P.262)
Select to adjust the contrast, brightness, etc. of the display. (P.270)
*1:This function is not made available in some countries or areas. *2:When an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection is established, this
function will be unavailable.
Menu screen
Menu screen operation
260 5-1. Basic function
COROLLA H/B_U
Indicate during data commu- nication performed via Data Communication Module
(DCM)*1
The reception level of Data Communication Module
(DCM) display*1 (P.260)
The reception level of the connected phone display (P.260)
Remaining battery charge display (P.261)
Bluetooth phone connection condition display (P.261)
Wi-Fi connection condition
display*1, 2 (P.284) *1:Vehicles with DCM
*2:This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
The number of status icons that can be displayed differs depend- ing on the displayed screen.
The level of reception does not always correspond with the level displayed on the cellular phone. The level of reception may not be displayed depending on the phone you have.
When the cellular phone is out of the service area or in a place inaccessible by radio waves,
/ is displayed.
Rm is displayed when receiv- ing in a roaming area. While roaming, display Rm top-left on the icon.
The receiving area may not be displayed depending on the type
of Bluetooth phone you have.
While connected with cellular phone
Status icon
Status icons are displayed at the top of the screen.
Status icon explanation Reception level display
Level Indicators
Poor
Excellent
2615-1. Basic function
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
While using Data Communi- cation Module (DCM)
While using Wi-FiHotspot
When Wi-Fi Hotspot is off, no item is displayed.
The amount displayed does not always correspond with the amount displayed on the Blue-
tooth device.
The amount of battery charge left may not be displayed depending on the type of the
Bluetooth device connected.
This system does not have a charging function.
An antenna for the Bluetooth connection is built into the instrument panel.
The condition of the Bluetooth connection may deteriorate and the system may not function
when a Bluetooth phone is used in the following conditions and/or places:
The cellular phone is obstructed by certain objects (such as when it is behind the seat or in the glove box or console box).
The cellular phone is touching or is covered with metal materials.
Leave the Bluetooth phone in a place where the condition of the
Bluetooth connection is good.
Level Indicators
Poor
Excellent
Level Indicators
No connection
Connected
Remaining battery charge display
Remaining charge
Indicators
Empty
Full
Bluetooth connection condition display
Indicators Conditions
(Blue)
Indicates that the con- dition of the Blue-
tooth connection is good.
(Gray)
While in this condition, sound quality during phone calls may dete- riorate.
Indicates that the cel- lular phone is not con-
nected via Bluetooth.
262 5-1. Basic function
COROLLA H/B_U
Press the MENU button, then select Setup to display the Setup screen. The items shown on the Setup screen can be set.
Select to change the selected language, operation sound settings, etc. (P.296)
Select to set Bluetooth
device and Bluetooth sys- tem settings. (P.277)
Select to set audio settings. (P.326)
Select to set the phone sound, contacts, message settings, etc. (P.364)
Select to set the voice set- tings. (P.300)
Select to set vehicle informa- tion. (P.301)
Select to set Wi-Fi connec-
tion settings.*1, 2 (P.285)
Select to set Toyota apps set-
tings.*2 (P.389) *1:Vehicles with DCM *2:This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.
Setup screen
Setup screen
2635-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
Audio
5-2.Basic information before operation
After a few seconds, the caution screen will be displayed. After about 5 seconds or select- ing Continue, the caution screen automatically switches to the next screen.
When system response is extremely slow, the system can be restarted. 1 Press and hold the POWER
VOLUME knob for 3 sec- onds or more.
Initial screen
When the engine switch is turned to ACC or ON, the initial screen will be dis- played and the system will begin operating.
Caution screen
WARNING When the vehicle is stopped
with the engine running, always apply the parking brake for safety.
Restarting the system
264 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA H/B_U
Operations are performed by touching the touch screen directly with your finger.
*: The above operations may not be performed on all screens.
Flick operations may not be per- formed smoothly at high altitudes.
This system is operated mainly by the buttons on the screen. (Referred to as screen buttons in this manual.)
When a screen button is touched, a beep sounds. (To set the beep sound: P.296)
If the system does not respond to touching a screen button, move your finger away from the screen and then touch it again.
Dimmed screen buttons cannot be operated.
Touch screen
Touch screen gestures
Operation method Outline Main use
Touch
Quickly touch and release once.
Selecting an item on the screen
Drag*
Touch the screen with your finger, and move the screen to the desired position.
Scrolling the lists
Flick*
Quickly move the screen by flicking with your finger.
Scrolling the main screen page
Touch screen operation
2655-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
Audio
The displayed image may become darker and moving images may be slightly distorted when the screen is cold.
In extremely cold conditions, the screen may not be displayed and the data input by a user may be deleted. Also, the screen buttons may be harder than usual to depress.
When you look at the screen through polarized material such as polarized sunglasses, the screen may be dark and hard to see. If so, look at the screen from differ- ent angles, adjust the screen set- tings on the display settings screen or take off your sun- glasses.
When is displayed on the screen, select to return to the previous screen.
The operable areas of the capacitive touch screen buttons use capacitive touch sensors and may not operate properly in the following situations: If the screen is dirty or wet If a source of strong electro-
magnetic waves is brought near the screen
If a glove is worn during oper- ation
If the screen is touched by a fingernail
If a stylus is used to operate the buttons
If your palm touches the oper- able area of another button during operation
If a button is touched quickly If the operable part of a
capacitive touch screen but- ton is touched by or covered with a metal object, such as the following, it may not oper- ate properly:
Magnetic isolation cards Metallic foil, such as the inner
packaging of a cigarette box Metallic wallets or bags Coins Discs, such as a CD or DVD If the operable part of a
capacitive touch screen but- ton is wiped, it may operate unintentionally.
If the capacitive touch screen button is being touched when the engine switch is changed to ACC or ON, the button may not operate properly. In this case, remove anything touch- ing the button, turn the engine switch off and then turn it to ACC or ON, or restart the sys-
NOTICE To prevent damaging the
screen, lightly touch the screen buttons with your finger.
Do not use objects other than your finger to touch the screen.
Wipe off fingerprints using a glass cleaning cloth. Do not use chemical cleaners to clean the screen, as they may damage the touch screen.
Capacitive touch screen buttons
266 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA H/B_U
tem by press and hold the POWER VOLUME knob for 3 seconds or more.
Capacitive touch screen button sensor sensitivity can be adjusted. (P.296)
1 Press the HOME button.
2 Check that the home screen is displayed.
Selecting a screen will display it full screen.
The display information and area on the home screen can be cus- tomize.
The home screen can be set to several types of split layouts
Home screen
On the home screen, multi- ple screens, such as the audio/visual system screen, hands-free screen and clock screen, can be displayed simultaneously.
Home screen operation
2675-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
The display information/area on the home screen and the home screen layout can be changed.
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
If the general settings screen is not displayed, select Gen- eral.
3 Select Customize Home Screen.
4 Select the items to be set.
Select to change the display information and area on the home screen.
Select to change the home screen layout.
When searching by a name or entering data, letters and num- bers can be entered via the screen.
Text field. Entered charac- ter(s) will be displayed.
Select to erase one charac- ter. Select and hold to continue erasing characters.
Select to move the cursor.
Select to choose predictive text candidate for entered text. (P.268)
Select to display a list of pre- dictive text candidates when there is more than one. (P.268)
Select to enter desired char- acters.
Select to enter characters in lower case or in upper case.
Customizing the home screen
Entering letters and numbers/list screen operation
Entering letters and num- bers
268 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA H/B_U
Select to change character types. (P.268)
Select to make a space on cursor.
Keyboard layout can be changed. (P.296)
1 Select Change Type.
2 Select the desired character.
Depending on the screen being displayed, it may not possible to change keyboard characters.
When text is input, the system predicts the text that may com- plete the currently unconfirmed text and displays predictive replacement candidates that match the beginning of the text.
1 Input text.
2 Select the desired candidate.
To select a candidate that is
not displayed, select , and then select the desired predictive replacement candi- date.
The list screen may be dis- played after entering characters. When a list is displayed, use the appropriate screen button to scroll through the list.
Changing character type
Displaying predictive text candidates
List screen
2695-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
To scroll up/down the list, flick the list up/down.
Select to skip to the next or previous page. Select and
hold or to scroll through the displayed list.
Indicates the position of the displayed entries in the entire list. To scroll up/down pages, drag the bar.
If appears to the right of an item name, the complete name is too long to display.
Select to scroll to the end of the name.
Select to move to the begin- ning of the name.
Items are displayed in the list with the most similar results of the search at the top.
1 Select .
2 Input text.
3 Select Search.
4 The list is displayed.
Scrolling list screen
Searching a list
270 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA H/B_U
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Display.
3 Select the desired items to be set.
Select to turn the screen off. To turn it on, press any but-
ton.
Select to turn day mode on/off. (P.270)
Select to adjust the screen display. (P.270)
Select to adjust the camera display.
When the screen is viewed through polarized sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the screen due to optical charac- teristics of the screen. If this is dis- turbing, please operate the screen without polarized sunglasses.
Depending on the position of the headlight switch, the screen changes to day or night mode. This feature is available when the headlight is switched on.
1 Select Day Mode.
If the screen is set to day mode with the headlight switch turned on, this condition is memorized even with the engine turned off.
The contrast and brightness of the screen can be adjusted according to the brightness of your surroundings.
1 Select General or Cam- era.
2 Select the desired item.
Display (General) screen
Screen adjustment
The contrast and brightness of the screen display and the image of the camera dis- play can be adjusted. The screen can also be turned off, and/or changed to either day or night mode.
(For information regarding audio/visual screen adjust- ment: P.306)
Displaying the screen adjustment screen Changing between day
and night mode
Adjusting the con- trast/brightness
2715-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
only: Select < or > to select the desired display.
Contrast
+: Select to strengthen the con- trast of the screen.
-: Select to weaken the contrast of the screen.
Brightness
+: Select to brighten the screen.
-: Select to darken the screen.
Linking multi-informa- tion display and the system
The following functions of the system are linked with the multi-information dis- play in the instrument clus- ter:
Audio
Phone*
etc.
These functions can be operated using multi-infor- mation display control switches on the steering wheel. (P.83) *: When an Apple CarPlay con-
nection is established, this function will be unavailable.
272 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5-3.Connectivity settings
Registering from the sys- tem
1 Turn the Bluetooth connec- tion setting of your cellular phone on.
This function is not available
when Bluetooth connection setting of your cellular phone is set to off.
2 Press the MENU button.
3 Select Phone.
Operations up to this point can also be performed by
pressing the switch on the steering wheel or the PHONE button on the instru- ment panel.
Registering/Connect- ing a Bluetooth device
To use the hands-free sys- tem, it is necessary to regis-
ter a Bluetooth phone with the system.
Once the phone has been registered, it is possible to use the hands-free system.
This operation cannot be performed while driving.
When an Apple CarPlay connection is established,
Bluetooth functions of the system will become unavail- able and any connected
Bluetooth devices will be
disconnected.*
When connecting to
Android Auto, a Bluetooth connection will be made
automatically.*
When an Android Auto con- nection is established,
some Bluetooth functions other than hands-free sys-
tem cannot be used.*
*: This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
Registering a Bluetooth phone for the first time
2735-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
4 Select Yes to register a phone.
5 Select the desired Bluetooth device.
If the desired Bluetooth phone is not on the list, select If you cannot find... and fol- low the guidance on the screen. (P.274)
6 Register the Bluetooth device using your Blue-
tooth device.
For details about operating
the Bluetooth device, see the manual that comes with it.
A PIN code is not required for SSP (Secure Simple Pairing)
compatible Bluetooth devices. Depending on the
type of Bluetooth device being connected, a message confirming registration may be displayed on the Blue-
tooth devices screen. Respond and operate the
Bluetooth device according to the confirmation message.
7 Check that the following screen is displayed, indicat- ing pairing was successful (a
Bluetooth link has been established but registration is not yet complete).
The system is connecting to the registered device.
At this stage, the Bluetooth functions are not yet avail- able.
274 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
8 Check that Connected is displayed and registration is complete.
If an error message is dis- played, follow the guidance on the screen to try again.
If a cellular phone does not oper- ate properly after being con- nected, turn the cellular phone off and on and then connect it again.
Registering from phone
1 Select If you cannot find.
2 Select Register from Phone.
3 Check that the following screen is displayed, and reg-
ister the Bluetooth device
using your Bluetooth device.
For details about operating
the Bluetooth device, see the manual that comes with it.
A PIN code is not required for SSP (Secure Simple Pairing)
compatible Bluetooth devices. Depending on the
type of Bluetooth device being connected, a message confirming registration may be displayed on the Blue-
tooth devices screen. Respond and operate the
Bluetooth device according to the confirmation message.
4 Follow the steps in Register-
ing a Bluetooth phone for the first time from step 7. (P.272)
2755-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
To use the Bluetooth audio, it is necessary to register an audio player with the system.
Once the player has been regis- tered, it is possible to use the
Bluetooth audio.
This operation cannot be per- formed while driving.
For details about registering a
Bluetooth device: P.272
1 Turn the Bluetooth connec- tion setting of your audio player on.
This function is not available
when the Bluetooth connec- tion setting of your audio player is set to off.
2 Press the AUDIO button.
3 Select Source on the audio screen or press AUDIO but- ton again.
4 Select Bluetooth.
5 Select Yes to register an audio player.
6 Follow the steps in Register-
ing a Bluetooth phone for the first time from step 5. (P.272)
This system supports the follow- ing services.
Bluetooth Core Specifica- tion
Ver. 2.0 (Recommended: Ver. 4.1 +EDR)
Profiles
HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 (Recommended: Ver. 1.7)
This is a profile to allow hands-free phone calls using a cellular phone or head set. It has outgoing and incoming call func- tions.
OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1 (Recommended: Ver. 1.2)
This is a profile to transfer con- tacts data.
PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) Ver. 1.0 (Recom- mended: Ver. 1.2)
This is a profile to transfer phone- book data.
MAP (Message Access Pro- file) Ver. 1.0 (Recommended: Ver. 1.2)
This is a profile to use phone message functions.
SPP (Serial Port Profile) Rec-
Registering a Bluetooth audio player for the first time
Profiles
276 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
ommended: Ver. 1.2
This is a profile to use the Toyota audio multimedia function.
A2DP (Advanced Audio Dis- tribution Profile) Ver. 1.0 (Rec- ommended: Ver. 1.3)
This is a profile to transmit stereo audio or high quality sound to the audio system.
AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile) Ver. 1.0 (Rec- ommended: Ver. 1.6)
This is a profile to allow remote control the A/V equipment.
This system is not guaranteed to operate with all Bluetooth devices.
If your cellular phone does not support HFP, registering the Blue- tooth phone or using OPP, PBAP, MAP or SPP profiles indi- vidually will not be possible.
If the connected Bluetooth device version is older than rec- ommended or incompatible, the Bluetooth device function may not work properly.
Refer to https://www.toyota.com/ audio multimedia in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/connected in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ audio-multimedia in Puerto Rico, to find approved Bluetooth phones for this system.
Certification
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
2775-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
3 Select Bluetooth.
4 Select the desired item to be set.
Connecting a Bluetooth device and editing the Blue-
toothdevice information (P.277, 280)
Registering a Bluetooth device (P.279)
Deleting a Bluetooth device (P.280)
Setting the Bluetooth sys- tem (P.282)
Up to 5 Bluetooth devices (Phones (HFP) and audio play- ers (AVP)) can be registered.
If more than 1 Bluetooth device
Setting Bluetooth details
When an Apple CarPlay connection is established, this function will be unavail-
able.*
When an Android Auto con- nection is established, some functions will be
unavailable.*
*: This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
Displaying the Blue- tooth setup screen
Bluetooth setup screen
Connecting a Bluetooth device
278 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
has been registered, select which device to connect to.
1 Display the Bluetooth set- tings screen. (P.277)
2 Select Registered Device.
3 Select the device to be con- nected.
: Phone
: Audio player
: Phone/Toyota apps services
The profile icon for a currently connected device will be dis- played in color.
Selecting a profile icon which is not currently connected will switch the connection to the function.
If the desired Bluetooth device is not on the list, select Add New Device to register the device. (P.279)
4 Select the desired connec- tion.
Device Info: Select to con- firm and change the Blue-
tooth device information. (P.280)
When another Bluetooth device is connected
To disconnect the Bluetooth device, select Yes.
5 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the connection is complete.
If an error message is dis- played, follow the guidance on the screen to try again.
It may take time if the device con- nection is carried out during Blue- tooth audio playback.
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth device being connected, it may be necessary to perform additional steps on the device.
When disconnecting a Bluetooth device, it is recommended to dis- connect using the system.
Connecting a Bluetooth device in a different way (from phone top screen)
P.350
2795-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Connecting a Bluetooth device in a different way (from phone setup screen)
P.364
Connecting a Bluetooth device in a different way
(from Bluetooth audio screen)
P.322
Auto connection mode
To turn auto connection mode on, set Bluetooth Power to on.
(P.282) Leave the Bluetooth device in a location where the connection can be established.
When the engine switch is in ACC or ON, the system searches for a nearby regis- tered device.
The system will connect with the registered device that was last connected, if it is nearby. When automatic connection priority is set to on and there is more than one registered
Bluetooth phone available, the system will automatically
connect to the Bluetooth phone with the highest prior- ity. (P.282)
Connecting manually
When the auto connection has failed or Bluetooth Power is turned off, it is necessary to con-
nect the Bluetooth device man- ually.
1 Display the Bluetooth set- tings screen. (P.277)
2 Follow the steps in Connect-
ing a Bluetooth device from step 2. (P.277)
Reconnecting the Blue-
tooth phone
If a Bluetooth phone is discon- nected due to poor reception
from the Bluetooth network when the engine switch is in ACC or ON, the system auto- matically reconnects the Blue-
tooth phone.
Up to 5 Bluetooth devices can be registered.
Bluetooth compatible phones (HFP) and audio players (AVP) can be registered simultane- ously.
This operation cannot be per- formed while driving.
1 Display the Bluetooth set- tings screen. (P.277)
2 Select Add New Device.
When another Bluetooth device is connected
To disconnect the Bluetooth device, select Yes.
Registering a Bluetooth device
280 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
When 5 Bluetooth devices have already been registered
A registered device needs to be replaced. Select Yes, and select the device to be replaced.
3 Follow the steps in Register-
ing a Bluetooth phone for the first time from step 5. (P.272)
This operation cannot be per- formed while driving.
1 Display the Bluetooth set- tings screen. (P.277)
2 Select Remove Device.
3 Select the desired device.
4 Select Yes when the confir- mation screen appears.
5 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
When deleting a Bluetooth phone, the contact data will be deleted at the same time.
The Bluetooth devices infor- mation can be displayed on the screen. The displayed informa- tion can be edited.
This operation cannot be per- formed while driving.
1 Display the Bluetooth set- tings screen. (P.277)
2 Select Registered Device.
3 Select the desired device to be edited.
4 Select Device Info.
Deleting a Bluetooth device
Editing the Bluetooth device information
2815-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
5 Confirm and change the
Bluetooth device informa- tion.
The name of the Bluetooth device is displayed. It can be changed to a desired name. (P.281)
Select to set the Bluetooth audio player connection method. (P.281)
Device address is unique to the device and cannot be changed.
Phone number is unique to
the Bluetooth phone and cannot be changed.
Compatibility profile is unique
to the Bluetooth device and cannot be changed.
Select to reset all setup items.
If 2 Bluetooth devices have been registered with the same device name, the devices can be distin- guished referring to the devices address.
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone, some information may not be displayed.
1 Select Device Name.
2 Enter the name and select OK.
Even if the device name is changed, the name registered in your Bluetooth device does not change.
1 Select Connect Audio Player From.
2 Select the desired connec- tion method.
Vehicle: Select to connect the audio player from the vehicles audio/visual system.
Device: Select to connect the vehicles audio/visual system from the audio player.
Depending on the audio
Changing a device name
Setting audio player con- nection method
282 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
player, the Vehicle or Device connection method may be best. As such, refer to the manual that comes with the audio player.
The Bluetooth settings can be confirmed and changed.
1 Display the Bluetooth set- tings screen. (P.277)
2 Select Detailed Settings.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set Bluetooth con- nection on/off. (P.282)
Select to change the auto- matic connection priority of
the registered Bluetooth devices. (P.282)
Select to edit the system information. (P.283)
Select to reset all setup items.
1 Select Bluetooth Power.
When Bluetooth Power is on:
The Bluetooth device is auto- matically connected when the engine switch is in ACC or ON.
When Bluetooth Power is off:
The Bluetooth device is dis- connected, and the system will not connect to it next time.
While driving, the auto connection state can be changed from off to on, but cannot be changed from on to off.
The automatic connection prior-
ity of the registered Bluetooth devices can be changed.
1 Select Preferred Device Set- tings.
2 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set automatic con- nection priority on/off.
Select to change the auto-
Detailed Settings screen
Changing Bluetooth Power
Setting automatic connec- tion priority
2835-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
matic connection priority of
the registered Bluetooth phones. (P.283)
Select to change the auto- matic connection priority of
the registered Bluetooth audio players. (P.283)
Select to reset all setup items.
Changing Bluetooth device automatic connec- tion priority
1 Select Preferred Phones or Preferred Audio Players.
2 Select the desired Bluetooth device and select Move Up or Move Down to change the preferred order.
A newly registered Bluetooth device will automatically be given the highest automatic connection priority.
1 Select System Information.
2 Select the desired item to be set.
Displays system name. Can be changed to a desired name. (P.284)
PIN code used when the
Bluetooth device was regis- tered. Can be changed to a desired code. (P.284)
Device address is unique to the device and cannot be changed.
Select to set the connection status display of the phone on/off.
Select to set the connection status display of the audio player on/off.
Compatibility profile of the system
Select to reset all setup items.
Editing the system infor- mation
284 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
Editing the system name
1 Select System Name.
2 Enter a name and select OK.
Editing the PIN code
1 Select System PIN Code.
2 Enter a PIN code and select OK.
*: If equipped
1 Enable the Wi-Fi Hotspot function. (P.285)
2 Disable the Hide Access Point function. (P.285)
3 Search for the vehicle access point using the device you wish to connect.
For details about operating the device, refer to the docu- mentation which came with it.
Wi-Fi Hotspot*
By connecting a device to
the vehicle via Wi-Fi, it can access the internet through the DCM.
To use this function, a
Wi-Fi Hotspot service sub- scription from Verizon Wire- less is required. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.
This function is not made available in some countries or areas.
Connecting a device to the in-vehicle access point
Searching for and con- necting a device to the vehicle access point
2855-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
4 Operate the device to con- nect it to the vehicle access point.
To check the vehicle access point password, check Pass- word. (P.285)
Hints for connecting to the vehicle via Wi-Fi can be displayed. (P.285)
1 Enable the Wi-Fi Hotspot function. (P.285)
2 Enable the Hide Access Point function. (P.284)
3 Enter the access point name (SSID) into the device you wish to connect and connect it.
To check the vehicle access point password, check Pass- word. (P.285)
The security settings on the device must be the same as that displayed for Security. (P.285)
For details about operating the device, refer to the docu- mentation which came with it.
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
3 Select Wi-Fi*.
*: Wi-Fi is a registered trademark
of Wi-Fi Alliance.
4 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to enable/disable the
Wi-Fi Hotspot function. (P.286)
Connecting a device to the in-vehicle access point using the access point name (SSID)
Changing the Wi-Fi set- tings
286 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
Select to check/change the access point password. (P.286)
Select to display hints for connecting to the vehicle via
Wi-Fi.
Select to make the access point searchable/unsearch- able.
Select to check/change the security protocol of the access point (for authentica- tion and encryption). (P.287)
Select to change the access point name (SSID). (P.287)
Select to change the Wi-Fi connection channel (within the 2.4GHz frequency band). (P.287)
If any settings have been changed, it will be necessary to reset the Wi-Fi system to com- plete the changes. To reset the Wi-Fi system, select Yes on the pop-up displayed after changing the settings.
When the Wi-Fi Hotspot func- tion is enabled, the system checks for a valid Hotspot ser- vice subscription.
If a hotspot service subscription has not been started, connect your device to the in-vehicle
access point to start your sub- scription. A trial subscription may be available.
1 Select Password.
2 Check that the following screen is displayed.
Displays the password
Select to display/hide the entered password.
Select to change the pass- word.
1 Select Change Password.
2 Enter the desired password and select OK.
When setting/changing a password, observe the follow- ing guidelines to help prevent the password from being cracked by a third party:
Use an 8-character or longer password consisting of letters and numbers. (Non-ASCII char- acters will not be recognized by the system.)
Enabling/disabling the
Wi-Fi Hotspot function
Checking/changing the password
Changing the password
2875-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Change the password regularly.
If you write the password down, do not leave it somewhere where it would be visible.
Do not use the same or a similar password to that for other accounts.
Avoid using easy to identify words, such as your vehicles model name or license plate number, simple dictionary words, or words with simple obfuscation, such as c@t (for cat), as your password.
1 Select Security.
2 Select the desired security protocol.
1 Select Access Point Name.
2 Enter the desired access point name (SSID) and select OK.
1 Select Channel.
2 Check that the following screen is displayed.
Select to change the chan- nel selection to auto- matic/manual.
When Manual is selected, select to change the channel.
1 Set Select Channel to Manual.
2 Select Channel Number.
3 Enter the desired channel number and select OK.
Channels 1 through 11 can be selected.
If a connected device is taken out of the Wi-Fi connection area, the connection will be severed.
If the vehicle is driven out of the cellular communication coverage area, connecting to the internet via the Wi-Fi Hotspot will not be possible.
If a Bluetooth device is used while a device is connected using the Wi-Fi Hotspot function, the
Changing the security pro- tocol
Changing the access point name (SSID)
Selecting a Wi-Fi connec- tion channel
Changing the channel
Wi-Fi function operating hints
288 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
communication speed may decrease.
If the vehicle is near a radio antenna, radio station or other source of strong radio waves and electrical noise, communication may be slow or impossible.
The condition of Wi-Fi connec- tion appears on the right upper side of the screen. (P.260)
Communication standards IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n (2.4GHz)
Security WPA WPA2
WPA and WPA2 are trade- marks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
WARNING
Use Wi-Fi devices only when safe and legal to do so.
Your audio unit is fitted with Wi-Fi antennas. People with implantable cardiac pacemak- ers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant- able cardioverter defibrillators should maintain a reasonable distance between themselves and the Wi-Fi antennas. The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices.
Before using Wi-Fi devices, users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization ther- apy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unex- pected effects on the operation of such medical devices.
Conditions displayed with Wi-Fi icon
Specifications
2895-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
*: This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
1 Enable Siri on the device to be connected.
2 Connect the device to the USB port. (P.305)
3 Select Always Enable or Enable Once.
If Do Not Enable is selected, an Apple CarPlay connection will not be established. In this case, the device can be oper- ated as a normal Apple device, such as an iPod.
Depending on the device con- nected, it may take approxi- mately 3 to 6 seconds before an Apple CarPlay connection is established.
4 Press the MENU button.
Apple CarPlay/ Android Auto*
Apple CarPlay allows some applications, such as Map, Phone, and Music, to be used on the system.
When an Apple CarPlay connection is established, Apple CarPlay compatible applications will be dis- played on the system dis- play.
Compatible device
Apple iPhone (iOS Ver. 9.3 or later) that supports Apple Car- Play. For details, refer to https://www.apple.com/ios/car play/.
Android devices with Android OS ver 5.0 or higher which support Android Auto and have the Android Auto application installed.
For details, refer to https://www.android.com/auto/
.*
*: Some devices may not operate with this system.
Establishing an Apple CarPlay connection
290 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5 Select the Apple CarPlay.
6 Check that home screen of Apple CarPlay is displayed.
Select to display the home screen of Apple CarPlay. Touch and hold to activate Siri.
Select to start the application. User can use any iPhone application supported by Apple CarPlay.
Select to display the system screen.
1 Check that the Android Auto application is installed to the device to be connected.
2 Connect the device to the USB port. (P.305)
3 Select On to enable the function.
Off: Select to not enable Android Auto. Android Auto will remain off until Android Auto of Projection Settings on the general settings screen is turned on.
Depending on the device con- nected, it may take approxi- mately 3 to 6 seconds before the system returns to previous screen.
The screen may change to step 6 depending on the system.
4 Press the MENU button.
5 Select Android Auto.
6 Check that home screen of Android Auto is displayed.
When an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection is established, the function of some system but- tons will change.
When an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection is established, some system functions, such as the following, will be replaced by similar Apple CarPlay/Android Auto functions or will become unavailable:
Establishing an Android Auto connection
2915-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
Audio
iPod (Audio Playback) USB audio/USB video Bluetooth audio Bluetooth phone (Apple CarPlay
only) Toyota apps When an Apple CarPlay/Android
Auto connection is established, voice command system (Siri/Goo- gle Assistant) and map application voice guidance volume can be changed by selecting Voice Vol- ume on the voice settings screen. It cannot be changed by POWER VOLUME knob on Audio control panel.(P.300)
Apple CarPlay/Android Auto is an application developed by Apple Inc/Google LLC. Its functions and services may be terminated or changed without notice depending on the connected devices opera- tion system, hardware and soft- ware, or due to changes in Apple CarPlay/Android Auto specifica- tions.
For a list of the apps supported by Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, refer to their respective website.
While using these functions, vehi- cle and user information, such as location and vehicle speed, will be shared with the respective appli- cation publisher and the cellular service provider.
By downloading and using each application, you agree to their terms of use.
Data for these functions is trans- mitted using the internet and may incur charges. For information about data trans- mission fees, contact your cellular service provider.
Depending on the application, cer- tain functions, such as music play- back, may be restricted.
As the applications for each func- tion are provided by a third-party, they may be subject to change or
discontinuation without notice. For details, refer to the website of the function.
If the USB cable is disconnected, operation of Apple Car- Play/Android Auto will end. At this time, sound output will stop and change to the system screen.
Use of the Apple CarPlay logo means that a vehicle user inter- face meets Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsi- ble for the operation of this vehicle or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this product with iPhone or iPod may affect wire- less performance.
Apple CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Android and Android Auto are trademarks of Google LLC.
WARNING Do not connect iPhone or operate the controls while driving.
292 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
If you are experiencing difficulties with Apple CarPlay/Android Auto, check the following table.
NOTICE Do not leave your iPhone in the
vehicle. In particular, high tem- peratures inside the vehicle may damage the iPhone.
Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the iPhone while it is connected as this may damage the iPhone or its terminal.
Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the iPhone or its terminal.
Troubleshooting
Symptom Solution
An Apple Car- Play/Android Auto con- nection cannot be established.
Check if the device supports Apple Car- Play/Android Auto. Check if Apple CarPlay/Android Auto is enabled on the connected device. Check if that the Android Auto application is installed to the device to be connected. For details, refer to Apple CarPlay: https://www.apple.com/ios/ carplay/. Android Auto: https://www.android.com/auto/.
Check if Apple CarPlay/Android Auto of Projection Settings on the general settings screen is set to on. (P.296)
Check if the USB cable being used is securely connected to the device and USB port. Check that the device is connected directly to the USB port of the system and not connected to a USB hub. For Apple CarPlay: Check if the Lightning cable being used is certified by Apple. Check if Siri is enabled.
After checking all of the above, try to establish an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection. (P.289, 290)
2935-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
When an Apple Car- Play/Android Auto con- nection is established and a video is being played, the video is not displayed, but audio is output through the system.
As the system is not designed to play video through Apple CarPlay/Android Auto, this is not a malfunction.
Although an Apple Car- Play/Android Auto con- nection is established, audio is not output through the system.
The system may muted or the volume may be low. Increase the system volume.
The Apple Car- Play/Android Auto screen has artifacts and/or audio from Apple Car- Play/Android Auto has noise.
Check if the USB cable being used to connect the device to the system is damaged. To check if the USB cable is damaged inter- nally, connect the device to another system, such as a PC, and check if the device is recog- nized by the connected system. (The device should begin charging when connected.)
After checking all of the above, try to establish an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection. (P.289, 290)
The map display of the Apple CarPlay Maps app cannot be enlarged or contracted with pinch multi-touch gestures.
As the Apple CarPlay Maps app is not compati- ble with pinch multi-touch gestures, this is not a malfunction.
Symptom Solution
294 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
During Apple CarPlay music application (Apple Music, Spotify, etc.) play- back, if the iPhone is operated to start and play audio from an application that is not compatible with Apple CarPlay* and the onboard device volume is changed, the audio of the incompatible application stops and the system resumes playback of the original music application.
This operation is performed according to the specification of the onboard device, this is not a malfunction.
After interrupt audio (such as navigation route guid- ance) is played from an application that is not compatible with Apple CarPlay while the onboard device is playing audio, the system does not resume playback of the original audio.
This operation is performed according to the specification of the onboard device, this is not a malfunction. Manually change the audio source by yourself. Or, do not use applications that are not compat-
ible with Apple CarPlay.* Due to some naviga- tion applications are compatible from iOS 12, update to the latest iOS and application ver- sions.
When using Apple Car- Play, route guidance arrows and turn by turn navigation are not dis- played on the multi-infor- mation display and system display. When using Android Auto, turn by turn navigation is not displayed on the multi-information display and system display.
This is not a malfunction as display of these items is not possible with this function.
Symptom Solution
2955-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
*: Applications not compatible with Apple CarPlay are applications installed on the iPhone that are not displayed on the Apple CarPlay screen appli- cation list. (such as visual voicemail)
When using Android Auto, hands-free call audio can- not be heard from the vehicles speakers.
Disconnect the phone from the USB cable and check if hands-free call audio can be heard using the hands-free system.
Connect the phone to the system using Android Auto, turn up the volume on the system and check if hands-free call audio can be heard. Check if other sounds can be heard from the vehicles speakers.
Symptom Solution
296 5-4. Other settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5-4.Other settings
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
If the general settings screen is not displayed, select Gen- eral.
3 Select the desired items to be set.
Clock
Select to change the time zone and select On or Off for daylight sav- ing time, automatic adjustment of
the clock, etc. (P.297)
Language
Select to change the language. The language setting of Apple Car- Play/Android Auto can only be changed on the connected device.
Customize Home Screen
Select to change the display infor- mation/area on the home screen and the home screen layout. (P.266)
Theme Setting
Select to change the screen theme setting.
Beep
Select to turn the beep sound on/off.
Units of Measurement
Select to change the unit of mea- sure for distance/fuel consumption.
Keyboard Layout
Select to change the keyboard lay- out.
Delete Keyboard History
Select to delete the keyboard his- tory.
Memorize Keyboard History
Select to set the memorize key- board history on/off.
Animation
Select to turn the animations on/off.
Projection Settings*1
Select to set automatic Apple Car- Play/Android Auto connection establishment on/off. (P.298)
Driver Setting
General settings
Settings are available for clock, operation sounds, etc.
Displaying the general settings screen
General settings screen
2975-4. Other settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Select to change the driver set- tings. (P.298)
Delete Personal Data
Select to delete personal data. (P.299)
Software Update
Select to update software versions. For details, contact your Toyota dealer.
Software Update Setting*2
Select to set software update set- ting. (P.299)
Gracenote Database Update
Select to update Gracenote data- base versions. For details, contact your Toyota dealer.
Software Information
Select to display the software infor- mation. Notices related to third party software used in this product are enlisted. (This includes instruc- tions for obtaining such software, where applicable.)
SW Sensitivity Level
Select to change the capacitive touch screen button sensitivity to 1 (low), 2 (medium), or 3 (high). *1:This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas. *2: If equipped
1 Display the general settings screen. (P.296)
2 Select Clock.
3 Select the desired items to be set.
Select to change the time zone. (P.297)
Select to set daylight saving time on/off.
Select to set automatic adjustment of the clock by GPS on/off. When set to off, the clock can be manually adjusted. (P.297)
Select to set the 24 hour time format on/off. When set to off, the clock is displayed in 12 hour time for- mat.
1 Select Time Zone.
2 Select the desired time zone.
When Auto Adjust by GPS is turned off, the clock can be manually adjusted.
1 Select Auto Adjust by GPS to set to off.
Clock settings
Setting the time zone
Manual clock setting
298 5-4. Other settings
COROLLA H/B_U
2 Adjust the clock manually.
Select + to set the time for- ward one hour and - to set the time back one hour.
Select + to set the time for- ward one minute and - to set the time back one minute.
Select to round to the nearest hour. e.g. 1:00 to 1:29 1:00 1:30 to 1:59 2:00
*: This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
1 Display the general settings screen. (P.296)
2 Select Projection Settings.
3 Select the desired items to be set.
Select to turn Apple CarPlay
connection establishment on/off when a compatible iPhone is connected to the system via USB. (P.289) Depending on the system, this setting cannot be changed when a device is connected to the system via USB. Disconnect the device before attempting to change the setting.
Select to turn Android Auto connection establishment on/off when a compatible device is connected to the system via USB. (P.290) Depending on the system, this setting cannot be changed when a device is connected to the system via USB. Disconnect the device before attempting to change the setting.
The driver settings feature will allow the system to link some preferences (such as audio pre- sets, screen theme, language,
etc.) to a paired Bluetooth phone.
1 Display the general settings screen. (P.296)
2 Select Driver Setting.
Projection settings*
Driver settings
2995-4. Other settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
3 Select Enable This Feature.
1 Select Manually Select Linked Settings.
2 Select the desired phone.
After a few seconds, loaded screen automatically switches to the home screen.
Registered or changed per- sonal settings will be deleted or returned to their default condi- tions.
1 Display the general settings screen. (P.296)
2 Select Delete Personal Data.
3 Select Delete.
4 Select Yes when the confir- mation screen appears.
Examples of settings that can be returned to their default conditions:
Audio settings
Phone settings
etc.
*: This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
When the automatic update check function is enabled, if a software update is available from the Toyota response cen- ter, a message will be displayed.
1 Display the general settings screen. (P.296)
2 Select Software Update Set- ting.
3 Select Automatic Update Check to enable/disable the automatic update check func- tion.
When software update information is displayed, contact your Toyota dealer.
Manually select linked set- tings
Deleting personal data
Software update settings*
300 5-4. Other settings
COROLLA H/B_U
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
3 Select Voice.
4 Select the desired items to be set.
Select to adjust the volume of voice guidance.
Select to set the voice recog- nition prompts.
Select to train voice recogni- tion.
The voice command system adapts the user accent.
Select to start the voice rec- ognition tutorial.
Select to set the voice prompt interrupt on/off.
Select to reset all setup items.
Voice settings
Voice volume, etc. can be set.
Displaying the voice set- tings screen
Voice settings screen
3015-4. Other settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
3 Select Vehicle.
4 Select the desired items to be set.
Select to set vehicle customi- zation. (P.535)
Select to set valet mode. (P.301)
The security system can be set to on by entering a security code (4-digit number).
When set to on, the system will become inoperative once the electrical power source is dis- connected until the security code is entered.
1 Display the vehicle settings screen. (P.301)
2 Select Valet Mode.
3 Enter the 4-digit personal code and select OK.
4 Enter the same 4-digit per- sonal code again and select OK.
The system will request that you input the security code again to confirm that you remember it correctly.
When valet mode activates, the system stops and a secu- rity code (4-digit number) standby screen is displayed.
If the 4-digit personal code is for- gotten, please contact your Toyota dealer.
1 Enter the 4-digit personal code and select OK.
If an incorrect security code (4-digit number) is entered 6 times, the system will not accept
Vehicle settings
Settings are available for vehicle customization, etc.
Displaying the vehicle settings screen
Vehicle settings screen
Setting the valet mode
If the valet mode has been activated
302 5-4. Other settings
COROLLA H/B_U
another security code (4-digit number) for 10 minutes.
3035-5. Using the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
5-5.Using the audio/visual system
The audio control screen can be reached by the following methods:
From the AUDIO button
1 Press the AUDIO button.
From the MENU button
1 Press the MENU button, then select Audio.
Using the radio (P.308) Playing a USB memory (P.314)
Playing an iPod/iPhone (Apple CarPlay*) (P.316)
Using the Android Auto* (P.319)
Playing a Bluetooth device (P.320) Using the steering wheel audio switches (P.324) Audio system settings (P.326) *: This function is not made available in some countries or areas.
Quick reference
Functional overview
304 5-5. Using the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
POWER VOLUME knob: Press to turn the audio/visual system on and off. The system turns on in the last mode used. Turn this knob to adjust the vol- ume.
1 Press the AUDIO button.
2 Select Source or press AUDIO button again.
3 Select the desired source.
Dimmed screen buttons cannot be operated.
When there are two pages, select or to change the page.
When an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection is established, some system functions, such as the following, will be replaced by similar Apple CarPlay/Android Auto function or will become unavailable*:
iPod (Audio Playback) USB audio/USB video Bluetooth audio Toyota apps *: This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.
1 Display the audio source selection screen. (P.304)
2 Select Reorder.
Some basics
This section describes some of the basic features of the audio/visual system. Some information may not pertain to your system. Your audio/visual system works when the engine switch is in ACC or ON.
NOTICE To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the audio/visual system on longer than necessary when the engine is not running.
Turning the system on and off
Selecting an audio source
Reordering the audio source
3055-5. Using the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
3 Select the desired audio
source then or to reor- der.
4 Select OK.
1 Connect a device.
Turn on the power of the device if it is not turned on.
If a USB hub is plugged-in, two devices can be connected at a time.
Even if a USB hub is used to con- nect more than two USB devices, only the first two connected devices will be recognized.
If a USB hub that has more than two ports is connected to the USB port, devices connected to the USB hub may not charge or be operable, as the supply of current may be insufficient.
1 Display the audio control screen. (P.304)
2 Select Sound.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set the tre- ble/mid/bass. (P.305)
Select to set the fader/bal- ance. (P.306)
Select to set the Automatic Sound Levelizer. (P.306)
Treble/Mid/Bass
How good an audio program sounds is largely determined by the mix of the treble, mid and bass levels. In fact, different kinds of music and vocal pro- grams usually sound better with different mixes of treble, mid and bass.
1 Select Treble/Mid/Bass.
2 Select the desired screen button.
Select + or - to adjust high-pitched tones.
USB port
Sound settings
306 5-5. Using the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
Select + or - to adjust mid-pitched tones.
Select + or - to adjust low-pitched tones.
Fader/Balance
A good balance of the left and right stereo channels and of the front and rear sound levels is also important.
Keep in mind that when listening to a stereo recording or broad- cast, changing the right/left bal- ance will increase the volume of 1 group of sounds while decreasing the volume of another.
1 Select Fader/Balance.
2 Select the desired screen button.
Select to adjust the sound balance between the front and rear speakers.
Select to adjust the sound balance between the left and right speakers.
Automatic sound levelizer (ASL)
The system adjusts to the opti- mum volume and tone quality
according to vehicle speed to compensate for increased road noise, wind noise, or other noises while driving.
1 Select Automatic Sound Levelizer.
2 Select High, Mid, Low or Off.
Screen format settings
The screen format can be selected for USB video.
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
3 Select Audio.
4 Select Common.
5 Select Screen Format.
6 Select the desired item to be adjusted.
Select to display a 4 : 3 screen, with either side in black.
Select to enlarge the image horizontally and vertically to full screen.
Select to enlarge the image by the same ratio horizontally
Audio screen adjustment
3075-5. Using the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
and vertically.
Contrast and brightness adjustment
The contrast and brightness of the screen can be adjusted.
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
3 Select Audio.
4 Select Common.
5 Select Display.
6 Select the desired item to be adjusted.
Contrast
+: Select to strengthen the con- trast of the screen.
-: Select to weaken the contrast of the screen.
Brightness
+: Select to brighten the screen.
-: Select to darken the screen.
Depending on the audio source, some functions may not be avail- able.
1 Press this switch to operate the voice command system.
The voice command system and its list of commands can be operated. (P.339)
Voice command system
308 5-6. Radio operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5-6.Radio operation
*: If equipped
The radio operation screen can be reached by the following methods: P.304
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to display the preset stations screen. (P.308)
Select to display a list of receivable stations. (P.309)
Select to display the radio options screen. (P.309)
Select to display the sound setting screen. (P.305)
Select to tune to preset sta- tions/channels. (P.308)
Press to seek for stations in the relevant program type. Press and hold for continu- ous seek.
Turn to step up/down fre- quencies. Turn to move up/down the station. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the list screens by pressing it.
The radio automatically changes to stereo reception when a stereo broadcast is received.
Radio mode has a mix preset function, which can store up to 36 stations (6 stations per page x 6 pages) from any of the AM, FM or SXM bands.
1 Tune in the desired station.
AM/FM/SiriusXM Sat- ellite Radio*
Overview
Control screen
Control panel
Presetting a station
3095-6. Radio operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
2 Select and hold (Hold Edit).
To change the preset station to a different one, select and hold the preset station.
The number of preset radio sta- tions displayed on the screen can be changed. (P.326)
1 Select Station List.
2 Select AM, FM or SXM.
Select the desired program genre when the genre selec- tion screen is displayed.
3 Select the desired station.
Refreshing the station list
1 Select Refresh.
Cancel Refresh: Select to can- cel the refresh.
Source: Select to change to another audio source while refreshing.
The audio/visual system sound is muted during refresh operation.
In some situations, it may take some time to update the station list.
1 Select Options.
2 Select the desired item to be set.
When SXM Tune Start is turned on, the current song is played from the beginning when you select the channel.
Analog FM only: Select to display RBDS text mes- sages.
Select to scan for receivable stations.
This audio/visual system is equipped with Radio Broadcast Data Systems (RBDS). RBDS mode allows text messages to be received from radio stations that utilize RBDS transmitters.
When RBDS is on, the radio can do the following functions. Only selecting stations of a
particular program type Displaying messages from
radio stations
Selecting a station from the list
Radio options
Radio broadcast data sys- tem
310 5-6. Radio operation
COROLLA H/B_U
Searching for a stronger sig- nal station
RBDS features are available only when listening to an FM station that broadcasts RBDS information and the FM Info function is on. (P.309)
All SiriusXM services, including satellite radio and data services, plus streaming services, require a subscription, sold separately or as a package by Sirius XM Radio Inc. (U.S.A.) or Sirius XM Canada Inc. (Canada), after any trial subscription which may be included with your vehicle pur- chase or lease. To subscribe after your trial subscription, call 1-877-447-0011 (U.S.A.) or 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). Important information
about your subscription Your SiriusXM services will automatically stop at the end of your trial unless you decide to subscribe. If you decide to con- tinue service, the paid subscrip- tion plan you choose will automatically renew and you will be charged the rate in effect at that time and according to your chosen payment method. Fees and taxes apply. You may can- cel at any time by calling 1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXM
Customer Agreement for com- plete terms at www.siri- usxm.com (U.S.A.) or www.siriusxm.ca (Canada). All fees and programming subject to change. Traffic information not available in all markets.
About SiriusXM Services Most in-car trials today include
SiriusXMs best package All Access. It includes every channel available on your radio, plus streaming.
SiriusXM All Access Subscription Listen everywhere with All
Access. You get every channel available in your ride, plus you can listen on the app and online so you can enjoy the best SiriusXM has to offer, anywhere life takes you. Its the only package that gives you all of our premium pro- gramming, including Howard
How to subscribe to Siri- usXM Radio Services
NOTICE It is prohibited to copy, decom-
pile, disassemble, reverse engi- neer, hack, manipulate, or otherwise make available any technology or software incorpo- rated in receivers compatible with the SiriusXM Satellite Radio System or that support the SiriusXM website, the streaming service or any of its content. Furthermore, the AMBE voice compression soft- ware included in this product is protected by intellectual prop- erty rights including patent rights, copyrights, and trade secrets of Digital Voice Sys- tems, Inc.
Note: this applies to SiriusXM Satellite Radio receivers only and not SiriusXM Ready devices.
3115-6. Radio operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Stern, every NFL, MLB and NBA game, every NASCAR race, NHL games, 24/7 talk channels dedicated to the biggest leagues, and more. You get all kinds of commercial-free music, including artist-dedicated channels and more, plus sports, news, talk and entertainment.
Radio operation Look for the Sirius, XM, SiriusXM,
Band, SAT, AUX, Radio or Source button and youre in. If you cant hear us, its easy to get started: U.S.A.: Locate your Radio ID by turning to Channel 0. If you dont see your number there, go to siri- usxm.com/activationhelp to find it. Visit siriusxm.com/refresh or call 1-855-MYREFRESH (697-3373) to send a refresh signal to your radio. Canada: Locate your Radio ID by turning to Channel 0. Visit siriusxm.ca/refresh to send a
refresh signal to your radio or call 1-888-539-7474 for service.
Each SiriusXM tuner is identified with a unique radio ID. The radio ID is required when activating an SiriusXM service or when reporting a problem.
If Ch 000 is selected using the TUNE SCROLL knob, the ID code, which is 8 alpha- numeric characters, will be displayed. If another channel is selected, the ID code will no longer be displayed. The channel (000) alternates between displaying the radio ID and the specific radio code.
When problems occur with the SiriusXM tuner, a message will appear on the screen. Referring to the table below to identify the problem, take the suggested corrective action.
Displaying the radio ID
Refer to the table below to identify the problem and take the suggested corrective action
Message Explanation
Check Antenna
The SiriusXM antenna is not connected. Check whether the SiriusXM antenna cable is attached securely. Contact your Toyota dealer for assistance.
A short circuit occurs in the antenna or the surrounding antenna cable. Contact your Toyota dealer for assistance.
No Signal The SiriusXM signal is too weak at the current location. Wait until your vehicle reaches a location with a stronger signal.
312 5-6. Radio operation
COROLLA H/B_U
Chan Unavailable
The channel you selected is not broadcasting any program- ming. Select another channel.
Ch Unsub- scribed
The channel you selected is no longer available. Wait for about 2 seconds until the radio returns to the previous chan- nel or Ch 001. If it does not change automatically, select another channel.
Message Explanation
3135-6. Radio operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
1 Display the audio source selection screen. (P.304)
2 Select the desired application screen button.
The internet radio application screen is displayed.
Perform operations accord- ing to the displayed applica- tion screen.
For the instrument panel operation method: P.304
If a compatible phone is already registered, it will be connected automatically.
Other applications can be acti- vated while listening to internet radio.
Some parts of applications can be adjusted using the switches on the steering wheel.
For additional information, refer to https://www.toyota.com/ audio-multimedia or call 1-800-331-4331 in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/connected or call 1-888-869-6828 in Canada, and
http://www.toyotapr.com/ audio-multimedia or call 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico.
Internet radio
One of Toyota apps Connect features is the ability to lis- ten to internet radio. In order to use this service, a compatible phone and the system needs to be set up. For details: P.385
Listening to internet radio
314 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5-7.Media operation
The USB memory operation screen can be reached by the following methods: P.304
Connecting a USB memory (P.305)
When an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection is established,
this function will be unavailable.*
*: This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
USB audio
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to return to the top screen.
Select to display a song list screen.
Select to display the play mode selection screen.
Select to display the sound setting screen. (P.305)
Select to set repeat playback. (P.315)
Select to change the file/track. Select and hold to fast rewind.
Select to play/pause.
Select to change the file/track. Select and hold to fast for- ward.
Select to set random play- back. (P.315)
Select to change the folder/album.
Displays cover art
Select to change the artist.
USB video
1 Select Browse.
2 Select Videos.
3 Select the desired folder and file.
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to return to the top screen.
Select to display a song list screen.
Select to display the play mode selection screen.
USB memory
Overview
Control screen
3155-7. Media operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
Audio
Select to display the sound setting screen. (P.305) Select to change the file. Select and hold to fast rewind. Select to play/pause. Select to change the file. Select and hold to fast for- ward. Select to display a full screen image. Select to change the folder.
Press to change the file/track. Press and hold to fast for- ward/rewind. Turn to change the file/track. Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the list screens by pressing it.
While the vehicle is being driven, this function can only output sound.
If tag information exists, the file/folder names will be changed to track/album names.
The file/track or folder/album currently being listened to can be repeated. 1 Select .
Each time is selected, the mode changes as follows:
When random playback is off file/track repeat folder/album
repeat off When random playback is on file/track repeat off
Files/tracks or folders/albums can be automatically and ran- domly selected. 1 Select .
Each time is selected, the mode changes as follows:
random (1 folder/album random) folder/album random (all folder/album random) off
Control panel
Repeating
Random order
WARNING Do not operate the players con-
trols or connect the USB mem- ory while driving.
NOTICE Do not leave your portable
player in the car. In particular, high temperatures inside the vehicle may damage the porta- ble player.
316 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA H/B_U
*: This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
The iPod/iPhone(Apple Car- Play) operation screen can be reached by the following meth- ods: P.304 Connecting an iPod/iPhone
(P.289, 305) When an Android Auto connec- tion is established, this function will be unavailable.* *: This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.
An Apple CarPlay connection is not established
NOTICE Do not push down on or apply
unnecessary pressure to the portable player while it is con- nected as this may damage the portable player or its terminal.
Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the portable player or its terminal.
iPod/iPhone (Apple CarPlay*)
Overview
Control screen
3175-7. Media operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
An Apple CarPlay connection is established
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to return to the top screen.
Select to display a song list screen.
Select to display the play mode selection screen.
Select to display the sound setting screen. (P.305)
Select to set repeat playback. (P.318)
Select to change the track. Select and hold to fast rewind.
Select to play/pause.
Select to change the track. Select and hold to fast for- ward.
Select to set random play- back. (P.318)
Displays cover art
Select to change the album.
Select to change the artist.
Select to change the playlist.
Select to display the audio
control screen of Apple Car- Play.
Press to change the track. Press and hold to fast for- ward/rewind.
Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the list screens by pressing it.
Some functions may not be avail- able depending on the type of model.
When an iPod/iPhone is con- nected using a genuine iPod/iPhone cable, the iPod/iPhone starts charging its battery.
Depending on the iPod/iPhone, the video sound may not be able to be heard.
Depending on the iPod/iPhone and the songs in the iPod/iPhone, a cover art may be displayed. This function can be changed to On or Off. (P.326) It may take time to display the cover art, and the iPod/iPhone may not be operated while the cover art display is in process.
When an iPod/iPhone is con- nected and the audio source is changed to iPod/iPhone mode,
Control panel
318 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA H/B_U
the iPod/iPhone will resume play- ing from the same point it was last used.
Tracks selected by operating a connected iPod/iPhone may not be recognized or displayed prop- erly.
The system may not function properly if a conversion adapter is used to connect a device.
The track currently being lis- tened to can be repeated. 1 Select .
Each time is selected, the mode changes as follows:
When shuffle is off (iPhone 5 or later)
track repeat album repeat off When shuffle is off (iPhone 4s or
earlier) track repeat off When shuffle is on track repeat off
Tracks or albums can be auto- matically and randomly selected. 1 Select .
Each time is selected, the mode changes as follows:
shuffle (1 album shuffle) album shuffle (all album shuffle) off
Repeating
Random order
WARNING Do not operate the players con- trols or connect the iPod/iPhone while driving.
NOTICE Do not leave your portable
player in the vehicle. In particu- lar, high temperatures inside the vehicle may damage the porta- ble player.
Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the portable player while it is con- nected as this may damage the portable player or its terminal.
Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the portable player or its terminal.
3195-7. Media operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
Audio
*: This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
The Android Auto operation screen can be reached by the following methods: P.304 Connecting an Android device
(P.289, 290) When an Apple CarPlay con- nection is established, this func- tion will be unavailable.* *: This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.
Select to display the audio source selection screen. Select to return to the top screen. Select to display the sound setting screen. (P.305) Select to display the audio control screen of Android Auto. Select to change the track.
Select to play/pause. Select to change the track. Displays cover art
Press to change the track. Turn to change the track.
Android Auto*
Overview
Control screen
Control panel
WARNING Do not connect smartphone or operate the controls while driving.
NOTICE Do not leave your smartphone
in the vehicle. In particular, high temperatures inside the vehicle may damage the smartphone.
Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the smartphone while it is con- nected as this may damage the smartphone or its terminal.
Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the smartphone or its terminal.
320 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA H/B_U
The Bluetooth audio operation screen can be reached by the following methods: P.304
Connecting a Bluetooth audio device (P.322)
Depending on the type of porta- ble player connected, some functions may not be available and/or the screen may look dif- ferently than shown in this man- ual.
When an Apple CarPlay/Android Auto connection is established,
Bluetooth audio will be sus- pended and become unavail-
able.*
*: This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to return to the top screen.
Select to display a song list screen.
Select to display the play mode selection screen.
Select to display the portable device connection screen. (P.322)
Select to display the sound setting screen. (P.305)
Select to set repeat playback. (P.321)
Select to change the track. Select and hold to fast rewind.
Select to play/pause.
Select to change the track. Select and hold to fast for- ward.
Select to set random play- back. (P.321)
Bluetooth audio
The Bluetooth audio sys- tem enables users to enjoy listening to music that is played on a portable player on the vehicle speakers via wireless communication.
This audio/visual system
supports Bluetooth, a wire- less data system capable of playing portable audio music without cables. If your device does not sup-
port Bluetooth, the Blue-
tooth audio system will not function.
Overview
Control screen
3215-7. Media operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Select to change the album.
Displays cover art
Press to change the track. Press and hold to fast for- ward/rewind.
Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the list screens by pressing it.
The track or album currently being listened to can be repeated.
1 Select .
Each time is selected, the mode changes as follows:
When random playback is off track repeat album repeat off When random playback is on track repeat off
Tracks or albums can be auto- matically and randomly selected.
1 Select .
Each time is selected, the mode changes as follows:
random (1 album random) album random (all album random) off
Depending on the Bluetooth device that is connected to the system, the music may start play- ing when selecting while it is paused. Conversely, the music may pause when selecting while it is playing.
In the following conditions, the system may not function:
The Bluetooth device is turned off.
The Bluetooth device is not con- nected.
The Bluetooth device has a low battery.
When using the Bluetooth audio and Wi-Fi Hotspot functions at the same time, the following prob- lems may occur:
It may take longer than normal to connect to the Bluetooth device.
The sound may cut out.
It may take time to connect the phone when Bluetooth audio is being played.
For operating the portable player, see the instruction manual that comes with it.
If the Bluetooth device is discon- nected due to poor reception from the Bluetooth network when the engine switch is in ACC or ON, the system automatically recon- nects the portable player.
If the Bluetooth device is discon- nected on purpose, such as it was turned off, this does not happen.
Control panel
Repeating
Random order
322 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA H/B_U
Reconnect the portable player manually.
Bluetooth device information is registered when the Bluetooth device is connected to the Blue- tooth audio system. When selling or disposing of the vehicle, remove the Bluetooth audio information from the system. (P.299)
In some situations, sound output via the Bluetooth audio system may be out of sync with the con- nected device or output intermit- tently.
To use the Bluetooth audio system, it is necessary to regis- ter a Bluetooth device with the system. Registering an additional
device 1 Display the Bluetooth audio
control screen. (P.320) 2 Select Connect. 3 Select Add Device.
When another Bluetooth
device is connected, a confir- mation screen will be dis- played. To disconnect the Bluetooth device, select Yes.
4 Follow the steps in Register- ing a Bluetooth phone for the first time from step 5. (P.272)
Selecting a registered device 1 Display the Bluetooth audio
control screen. (P.320) 2 Select Connect. 3 Select the desired device to
be connected.
WARNING Do not operate the players con-
trols or connect to the Blue- tooth audio system while driving.
Your audio unit is fitted with Bluetooth antennas. People with implantable cardiac pace- makers, cardiac resynchroniza- tion therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibril- lators should maintain a reason- able distance between themselves and the Bluetooth antennas. The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices.
Before using Bluetooth devices, users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac pacemak- ers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant- able cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such medical devices.
NOTICE Do not leave your portable player in the vehicle. In particular, high temperatures inside the vehicle may damage the portable player.
Registering/Connecting a Bluetooth device
3235-7. Media operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
4 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the connection is complete.
If an error message is dis- played, follow the guidance on the screen to try again.
324 5-8. Audio/visual remote controls
COROLLA H/B_U
5-8.Audio/visual remote controls
Some parts of the audio/visual system can be adjusted using the switches on the steering wheel.
Volume control switch
MODE switch
*1: If equipped *2: If cached radio is enabled, press-
ing and holding the MODE switch pauses the broadcast. (Press and hold again to play back the cached radio program.)
*3:When an Apple CarPlay is estab- lished, this function will be unavailable.
*4:When an Android Auto is estab- lished, this function will be unavailable.
Seek switch
Steering switches
Steering switch operation
Mode Operation/function
All
Press: Volume up/down
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Volume up/down continuously
Mode Operation/function
AM/FM/
SXM*1
Press: Change audio modes
Press and hold (0.8
sec. or more): Mute*2 (Press and hold again to resume the sound.)
USB*3, 4, iPod/iPhon
e*4, Android
Auto*3,
Bluetooth
audio*3, 4,
APPS*3, 4
Press: Change audio modes
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Pause (Press and hold again to resume the play mode.)
Mode Operation/function
AM/FM
Press: Preset chan- nel up/down
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Seek up/down
Press and hold (1.5 sec. or more): Seek up/down continuously while the switch is being pressed
Mode Operation/function
3255-8. Audio/visual remote controls
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
*1: If equipped *2:When an Apple CarPlay is estab-
lished, this function will be unavailable.
*3:When an Android Auto is estab- lished, this function will be unavailable.
In the APPS mode, some opera- tion may be done on the screen depend on the selected APPS.
SXM*1
Press: Preset chan- nel up/down
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Seek for stations in the rele- vant program type/channel category
Press and hold (1.5 sec. or more): Fast channel up/down
USB*2, 3, iPod/iPhon
e*3, Blue-
tooth
audio*2, 3
Press: Track/file up/down
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Fast forward/rewind
Android
Auto*2 Press: Track up/down
Mode Operation/function
326 5-9. Audio settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5-9.Audio settings
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
3 Select Audio.
4 Select the desired items to be set.
Select to set the common settings. (P.326)
Select to set the radio set- tings. (P.326)
1 Display the audio settings screen. (P.326)
2 Select Common.
3 Select the desired items to be set.
Select to set the cover art display on/off.
Select to prioritize the display of information from the Gra- cenote database.
Select to change the screen
size.* (P.306)
Select to display the image
quality adjustment screen.* (P.307)
*: Only in USB video mode
1 Display the audio settings screen. (P.326)
2 Select Radio.
3 Select the desired number of preset radio stations dis- played on the screen.
Setup
Detailed audio settings can be programmed.
Displaying the audio set- tings screen
Audio settings screen
Common settings
Radio settings
3275-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
5
Audio
5-10.Tips for operating the audio/visual system
The use of a cellular phone inside or near the vehicle may cause a noise from the speakers of the audio/visual system which you are listening to. However, this does not indicate a malfunction.
Usually, a problem with radio reception does not mean there is a problem with the radio it is just the normal result of condi- tions outside the vehicle. For example, nearby buildings and terrain can interfere with FM reception. Power lines or phone wires can interfere with AM sig- nals. And of course, radio sig- nals have a limited range. The farther the vehicle is from a sta- tion, the weaker its signal will be. In addition, reception condi- tions change constantly as the vehicle moves. Here, some common reception problems that probably do not indicate a problem with the radio are described. FM Fading and drifting stations: Generally, the effective range of
FM is about 25 miles (40 km). Once outside this range, you may notice fading and drifting, which increase with the distance from the radio transmitter. They are often accompanied by dis- tortion. Multi-path: FM signals are reflective, making it possible for 2 signals to reach the vehicles antenna at the same time. If this happens, the signals will cancel each other out, causing a momentary flutter or loss of reception. Static and fluttering: These occur when signals are blocked by buildings, trees or other large objects. Increasing the bass level may reduce static and flut- tering. Station swapping: If the FM sig- nal being listened to is inter- rupted or weakened, and there is another strong station nearby on the FM band, the radio may tune in the second station until the original signal can be picked up again. AM Fading: AM broadcasts are reflected by the upper atmo- sphere especially at night. These reflected signals can interfere with those received directly from the radio station, causing the radio station to sound alternately strong and weak.
Operating information
NOTICE To avoid damage to the
audio/visual system: Be careful not to spill beverages
over the audio/visual system.
Radio
328 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
Station interference: When a reflected signal and a signal received directly from a radio station are very nearly the same frequency, they can interfere with each other, making it diffi- cult to hear the broadcast.
Static: AM is easily affected by external sources of electrical noise, such as high tension power lines, lightening or electri- cal motors. This results in static.
SiriusXM
Cargo loaded on the roof lug- gage carrier, especially metal objects, may adversely affect the reception of SiriusXM Sat- ellite Radio.
Alternation or modifications carried out without appropri- ate authorization may invali- date the users right to operate the equipment.
Certification
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A., Guam and Puerto Rico
For vehicles sold in Canada
Use of the Made for Apple badge means that an acces- sory has been designed to connect specifically to the Apple product(s) identified in the badge, and has been cer- tified by the developer to meet Apple performance stan- dards. Apple is not responsi- ble for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory stan- dards. Please note that the use of this accessory with an Apple product may affect wireless performance.
iPhone, iPod, iPod clas-
sic, iPod nano, iPod
touch, and Lightning are trademarks of Apple Inc., reg- istered in the U.S. and other countries.
Compatible models
The following iPod nano, iPod
touch and iPhone devices can be used with this system.
Made for iPhone X iPhone 8 iPhone 8 Plus
iPod
3295-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
iPhone 7 iPhone 7 Plus iPhone SE iPhone 6s iPhone 6s Plus iPhone 6 iPhone 6 Plus iPhone 5s iPhone 5c iPhone 5 iPod touch (6th generation) iPod touch (5th generation)
This system only supports audio playback.
Depending on difference between models or software versions etc., some models might be incompati- ble with this system.
This device supports high-reso- lution sound sources.
The definition of high-resolution is based on the standards of groups such as the CTA (Con- sumer Technology Association).
Supported formats and play- able media are as follows.
Supported formats
WAV, FLAC, ALAC
Playable media
USB memory
*: USB video only
High-resolution sound source
File information
Compatible USB devices
USB communi- cation formats
USB 2.0 HS (480 Mbps)
File formats FAT 16/32
Correspon- dence class
Mass storage class
Compatible audio format
Compatible compressed files
Item USB
Compatible file format
MP3/WMA/AAC
WAV(LPCM)/FL AC/ALAC/OGG
Vorbis
MP4/AVI/WMV
Compatible file
format (video)* MP4/AVI/WMV
Folders in the device
Maximum 3000
Files in the device
Maximum 9999
Files per folder Maximum
255
330 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
*1:Only compatible with Windows Media Audio Standard
*2:Sound source of 48kHz or more is down-converted to 48kHz/24bit.
*1:Variable Bit Rate (VBR) compati- ble
*2:Only compatible with Windows Media Audio Standard
Corresponding sampling fre- quency
File type Frequency (kHz)
MP3 files: MPEG 1 LAYER 3
32/44.1/48
MP3 files: MPEG 2 LSF LAYER 3
16/22.05/24
WMA files:
Ver. 7, 8, 9*1 (9.1/9.2)
32/44.1/48
AAC files: MPEG4/AAC-LC
11.025/12/16/ 22.05/24/32/
44.1/48
WAV (LPCM)
files*2
8/11.025/12/16/ 22.05/24/32/ 44.1/48/88.2/ 96/176.4/192
FLAC*2
8/11.025/12/16/ 22.05/24/32/ 44.1/48/88.2/ 96/176.4/192
ALAC*2
8/11.025/12/16/ 22.05/24/32/ 44.1/48/64/
88.2/96
OGG Vorbis*2 8/11.025/16/
22.05/32/44.1/ 48
Corresponding bit rates*1
File type Bit rate (kbps)
MP3 files: MPEG 1 LAYER 3
32 - 320
MP3 files: MPEG 2 LSF LAYER 3
8 - 160
WMA files: Ver. 7, 8
CBR 48 - 192
WMA files:
Ver. 9*2 (9.1/9.2) CBR 48 - 320
AAC files: MPEG4/AAC-LC
8 - 320
OGG Vorbis 32-500
File type Quantization bit
rate (bit)
WAV (LPCM) files
16/24 FLAC
ALAC
Compatible channel modes
File type Channel mode
MP3 files
Stereo, joint ste- reo, dual chan- nel and monaural
WMA files 2ch
3315-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3), WMA (Windows Media Audio) and AAC (Advanced Audio Coding) are audio compres- sion standards.
This system can play MP3/WMA/AAC files on USB memory.
MP4, WMV and AVI files can use the following resolutions: 128x96, 160x120, 176x144 (QCIF), 320x240 (QVGA), 352x240 (SIF), 352x288 (CIF), 640x480 (VGA), 720x480 (NTSC), 720x576 (PAL)
When naming an MP3/WMA/AAC file, add an appropriate file extension (.mp3/.wma/.m4a).
This system plays back files with .mp3/.wma/.m4a file extensions as MP3/WMA/AAC files respec- tively. To prevent noise and playback errors, use the appropriate file extension.
MP3 files are compatible with the ID3 Tag Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1, Ver. 2.2 and Ver. 2.3 formats. This system cannot display
disc title, track title and artist name in other formats.
WMA/AAC files can contain a WMA/AAC tag that is used in the same way as an ID3 tag. WMA/AAC tags carry infor- mation such as track title and artist name.
The emphasis function is available only when playing MP3 files.
This system can play back AAC files encoded by iTunes.
The sound quality of MP3/WMA files generally improves with higher bit rates.
m3u playlists are not compati- ble with the audio player.
MP3i (MP3 interactive) and MP3PRO formats are not compatible with the audio player.
The player is compatible with VBR (Variable Bit Rate).
When playing back files recorded as VBR (Variable Bit Rate) files, the play time will not be correctly displayed if the fast forward or reverse operations are used.
It is not possible to check fold- ers that do not include MP3/WMA/AAC files.
MP3/WMA/AAC files in fold- ers up to 8 levels deep can be played. However, the start of playback may be delayed
AAC files 1ch, 2ch (Dual channel is not supported)
WAV (LPCM)/ FLAC/ALAC/ OGG Vorbis
2ch
File type Channel mode
332 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
when using USB memory containing numerous levels of folders. For this reason, we recommend creating USB memory with no more than 2 levels of folders.
The play order of the USB memory with the structure shown above is as follows:
The order changes depending on the personal computer and MP3/WMA/AAC encoding software you use.
Compatible video format
Format Codec
MPEG-4
Video codec: H.264/MPEG-4
AVC MPEG4
Audio codec: AAC MP3
Corresponding screen size: MAX
19201080
Corresponding frame rate: MAX 60i/30p
3335-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
ID3 tag
This is a method of embed-
ding track-related information in an MP3 file. This embed- ded information can include the track number, track title, the artists name, the album title, the music genre, the year of production, comments, cover art and other data. The contents can be freely edited using software with ID3 tag editing functions. Although the tags are restricted to a number of characters, the information can be viewed when the track is played back.
WMA tag
WMA files can contain a WMA tag that is used in the same way as an ID3 tag. WMA tags carry information such as track title and artist name.
MP3
MP3 is an audio compression standard determined by a working group (MPEG) of the ISO (International Standard Organization). MP3 com- presses audio data to about 1/10 the size of that on con- ventional discs.
WMA
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is an audio compression for-
mat developed by Microsoft. It compresses files into a size smaller than that of MP3 files. The decoding formats for
AVI Container
Video codec: H.264/MPEG-4
AVC MPEG4 WMV9 WMV9
Advanced pro- file
Audio codec: AAC MP3 WMA9.2
(7,8,9.1,9.2)
Corresponding screen size: MAX
19201080
Corresponding frame rate: MAX 60i/30p
Windows Media Video
Video codec: WMV9 WMV9
Advanced pro- file
Audio codec: WMA9.2
(7,8,9.1,9.2)
Corresponding screen size: MAX
19201080
Corresponding frame rate: MAX 60i/30p
Terms
Format Codec
334 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
WMA files are Ver. 7, 8 and 9.
Trademark Acknowledgement Windows Media is either a registered trademark or trade- mark of Microsoft Corpora- tion in the United States and/or other countries. This product includes technol- ogy owned by Microsoft Cor- poration and cannot be used or distributed without a license from Microsoft Licens- ing, Inc.
AAC
AAC is short for Advanced Audio Coding and refers to an audio compression technol- ogy standard used with MPEG2 and MPEG4.
USB
iPod
Bluetooth audio
If the malfunction is not rectified: Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Error messages
Message Explanation
USB Error
This indicates a problem in the USB memory or its connection.
No music files found.
This indicates that no MP3/WMA/AAC files are included in the USB mem- ory.
No video files found.
This indicates that no video files are included in the USB mem- ory.
Message Explanation
iPod Error.
This indicates a problem in the iPod or its con- nection.
No music files found.
This indicates that there is no music data in the iPod.
Please check the iPod firm- ware version.
This indicates that the software version is not compatible. Per- form the iPod firmware updates and try again.
Unable to authorize the iPod.
This indicates that it failed to authorize the iPod.
Please check your iPod.
Message Explanation
Music tracks not supported. Please check your portable player.
This indicates a problem in the
Bluetooth device.
3355-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A., Hawaii and Puerto Rico
Certification
336 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
For vehicles sold in Canada
3375-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Gracenote
338 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA H/B_U
For U.S. owners
3395-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
5-11.Voice command system operation
Steering switch
Talk switch
Voice command system
Press the talk switch to start the voice command system. To cancel voice command, press and hold the talk switch.
When an Apple Car- Play/Android Auto connec-
tion is established:*
Press and hold the talk switch to start Siri/Google Assistant. To cancel Siri/Google Assis- tant, press the talk switch.
Press the talk switch to start
the voice command system. *: This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.
Microphone
It is unnecessary to speak directly into the microphone when giving a command.
Voice commands may not be rec- ognized if:
Spoken too quickly. Spoken at a low or high volume. The windows are open. Passengers are talking while
voice commands are spoken. The fan speed of the air condition-
ing system is set at high. The air conditioning vents are
turned towards the microphone.
In the following conditions, the system may not recognize the command properly and using voice commands may not be pos- sible:
The command is incorrect or unclear. Note that certain words, accents or speech patterns may be difficult for the system to recog- nize.
There is excessive background noise, such as wind noise.
Normally, it is necessary to wait for a beep before saying a com- mand. To enable the ability to talk over prompts and say commands before the beep, enable the voice prompt interrupt function. (P.300)
Voice command sys- tem
The voice command sys- tem enables the radio, phone dialing, etc. to be operated using voice com- mands. Refer to the com- mand list for samples of voice commands. (P.342)
Using the voice command system
340 5-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA H/B_U
This system may not operate immediately after the engine switch is in ACC or ON.
The voice command system is operated by saying commands which correspond to a sup- ported function. To display examples of commands for sup- ported functions, select a func- tion button on the screen after starting the voice command sys- tem.
1 Press the talk switch.
Voice guidance for the voice command system can be skipped by pressing the talk switch.
2 If Getting Started with Voice screen is displayed, select
OK or press the talk switch. (P.341)
3 After hearing a beep, say a supported command.
To display sample commands of the desired function, say the desired function or select the desired function button. To display more commands, select More Commands.
Selecting Help or saying Help prompts the voice com- mand system to offer exam- ples of commands and operation methods.
Registered POIs, registered names in the contacts list etc., can be said in the place of the <> next to the commands. (P.342)
For example: Say Find a restau- rant, Call John Smith etc. If a desired outcome is not
shown, or if no selections are available, perform one of the following to return to the pre- vious screen:
Say Go back.
Select .
To cancel voice recognition, select , say Cancel, or press and hold the talk switch.
To perform the voice com- mand operation again, select Start Over or say Start over.
To suspend voice command
NOTICE Do not touch and put a sharp
object to the microphone. It may cause failure.
Voice command system operation
Operation from the main menu
3415-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
operation, select Pause or say Pause. To resume the voice command operation, select Resume or press the talk switch.
If the system does not respond or the confirmation screen does not disappear, press the talk switch and try again.
If a voice command cannot be rec- ognized, voice guidance will say Sorry, could you repeat that? and voice command reception will restart.
If a voice command cannot be rec- ognized 3 consecutive times, voice recognition will be canceled.
The amount of spoken feedback received from the system while using the voice command system (voice recognition prompts) can be changed on the voice settings screen. (P.300)
Some voice guidance can be can- celed by setting voice prompts to off. Use this setting when it is desirable to say a command immediately after pressing the talk switch and hearing a beep.
To increase voice recognition performance, use the Tutori- als and Voice Training func- tions on the Getting Started with Voice screen. These func- tions are only available when the vehicle is not moving.
The Tutorials and Voice Train- ing functions can also be started on the voice settings screen. (P.300)
1 Press the talk switch.
2 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to display the voice command tutorials.
Select to train the voice com- mand system.
The user will be asked to say 10 sample phrases. This will help the voice command system adapt to the users accent.
Select to prevent the screen from being displayed again.
Select to proceed to the voice command screen.
Increasing the voice rec- ognition performance
342 5-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA H/B_U
Recognizable voice commands and their actions are shown below.
Frequently used commands are listed in the following tables.
For devices that are not installed to the vehicle, com- mands relating to that device may not be displayed on the screen. Also, depending on other conditions, such as compatibility, some com- mands may not be displayed on the screen.
The functions available may vary according to the system installed.
When an Apple Car- Play/Android Auto connec- tion is established, some commands will become unavailable.
Voice recognition language can be changed. (P.296)
Common
Top menu
*: Vehicle must be parked
Command list
Command list overview
Command list
Command Action
Help
Displays exam- ples of some of the available commands
Go back Returns to the previous screen
Cancel Cancels the voice command system
Start over Returns to top menu screen
Pause
Temporarily pauses a voice session until it is resumed by pressing the talk switch again.
Command Action
Show com- mand examples for
3435-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Phone
*: If the system does not recognize the name of a contact, create a voice tag. (P.366) The name of a contact can also be recognized by adding a voice tag.
While in a phone call
While incoming message
notification is displayed*
*: Full screen message notification must be turned on within the phone settings (P.364)
Command Action
Call
Places a call to the specified contact from the phone book
Call
Places a call to the specified phone type of the contact from the phone book
Dial
Places a call to the specified phone number
Redial
Places a call to the phone num- ber of the latest outgoing call
Call back
Places a call to the phone num- ber of latest incoming call
Show recent calls
Displays the call history screen
Send a mes- sage to
Sends a text message to specified con- tact from the phone book
Command Action
Send
Mute
Mutes the micro- phone (far side cannot hear the conversation)
Unmute Unmutes the microphone
Command Action
Read message
Reads the incoming mes- sage over the vehicle speakers
Ignore Ignores the incoming mes- sage notification
Reply
Initiates sending a reply to the incoming mes- sage
Call
Places a call to the phone num- ber of incoming message
344 5-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA H/B_U
Radio
*1:A station list must be built first using the radio screen (P.308)
*2:Requires a satellite radio sub- scription
Audio*
*: The audio device must be con- nected via a USB cable to use the functionality in this section
Command Action
Tune to
Changes the radio to the specified AM fre- quency
Tune to
Changes the radio to the specified FM fre- quency
Play a
Changes the radio to an FM station of the specified genre
Tune to preset <1-36>
Changes the radio to the specified preset radio station
Tune to a
Changes the radio to a satel- lite radio channel of the specified
genre*2
Tune to
Changes the radio to the sat- ellite radio chan- nel with the
specified name*2
Tune to chan- nel
Changes the radio to a satel- lite radio channel of the specified
number*2
Command Action
Play Playlist
Plays tracks from the selected playlist
Play Artist
Plays tracks from the selected artist
Play Song
Plays the selected track
Play Album
Plays tracks from the selected album
Play Genre
Plays tracks from the selected genre
Play Composer
Plays tracks from the selected com- poser
Play Podcast
Plays tracks from the selected podcast
Play Audiobook
Plays tracks from the selected audio- book
Audio On Turns the audio system on
Audio Off Turns the audio system off
Change the audio source to
Sets the source to the specified audio mode
3455-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Toyota apps
*: When an application is opened and is in full screen mode, press- ing the talk switch will start the voice command system and com- mands for the currently displayed application will be available
Commands relating to operation of the audio/visual system can only be performed when the audio/visual system is turned on.
Command Action
Launch
cation name>* Activates the Toyota apps
346 5-12. Mobile Assistant operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5-12.Mobile Assistant operation
Mobile Assist supports the Siri Eyes Free Mode and Google App. The available features and functions may vary based on the iOS/Android version installed on the connected device.
Type A
1 Press and hold the talk switch on the steering wheel until Mobile Assistant screen is displayed.
Type B
1 Press and hold the switch on the steering wheel until Mobile Assistant screen is displayed.
Mobile Assistant
The Mobile Assistant func- tion is a voice input assist function. Mobile Assist sup- ports the Siri Eyes Free Mode and Google App. (Google App can be used only the corresponding device.) Instructions can be spoken into the vehicle microphone as if speaking a command to the phone. The content of the request is then interpreted by the phone and the result is out- put from the vehicle speak- ers. To operate the Mobile Assistant, a compatible device must be registered and connected to this sys-
tem via Bluetooth. (P.272) When an Apple CarPlay connection is established, this function will be unavail- able.
Connectable devices and available functions
Mobile Assistant opera- tion
3475-12. Mobile Assistant operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
2 The Mobile Assistant can be used only when the following screen is displayed.
Type A: To cancel the Mobile Assistant, select Cancel or press and hold the talk switch on the steering wheel. Type B: To cancel the Mobile Assistant, select Cancel or
press and hold the switch on the steering wheel.
Type A: To restart the Mobile Assistant for additional com- mands, press the talk switch on the steering wheel. Type B: To restart the Mobile Assistant for additional com-
mands, press the switch on the steering wheel.
Mobile Assistant can only be restarted after the system responds to a voice command.
After some phone and music commands, the Mobile Assistant feature will automatically end to complete the requested action.
The volume of the Mobile Assistant can be adjusted using the POWER VOLUME knob or steering wheel vol- ume control switches. The
Mobile Assistant and phone call volumes are synchro- nized.
While a phone call is active, the Mobile Assistant cannot be used.
If using the navigation feature of the cellular phone, ensure the active audio source is Bluetooth audio or iPod in order to hear turn by turn direction prompts.
Wait for the listening beeps before using the Mobile Assistant.
The Mobile Assistant may not rec- ognize commands in the following situations:
Spoken too quickly. Spoken at a low or high volume. The windows are open. Passengers are talking while the
Mobile Assistant is being used. The fan speed of the air condition-
ing system is set at high. The air conditioning vents are
turned toward the microphone.
348 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
5-13.Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
The phone screen can be reached by the following meth- ods:
From the PHONE button
1 Press the PHONE button.
From the MENU button
1 Press the MENU button, then select Phone.
The following functions can be used on phone operation:
Registering/connecting a
Bluetooth device (P.272)
Placing a call using the Blue-
tooth hands-free system (P.353)
Receiving a call using the
Bluetooth hands-free system (P.356)
Talking on the Bluetooth hands-free system (P.357)
The following function can be used on message function:
Using the Bluetooth phone message function (P.359)
The following functions can be made in the system:
Phone settings (P.364)
Bluetooth settings (P.277)
Quick reference
Phone screen operation
Bluetooth hands-free system operation
Message function
Setting up a phone
3495-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
5
Audio
This system is not guaranteed to operate with all Bluetooth devices.
If your cellular phone does not support Bluetooth, this system cannot function.
In the following conditions, the system may not function:
The cellular phone is turned off. The current position is outside the
communication area. The cellular phone is not con-
nected. The cellular phone has a low bat-
tery. Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth phone, some function is not available.
When using the hands-free sys- tem or Bluetooth audio and Wi-Fi Hotspot functions at the same time, the following problems may occur:
The Bluetooth connection may be cut.
Noise may be heard on the Blue- tooth audio playback.
A noise may be heard during phone calls.
Bluetooth uses the 2.4 GHz fre- quency band. If both a Wi-Fi con- nection and Bluetooth connection are being used simul- taneously, each connection may be affected.
If a Bluetooth device is attempt- ing to connect to the vehicle while another device is connected as a Bluetooth audio device or con- nected using the hands-free sys- tem or Wi-Fi Hotspot function, the communication speed may decrease or malfunctions may occur, such as image distortion or audio skipping. If a Bluetooth device is connected to the system, the interference it may cause will be reduced. When carrying a device with its Bluetooth connec- tion enabled, make sure to regis- ter it to the system and connect it or disable its Bluetooth function.
When a device is connected via Bluetooth, the Bluetooth icon on the status bar will be displayed in blue. (P.260)
Some basics
The hands-free system enables calls to be made and received without having to take your hands off the steering wheel. This system supports Blue- tooth. Bluetooth is a wire- less data system that enables cellular phones to be used without being con- nected by a cable or placed in a cradle. The operating procedure of the phone is explained here. When an Apple CarPlay connection is established, phone functions will be per- formed by Apple CarPlay instead of the hands-free system.
WARNING While driving, do not operate a
cellular phone.
350 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
To use the hands-free system for cellular phones, it is neces- sary to register a cellular phone with the system. (P.272)
Connecting a Bluetooth
device Registering an additional
device 1 Display the phone top
screen. (P.348) 2 Select Select Device. 3 Select Add Device.
When another Bluetooth
device is connected, a confir- mation screen will be dis- played. To disconnect the Bluetooth device, select Yes.
4 Follow the steps in Register- ing a Bluetooth phone for the first time from step 5. (P.272)
Selecting a registered device 1 Display the phone top
screen. (P.348) 2 Select Select Device. 3 Select the desired device to
be connected. 4 Check that a confirmation
screen is displayed when the connection is complete.
If an error message is dis- played, follow the guidance on the screen to try again.
Bluetooth phone condition display
The condition of the Bluetooth phone appears on the upper right side of the screen.
WARNING Your audio unit is fitted with
Bluetooth antennas. People with implantable cardiac pace- makers, cardiac resynchroniza- tion therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibril- lators should maintain a reason- able distance between themselves and the Bluetooth antennas. The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices.
Before using Bluetooth devices, users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac pacemak- ers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant- able cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such medical devices.
NOTICE Do not leave your cellular phone
in the vehicle. The temperature inside may rise to a level that could damage the phone.
Registering/Connecting a Bluetooth phone
3515-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
5
Audio
(P.261)
Steering switch By pressing the phone switch, a call can be received or ended without taking your hands off the steering wheel.
Phone switch If the switch is pressed during a
call, the call will end. If the switch is pressed when an
incoming call is received, the call will be answered.
If the switch is pressed when a call waiting call is received, the waiting call will be answered.
If the switch is pressed when an Apple CarPlay connection is established, the Apple CarPlay phone application will be dis- played on the system screen. Volume control switch
Press the + side to increase the volume.
Press the - side to decrease the volume.
Microphone The microphone is used when talking on the phone.
The other partys voice will be heard from the front speakers. The audio/visual system will be muted during phone calls or when hands-free voice commands are used.
Talk alternately with the other party on the phone. If both parties speak at the same time, the other party may not hear what has been said. (This is not a malfunction.)
Keep call volume down. Other- wise, the other partys voice may be audible outside the vehicle and voice echo may increase. When talking on the phone, speak clearly towards the microphone.
The other party may not hear you clearly when:
Driving on an unpaved road. (Making excessive traffic noise.)
Driving at high speeds. The windows are open. The air conditioning vents are
pointed towards the microphone. The sound of the air conditioning
fan is loud. There is a negative effect on
sound quality due to the phone and/or network being used.
Using the phone switch/microphone
NOTICE Do not touch and put a sharp
object to the microphone. It may cause failure.
352 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
Press this switch to operate the voice command system.
The voice command system and its list of commands can be operated. (P.339)
The following data is stored for every registered phone. When another phone is con- nected, the following regis- tered data cannot be read:
Contact data
Call history data
Favorites data
Image data
All phone settings
Message settings
When a phones registration is deleted, the above-mentioned data is also deleted.
A lot of personal data is regis-
tered when the hands-free sys- tem is used. When selling or disposing of the vehicle, initial- ize the data. (P.299)
The following data in the sys- tem can be initialized:
Contact data
Call history data
Favorites data
Image data
All phone settings
Message settings
Once initialized, the data and set- tings will be erased. Pay much attention when initializing the data.
Voice command system
About the contacts in the contact list
When selling or disposing of the vehicle
3535-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
1 Display the phone top screen. (P.348)
2 Select the desired method to call from.
Calling methods from phone screen
By call history (P.353)
By favorites (P.354)
By contacts (P.354)
By keypad* (P.355)
By message (P.362)
Also the following lists are available from each func- tions screen
By voice command system (P.340)
By home screen (P.356) *: The operation cannot be per-
formed while driving.
Up to 30 of the latest call history items (missed, incoming and outgoing) can be selected.
1 Display the phone top screen. (P.348)
2 Select History and select the desired contact.
If the contact which is not reg- istered on the contact list is selected, the name is dis- played as Unknown Con- tact. In this case, select the number to make a call prop- erly.
3 Check that the dialing screen is displayed.
The icons of call type are dis- played.
: Missed call
: Incoming call
: Outgoing call
When making a call to the same number continuously, only the most recent call is listed in call his- tory.
When a phone number registered in the contact list is received, the name is displayed.
Number-withheld calls are also memorized in the system.
International phone calls may not be made depending on the type of Bluetooth phone you have.
The list should group together consecutive entries with the same phone number and same call type. For example, two calls from Johns mobile would be displayed
Placing a call using the Bluetooth hands-free system
After a Bluetooth phone has been registered, a call can be made using the hands-free system. There are several methods by which a call can be made, as described below.
Calling methods on the
Bluetooth phone
By call history
354 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
as follows: John (2)
By pressing the switch on the steering wheel, a call to the latest history item can be made.
Calls can be made using regis- tered contacts which can be selected from a contact list. (P.354)
1 Display the phone top screen. (P.348)
2 Select Favorites and select the desired contact.
3 Select the desired number.
4 Check that the dialing screen is displayed.
Calls can be made by using contact data which is transferred from a registered cellular phone. (P.366)
Up to 5000 contacts (maximum of 4 phone numbers, e-mail addresses and addresses per contact) can be registered in the contact list.
1 Display the phone top screen. (P.348)
2 Select Contacts and select the desired contact.
3 Select the desired number.
Add Favorite/Remove Favorite: Select to register/remove the con- tact in the favorites list. (P.370)
E-mail Addresses: Select to dis- play all registered e-mail addresses for the contact.
Addresses: Select to display all registered addresses for the con- tact.
4 Check that the dialing screen is displayed.
For PBAP compatible Blue-
tooth phones when Auto- matic Transfer is set to on (P.366)
Contacts are transferred auto- matically.
By favorites list
By contacts list When the contact list is empty
3555-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
For PBAP compatible Blue-
tooth phones when Auto- matic Transfer is set to off (P.366)
1 Select the desired item.
Select to always transfer all the contacts from a con- nected cellular phone auto- matically.
Select to transfer all the con- tacts from a connected cellu- lar phone only once.
Select to cancel transferring.
2 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
For PBAP incompatible but OPP compatible Blue-
tooth phones
1 Select the desired item.
Select to transfer the con- tacts from the connected cel-
lular phone. Transfer the contact data to the system using a Blue-
tooth phone.
Select to add a new contact manually. Follow the steps in Register- ing a new contact to the con- tacts list from step 2. (P.369)
Select to cancel transferring.
If your cellular phone is neither PBAP nor OPP compatible, the contacts cannot be transferred using Bluetooth. But the contacts can be transferred from USB device. (P.369)
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone:
It may be necessary to perform additional steps on the phone when transferring contact data.
The registered image in the con- tact list may not transfer depend- ing on the type of Bluetooth phone connected.
1 Display the phone top screen. (P.348)
2 Select Keypad and enter the phone number.
3 Select or press the switch on the steering wheel.
4 Check that the dialing screen is displayed.
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone being connected, it may be necessary to perform
By keypad
356 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
additional steps on the phone.
1 Display the home screen. (P.266)
2 Select the desired contact.
3 Check that the dialing screen is displayed.
Registering a new contact
1 Select and hold the screen button to add a contact.
2 Select the desired contact.
3 Select the desired number.
If there is no contact in the con- tacts list, the contacts cannot be registered at the home screen.
The contact cannot be registered at the home screen while driving.
1 Select Answer or press the
switch on the steering wheel to talk on the phone.
Decline: Select to refuse to receive the call.
To adjust the volume of a received call: Turn the POWER VOLUME knob, or use the volume control switch on the steering wheel.
The contact image picture can be displayed only when the vehicle is not moving.
During international phone calls, the other partys name or number may not be displayed correctly depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone you have.
The incoming call display mode can be set. (P.365)
The ringtone that has been set in the sound settings screen can be heard when there is an incoming call. Depending on the type of
By home screen
Receiving a call using the Bluetooth hands-free system
When a call is received, the following screen is dis- played with a sound.
Incoming calls
3575-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Bluetooth phone, both the sys- tem and Bluetooth phone may ring simultaneously when there is an incoming call. (P.364)
Select to display the keypad to send tones. (P.358)
Select to send tones. This button only appears when a number that contains a (w) is dialed in hands-free mode. (P.358)
Select to adjust your voice volume that the other party hears from their speaker. (P.358)
Select to mute your voice to the other party.
Select to change handset modes between hands-free and cellular phone.
Select to put a call on hold. To cancel this function, select
Talking on the Blue- tooth hands-free sys- tem
While talking on the phone, the following screen is dis- played. The operations out- lined below can be performed on this screen.
Call screen operation
358 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
Activate.
Select to hang up the phone.
Changing from hands-free call to cellular phone call is not possible while driving.
Only when the vehicle is not mov- ing, the contact image can be dis- played.
When cellular phone call is changed to hands-free call, the hands-free screen will be dis- played and its functions can be operated on the screen.
Changing between cellular phone call and hands-free call can be performed by operating the cellu- lar phone directly.
Transferring methods and opera- tions will be different depending on the type of cellular phone you have.
For the operation of the cellular phone, see the manual that comes with it.
By keypad
This operation cannot be per- formed while driving.
1 Select 0-9.
2 Enter the desired number.
By selecting Release Tones
Release Tones appear when a continuous tone signal (s) con- taining a (w) is registered in the contact list. This operation can be per- formed while driving.
1 Select Release Tones.
A continuous tone signal is a char- acter string that consists of num- bers and the characters p or w. (e.g. 056133w0123p#1)
When the p pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next pause tone will be automatically sent after 2 seconds have elapsed. When the w pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next pause tone will be automati- cally sent after a user operation is performed.
Release tones can be used when automated operation of a phone based service such as an answer- ing machine or bank phone ser- vice is desired. A phone number with continuous tone signals can be registered in the contact list.
Tone data after a w pause tone can be operated by voice com- mand during a call.
1 Select Transmit Volume.
2 Select the desired level for the transmit volume.
3 Press the button to dis- play previous screen.
The sound quality of the voice heard from the other partys speaker may be negatively impacted.
Transmit Volume is dimmed when mute is on.
When there are no calls on hold during a call: Hold is displayed. When selected, the
Sending tones
Transmit volume setting
Switching calls while a call is in progress
3595-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
current call is placed on hold.
When there is no current call, but there is a call on hold: Activate is displayed. When selected, the system switches to the call that was on hold.
When there is another call on hold during a call: Swap Calls is displayed. When selected, the current call is placed on hold, and the sys- tem switches to the call that was on hold.
This function may not be available depending on the type of cellular phone.
When a call is interrupted by a third party while talking, the incoming screen is displayed.
1 Select Answer or press the
switch on the steering wheel to start talking with the other party.
To refuse to receive the call: Select Decline.
Each time Swap Calls is selected, the party who is on hold will be switched.
This function may not be available depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone.
1 Display the phone top screen. (P.348)
2 Select Message.
A confirmation message appears when the Automatic Message Transfer function is set to off (P.372), select Yes.
3 Check that the message screen is displayed.
Phone: Select to change to phone mode.
The account name is dis- played on the left side of
Incoming call waiting
Bluetooth phone message function
Received messages can be forwarded from the con-
nected Bluetooth phone, enabling checking and replying using the system.
Depending on the type of
Bluetooth phone con- nected, received messages may not be transferred to the system.
If the phone does not sup- port the message function, this function cannot be used. Even when the sup- ported phone is used, reply function may not be used.
Displaying the message screen
360 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
screen.
Account names are the names of the accounts that exist on the currently con- nected phone.
The following functions can be used on message function:
Receiving a message (P.360)
Checking messages (P.360)
Replying to a message (dicta- tion reply) (P.361)
Replying to a message (quick reply) (P.362)
Calling the message sender (P.362)
Message settings (P.372)
When an e-mail/SMS/MMS is received, the incoming message screen pops up with sound and is ready to be operated on the screen.
Select to check the message.
Select to not open the mes- sage.
Select to call the message sender.
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone used for receiving messages, or its registration sta- tus with the system, some infor- mation may not be displayed.
The pop-up screen is separately available for incoming e-mail and SMS/MMS messages under the following conditions:
E-mail: Incoming E-mail Display is set to
Full Screen. (P.365) E-mail Notification Pop-up is set
to on. (P.365)
SMS/MMS: Incoming SMS/MMS Display is
set to Full Screen. (P.365) SMS/MMS Notification Pop-up is
set to on. (P.365)
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone being connected, E-Mail function cannot be used via Bluetooth.
1 Display the message screen. (P.359)
2 Select a desired account name.
3 Select the desired message from the list.
4 Check that the message is displayed.
Receiving a message Checking received mes- sages
3615-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Select to call the message sender.
Select to have messages read out. To cancel this function, select Stop. When Automatic Message Readout is set to on, mes- sages will be automatically read out. (P.372)
Select to display the previous or next message.
This function can be chosen the method to reply mes- sage with Dictation or Quick Message.
Reading a text message is not available while driving.
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone being connected, this function cannot be used.
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone being connected, it may be necessary to perform additional steps on the phone.
Messages are displayed in the appropriate connected Blue- tooth phones registered mail address folder. Select the desired folder to be displayed.
Only received messages on the connected Bluetooth phone can be displayed.
The text of the message is not dis- played while driving.
Turn the POWER VOLUME knob, or use the volume control switch on the steering wheel to adjust the message read out vol- ume.
Subject: field is not shown on SMS case.
E-mail only: Select Mark Unread or Mark Read to mark mail unread or read on the message screen. This function is available when Update Message Read Status on Phone is set to on. (P.372)
*: If equipped
1 Display the message screen. (P.359)
2 Select the desired message from the list.
3 Select Reply.
4 Select Dictation.
5 When the Say Your Mes- sage screen is displayed, speak message that you want to send.
6 Select Send to send mes- sage.
Cancel: Select to cancel sending the message.
Retry: Select to retry speaking message that you want to send.
While the message is being sent, a sending message screen is displayed.
7 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
If an error message is dis- played, follow the guidance on the screen to try again.
Replying to a message (dictation reply)*
362 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
15 messages have already been stored.
1 Display the message screen. (P.359)
2 Select the desired message from the list.
3 Select Reply.
4 Select Quick Message.
5 Select the desired message.
: Select to edit the message. (P.362)
6 Select Send.
Cancel: Select to cancel sending the message.
While the message is being sent, a sending message screen is displayed.
7 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
If an error message is dis- played, follow the guidance on the screen to try again.
Depending on the type of Blue- toothphone, reply function is not available.
Editing quick reply mes- sages
This operation cannot be per- formed while driving.
1 Select corresponding to the desired message to edit.
2 Select OK when editing is completed.
To reset the edited quick reply messages, select Default.
Calls can be made to an e-mail/SMS/MMS message senders phone number.
This operation can be per- formed while driving.
Calling from e-mail/SMS/MMS message display
1 Display the message screen. (P.359)
2 Select the desired message.
3 Select , or press the switch on the steering wheel.
If there are 2 or more phone numbers, select the desired number.
4 Check that the dialing screen is displayed.
Calling from a number within a message
Calls can be made to a number identified in a messages text area.
This operation cannot be per- formed while driving.
1 Display the message screen. (P.359)
2 Select the desired message.
Replying to a message (quick reply)
Calling the message sender
3635-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
3 Select the text area.
Identified phone numbers contained in the message are displayed in blue text.
4 Select the desired number.
5 Check that the dialing screen is displayed.
A series of numbers may be rec- ognized as a phone number. Addi- tionally, some phone numbers may not be recognized, such as those for other countries.
Calling from the incoming message screen
For detail, refer to Receiving a message. (P.360)
364 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5-14.Phone settings
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
3 Select Phone.
4 Select the desired item to be set.
Connecting a Bluetooth device and editing the Blue-
tooth device information (P.277, 280)
Sound settings* (P.364)
Notification settings* (P.365)
Contact/call history settings*
(P.366)
Message settings* (P.372) *: This operation cannot be per-
formed while driving.
The call and ringtone volume can be adjusted. A ringtone can be selected.
1 Display the phone settings screen. (P.364)
2 Select Sounds.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set the desired ring- tone.
Select - or + to adjust the ringtone volume.
Select - or + to adjust the default volume of the other partys voice.
Setup
Displaying the phone set- tings screen
Phone settings screen
Sounds settings screen
3655-14. Phone settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Select to set the desired incoming e-mail tone.
Select to set the desired incoming SMS/MMS tone.
Select - or + to adjust the incoming SMS/MMS tone volume.
Select - or + to adjust the incoming e-mail tone volume.
Select - or + to adjust the message readout volume.
Select to reset all setup items.
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone, certain functions may not be available.
1 Display the phone settings screen. (P.364)
2 Select Notifications.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to change the incom- ing call display.
Full Screen: When a call is received, the incoming call screen is displayed and can be operated on the screen. Drop-down: A message is dis- played at the top of the screen.
Select to set the SMS/MMS notification pop-up on/off.
Select to change the incom- ing SMS/MMS display. Full Screen: When an SMS/MMS message is received, the incoming SMS/MMS display screen is displayed and can be oper- ated on the screen. Drop-down: When an SMS/MMS message is received, a message is dis- played at the top of the
Notifications settings screen
366 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA H/B_U
screen.
Select to set the e-mail notifi- cation pop-up on/off.
Select to change the incom- ing e-mail display. Full Screen: When an e-mail is received, the incom- ing e-mail display screen is displayed and can be oper- ated on the screen. Drop-down: When an e-mail is received, a mes- sage is displayed at the top of the screen.
Select to set display of the contact/history transfer com- pletion message on/off.
Select to reset all setup items.
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone, these functions may not be available.
Contacts can be transferred
from a Bluetooth phone to this system. Contacts and favorites can be added, edited and deleted. Also, the call history can be deleted.
1 Display the phone settings screen. (P.364)
2 Select Contacts/Call His- tory.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
For PBAP compatible Blue-
tooth phones: Select to change the contact/history transfer settings. (P.367)
Select to update contacts from the connected device. (P.367)
Select to sort contacts by the first name or last name field.
Select to add contacts to the favorites list. (P.370)
Select to delete contacts from the favorites list. (P.370)
Select to clear the call his-
tory.*
Select to add new contacts to
the contact list.* (P.369)
Select to edit contacts in the
Contacts/Call history set- tings screen
3675-14. Phone settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
contact list.* (P.370)
Select to delete contacts
from the contact list.* (P.370)
Select to set the voice tags. (P.371)
Select to reset all setup items.
*: For PBAP compatible Bluetooth phones, this function is available when Automatic Transfer is set to off. (P.367)
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone, certain functions may not be available.
Contact data is managed inde- pendently for every registered phone. When one phone is con- nected, another phones regis- tered data cannot be read.
The automatic contact/history function is available for PBAP
compatible Bluetooth phones only.
1 Select Automatic Transfer.
2 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set automatic con- tact/history transfer on/off. When set to on, the phones contact data and history are automatically transferred.
Select to update contacts from the connected phone. (P.367)
Select to set the transferred contact image display on/off. Only when the vehicle is not moving, the contact image can be displayed.
Select to reset all setup items.
Updating contacts from phone
1 Select Update Now.
Contacts are transferred auto- matically.
2 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
This operation may be unnec- essary depending on the type
of Bluetooth phone.
If another Bluetooth device is connected when transfer- ring contact data, depending on the phone, the connected
Bluetooth device may need to be disconnected.
Depending on the type of
Bluetooth phone being con- nected, it may be necessary to perform additional steps on
Setting automatic con- tact/history transfer
368 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA H/B_U
the phone.
Updating the contacts in a different way (from the call
history screen)*
1 Display the phone top screen. (P.348)
2 Select History and select a contact not yet registered in the contact list.
3 Select Update Contact.
4 Select the desired contact.
5 Select a phone type for the phone number.
*: For PBAP compatible Bluetooth phones, this function is available when Automatic Transfer is set to off. (P.366)
When an Android Auto connec- tion is established, this function
will be unavailable.*
*: This function is not made avail- able in some countries or areas.
When the contact is not regis- tered
1 Select Transfer Contacts from Device.
2 Select From Phone (Blue- tooth).
3 Transfer the contact data to the system using a Blue-
tooth phone.
This operation may be unnec- essary depending on the type
of Bluetooth phone.
To cancel this function, select Cancel.
4 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
When the contact is regis- tered
1 Select Transfer Contacts from Device.
2 Select From Phone (Blue- tooth).
3 Select Replace Contacts or Add Contact.
Replace Contacts: Select to trans- fer the contact from the connected cellular phone and replace the cur- rent one.
Add Contact: Select to transfer the desired contact data from the connected cellular phone to add to the current one.
4 Transfer the contact data to the system using a Blue-
tooth phone.
This operation may be unnec- essary depending on the type
of Bluetooth phone.
To cancel this function, select Cancel.
5 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
Transfer contacts from device
From phone (OPP compati-
ble Bluetooth phones only)
3695-14. Phone settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Backed-up contact data (vCard formatted) can be transferred from USB device or
Bluetooth phone to this sys- tem.
1 Connect a USB device. (P.305)
2 Select Transfer Contacts from Device.
3 Select From USB.
4 Select USB 1 or USB 2 when the multiple USB devices are connected. If a USB device is connected, skip this procedure.
5 Select Replace Contacts or Add Contact. If the contact is already registered, skip this procedure.
Replace Contacts: Select to trans- fer the contact from the connected USB device or Bluetooth phone and replace the current one.
Add Contact: Select to transfer the desired contact data from the connected USB device or Blue- tooth phone to add to the current one.
6 Select a desired file from vCard file list.
7 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
Depending on the type of Blue- tooth phone used and number of files, it may take time to display vCard file lists and download con-
tacts.
Downloading may not complete correctly in the following cases:
If the engine switch is turned off during downloading.
If the USB device or Bluetooth phone is removed before down- loading is complete.
New contact data can be regis- tered.
Up to 4 numbers per person can be registered. For PBAP com-
patible Bluetooth phones, this function is available when Auto- matic Transfer is set to off. (P.366)
1 Select New Contact.
2 Enter the name and select OK.
3 Enter the phone number and select OK.
4 Select the phone type for the phone number.
5 To add another number to this contact, select Yes.
Registering a new contact in a different way (from the call history screen)
1 Display the phone top screen. (P.348)
2 Select History and select a contact not yet registered in the contact list.
3 Select Add to Contacts.
From USB device
Registering a new contact to the contacts list
370 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA H/B_U
4 Follow the steps in Register- ing a new contact to the con- tacts list from step 2. (P.369)
For PBAP compatible Blue-
tooth phones, this function is available when Automatic Transfer is set to off. (P.366)
1 Select Edit Contact.
2 Select the desired contact.
3 Select next to the name or desired number.
4 Enter the name or the phone number and select OK.
For PBAP compatible Blue-
tooth phones, this function is available when Automatic Transfer is set to off. (P.366)
1 Select Delete Contacts.
2 Select the desired contact and select Delete.
3 Select Yes when the confir- mation screen appears.
Multiple data can be selected and deleted at the same time.
When a Bluetooth phone is deleted, the contact data will be deleted at the same time.
Up to 15 contacts (maximum of
4 numbers per contact) can be registered in the favorites list.
Registering the contacts in the favorites list
1 Select Add Favorite.
2 Select the desired contact to add to the favorites list.
Dimmed contacts are already stored as a favorite.
3 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites list
1 When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites list, a registered contact needs to be replaced. Select Yes when the confir- mation screen appears to replace a contact.
2 Select the contact to be replaced.
3 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
Registering contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the contact details screen)
1 Display the phone top screen. (P.348)
2 Select Contacts and select the desired contact.
3 Select Add Favorite.
Editing the contact data
Deleting the contact data
Favorites list setting
3715-14. Phone settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
4 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
Deleting the contacts in the favorites list
1 Select Remove Favorite.
2 Select the desired contacts and select Remove.
3 Select Yes when the confir- mation screen appears.
4 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
Deleting contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the contact details screen)
1 Display the phone top screen. (P.348)
2 Select Favorites or Con- tacts and select the desired contact to delete.
3 Select Remove Favorite.
4 Select Yes when the confir- mation screen appears.
5 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
Calls can be made by saying the voice tag of a registered contact in the contact list. (P.339)
1 Select Manage Voice Tags.
2 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to register a new voice tag. (P.371)
Select to edit a voice tag. (P.371)
Select to delete a voice tag. (P.372)
Registering a voice tag
Up to 50 voice tags can be reg- istered.
1 Select New.
2 Select the desired contact to register a voice tag for.
3 Select Rec and record a voice tag.
When recording a voice tag, do so in a quiet area.
Play: Select to play the voice tag.
4 Select OK when voice tag registration is complete.
Editing a voice tag
1 Select Edit.
2 Select the desired contact to edit.
3 Follow the steps in Register- ing a voice tag from step 3. (P.371)
Setting voice tags
372 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA H/B_U
Deleting the voice tag
1 Select Delete.
2 Select the desired contact and select Delete.
3 Select Yes when the confir- mation screen appears.
Multiple data can be selected and deleted at the same time.
Voice tags are deleted when the set language of the system is changed. (P.296)
1 Display the phone settings screen. (P.364)
2 Select Messaging.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set automatic mes- sage transfer on/off.
Select to set automatic mes- sage readout on/off.
Select to set updating mes- sage read status on phone on/off.
Select to set display of mes- saging account names on the message screen on/off. When set to on, messaging
account names used on the cellular phone will be dis- played.
Select to set adding the vehi- cle signature to outgoing messages on/off. The vehicle signature can be edited. (P.372)
Select to reset all setup items.
Depending on the phone, these functions may not be available.
1 Select Vehicle Signature.
2 Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set adding the vehi- cle signature to outgoing messages on/off.
Select to edit the vehicle sig- nature. (P.372)
Select to reset all setup items.
Editing vehicle signature
1 Select Edit Vehicle Signa- ture.
Message settings screen
Vehicle signature settings
3735-14. Phone settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
2 Enter desired signature with using keyboard.
3 Select OK.
4 Select OK on the confirma- tion screen, or select Edit Again when it needs to amend.
374 5-15. What to do if... (Bluetooth)
COROLLA H/B_U
5-15.What to do if... (Bluetooth)
The connected device may not be a compatible Blue-
tooth cellular phone.
For a list of specific devices which operation has been con- firmed on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the following website: https://www.toyota.com/ audio-multimedia in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/ connected in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ audio-multimedia in Puerto Rico
The Bluetooth version of the connected cellular phone may be older than the specified version.
Use a cellular phone with Blue-
tooth version 2.0 or higher (recommended: Ver. 4.1 +EDR or higher). (P.275)
An incorrect passcode was entered on the cellular phone.
Enter the correct passcode on the cellular phone.
The registration operation has not been completed on the cellular phone side.
Complete the registration opera- tion on the cellular phone (approve registration on the phone).
Old registration informa- tion remains on either this system or the cellular phone.
Delete the existing registration information from both this sys- tem and the cellular phone, then register the cellular phone you wish to connect to this system. (P.279)
Troubleshooting
If there is a problem with the hands-free system or a
Bluetooth device, first check the table below.
Troubleshooting
When using the hands-free system with a
Bluetooth device
The hands-free system or
Bluetooth device does not work.
When registering/connect- ing a cellular phone
A cellular phone cannot be registered.
3755-15. What to do if... (Bluetooth)
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Another Bluetooth device is already connected.
Manually connect the cellular phone you wish to use to this system. (P.277)
Bluetooth function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
Enable the Bluetooth function on the cellular phone.
Automatic Bluetooth con- nection on this system is set to off.
Set automatic Bluetooth con- nection on this system to on when the engine switch is in ACC or ON mode. (P.281)
Preferred device settings function on this system is set to on.
Set preferred device settings function on this system to off. (P.282)
Set the desired cellular phone to the highest automatic connec- tion priority. (P.282)
Bluetooth function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
Enable the Bluetoothfunction on the cellular phone.
Old registration informa- tion remains on either this system or the cellular phone.
Delete the existing registration information from both this sys- tem and the cellular phone, then register the cellular phone you wish to connect to this system. (P.280)
Your vehicle is in a area.
Move to where no longer appears on the display.
A Bluetooth connection cannot be made.
A cellular phone cannot be connected.
When making/receiving a call
A call cannot be made/received.
376 5-15. What to do if... (Bluetooth)
COROLLA H/B_U
The profile version of the connected cellular phone may not be compatible with transferring phonebook data.
For a list of specific devices which operation has been con- firmed on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the following website: https://www.toyota.com/ audio-multimedia in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/ connected in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ audio-multimedia in Puerto Rico
Automatic contact transfer function on this system is set to off.
Set automatic contact transfer function on this system to on. (P.367)
Passcode has not been entered on the cellular phone.
Enter the passcode on the cellu- lar phone if requested (default passcode: 1234).
Transfer operation on the cellular phone has not com- pleted.
Complete transfer operation on the cellular phone (approve transfer operation on the phone).
Automatic contact transfer function on this system is set to on.
Set automatic contact transfer function on this system to off. (P.367)
Message transfer is not enabled on the cellular phone.
Enable message transfer on the cellular phone (approve mes- sage transfer on the phone).
Automatic transfer func- tion on this system is set to off.
Set automatic transfer function on this system to on. (P.367)
When using the phone- book
Phonebook data cannot be transferred manually/auto- matically.
Phonebook data cannot be edited.
When using the Blue-
tooth message function
Messages cannot be viewed.
3775-15. What to do if... (Bluetooth)
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system is set to off.
Set notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system to on. (P.365)
Automatic message trans- fer function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
Enable automatic transfer func- tion on the cellular phone.
Connection confirmation display on this system is set to on.
To turn off the display, set con- nection confirmation display on this system to off. (P.282) *: The engine switch is in ACC or
ON mode.
The cellular phone is not close enough to this sys- tem.
Bring the cellular phone closer to this system.
Radio interference has occurred.
Turn off Wi-Fi devices or other devices that may emit radio waves.
The cellular phone is the most likely cause of the symptom.
Turn the cellular phone off, remove and reinstall the battery pack, and then restart the cellu- lar phone.
Enable the cellular phones
Bluetooth connection.
Disable the Wi-Fi connection of the cellular phone.
Stop the cellular phones secu- rity software and close all appli- cations.
Before using an application installed on the cellular phone, carefully check its source and how its operation might affect this system.
For details, refer to the owners manual that came with the cellular phone.
New message notifications are not displayed.
In other situations
The Bluetooth connection status is displayed at the top of the screen each time the
system is activated*.
Even though all conceivable measures have been taken, the symptom status does not change.
378 5-16. Connected Services Overview
COROLLA H/B_U
5-16.Connected Services Overview
Audio Plus/Premium Audio
Owners of this system should refer to the NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNERS MANUAL.
The functions included are classified into the following four types.
Type A: Function achieved by using a smart phone or an embedded cellular device in the vehicle (DCM: Data Communica- tion Module) and the system
Type B: Function achieved by using DCM and the system
Type C: Function achieved by using DCM
Type D: Function achieved by using DCM and a smartphone
Each function is available in the following areas:
Toyota apps is available in the
contiguous United States, Wash- ington D.C., Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and Canada.
Toyota apps is not available in the United States Virgin Islands.
Wi-Fi Hotspot is available in the contiguous United States, Wash- ington D.C.,Alaska and Hawaii.
Wi-Fi Hotspot is not available in Puerto Rico, Canada, and in the United States Virgin Islands.
Safety Connect features include: Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, S.O.S, Stolen Vehicle Location (available in the contiguous United States, Washington D.C., Hawaii, Alaska, Puerto Rico and Canada) and Enhanced Roadside Assistance (available in the contiguous United States, Washington D.C., Alaska, Puerto Rico and Canada).
Safety Connect is not available in the United States Virgin Islands.
Service Connect is available in the contiguous United States, Wash- ington D.C., Alaska, Hawaii, the United States Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico and Canada.
Connected services functionality is dependent upon network recep- tion level and signal strength.
Functional overview
Toyota Connected hotspot includes Toyota apps,
Wi-Fi Hotspot, Safety Con- nect and Service Connect.
Functional overview
Function Type
Toyota apps Type A
Wi-Fi Hotspot Type B
Safety Connect Type C
Service Connect Type D
3795-16. Connected Services Overview
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
*: If equipped
Content provider
Type A: Function achieved by using a smart phone or DCM*
Of the functions included with Connected Services, the Toyota apps relies on the use of a smart phone or DCM.
Using a smart phone
Toyota audio multimedia system enables applicable apps installed on a smart phone to be displayed on and operated from
the screen via a Bluetooth.
Via DCM
Toyota audio multimedia system enables applicable apps installed on the system to be displayed on and operated from the screen.
A few settings must be performed before Toyota apps can be used. (P.385)
By using a smart phone or DCM
380 5-16. Connected Services Overview
COROLLA H/B_U
Provides contents to the application server.
Application server Provides applications to the system or a smart phone.
Smart phone*
Using the Toyota mobile application, communication is relayed between the system, application server and contents provider. The smart phone cannot be operated while communicating.
Applications Display usable content from the content providers on the screen using the data connection of the connected smart phone or DCM.
System Content received, via a smart phone or DCM, from content pro- vider servers is displayed on the screen. The system is equipped with an application player to run applications.
Via DCM *: For known compatible phones, refer to
https://www.toyota.com/connected-services in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/connected in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/connected-services in Puerto Rico.
The required operations to acti- vate applications and connect a smart phone to the system, and the registration steps for the connected services are explained in this section.
Subscription
User registration is required to start using the Toyota apps function. (P.381)
Toyota apps does not require an activation fee or monthly recurring fees.
Services requiring a separate
contract can also be used.*
*: For details, refer to https://www.toyota.com/ connected-services or call 1-800-331-4331 in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/connected or call 1-888-869-6828 in Can- ada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ connected-services or call 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico.
Availability of function
Toyota apps is available in the contiguous United States, Washington D.C., Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and Can- ada.
Toyota apps is not available in
Before using the function
3815-16. Connected Services Overview
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
the United States Virgin Islands.
Data usage fees may apply while using Toyota apps function. Con- firm data usage fees before using this function.
For details regarding operation of the Toyota apps, refer to https://www.toyota.com/ connected-services in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/connected in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ connected-services in Puerto Rico.
These functions are not made available in some countries or areas. Availability of functions of the Toyota apps is dependent on network reception level.
Initializing personal data
The personal data used in appli- cations can be reset. (P.299)
The following personal data can be deleted and returned to their default settings:
Downloaded contents
Radio stations that were listened to
Once initialized, the data and set- tings will be erased. Pay much attention when initializing the data.
Settings required to use Toyota mobile application
Perform the settings in the fol- lowing order.
1 Download the Toyota mobile application to your smart phone or the system.
2 Register the smart phone with the system.
In order to use Toyota mobile appli- cation, the following must first be performed:
Download the Toyota mobile application onto your smart phone or the system, and login to the application. (P.381)
Register the smart phone, on which the Toyota mobile appli- cation was installed, with the system. (P.381)
Register a Bluetooth phone with the hands-free system. (P.381)
Registering the Toyota mobile application applica- tion
Registration is optional.
1 Download the Toyota mobile application to your smart phone or the system.
2 Run the Toyota mobile appli- cation on your smart phone or the system.
3 Enter the information required into the Toyota mobile application. Login to the application.
Applications can only be used when the Toyota mobile applica- tion has been downloaded to your smart phone or the system, and
Preparation before using Toyota mobile application
382 5-16. Connected Services Overview
COROLLA H/B_U
the application is running.
Toyota mobile application opera- tional procedures can also be con- firmed by visiting https://www.toyota.com/ connected-services in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/connected in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ connected-services in Puerto Rico.
If a Toyota mobile application is used while iPod audio/video is being played back, system opera- tion may become unstable.
*: If equipped
Subscription
After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Ser- vice Agreement and are enrolled, you can begin receiving services. A variety of subscription terms are available. Contact your Toyota dealer, or call 1-800-331-4331 in the United States, 1-888-869-6828 in Canada, and 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico, for further subscription details. (P.380)
Availability of functions
Wi-Fi Hotspot is available in the contiguous United States, Washington D.C., Alaska and
Type B: Function achieved by using DCM and the system*
The functionality of Wi-Fi Hotspot is made possible through the shared work of the DCM and the system.
This service is available by subscription and supported by the Toyota response cen- ter, which operates 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
For details about Wi-Fi Hotspot:P.284
Before using the function
3835-16. Connected Services Overview
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
Hawaii.
Wi-Fi Hotspot is not avail- able in Puerto Rico, Canada, and in the United States Vir- gin Islands.
*: If equipped
Type C: Function achieved by using DCM*
The functionality of Safety Connect is made possible by the use of a DCM.
For details, (P.58)
384 5-16. Connected Services Overview
COROLLA H/B_U
*: If equipped
Service Connect uses DCM to collect and transmit vehicle data that allows Toyota to provide:
Vehicle Health Report (VHR) (Safety Recalls, Service Cam- paigns, Current Vehicle Alerts, Required Mainte- nance, and Vehicle Condition Status)
Maintenance Notifications
Vehicle Alert Notifications
Availability of function
Service Connect is available in the contiguous United States, Washington D.C., Alaska, Hawaii, the United States Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico and Canada.
Availability of functions of the Ser- vice Connect is dependent on net- work reception level.
Type D: Function achieved by using DCM and a smart- phone*
The functionality of Service Connect is made possible by the use of a DCM and a smartphone.
For details about these ser- vices, refer to https://www.toyota.com/ connected-services.
Service Connect
3855-17. Connected Services Operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
5-17.Connected Services Operation
From the MENU button
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Apps.
3 Follow the steps in From the APPS button from step 3. (P.385)
From the APPS button
1 Press the APPS button.
2 Select Apps.
If a specific application screen is displayed, select Apps again.
3 Select the desired application screen button.
: Select to activate an applica- tion.
Update: Select to update the applications. (P.385)
App Catalog: Select to change the order of the applications. (P.386)
: Displays the number of new notifications for the application
When the Toyota apps is acti- vated, an application may need to be updated. To update an application, it is necessary to download update data and install it.
Downloading update
If an update is available,
Toyota apps
Toyota apps is a function that enables certain apps installed on a smart phone or the system to be dis- played on and operated from the system screen. Before the Toyota apps can be used, some setup needs to be performed. (P.381)
For details about the func- tions and services provided by each application, refer to https://www.toyota.com/ connected-services in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/ connected in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ connected-services in Puerto Rico.
Using Toyota apps
Updating an application
386 5-17. Connected Services Operation
COROLLA H/B_U
Update can be selected.
1 Select Update on the appli- cation screen. (P.385)
2 Check that downloading starts.
Download in Background: Select to operate other functions while downloading.
Cancel: Select to cancel updating.
3 Check that downloading is complete.
Later: Select to install later. When this screen button is selected, the screen will return to the last dis- played screen. To install the update data: (P.386)
See Detail: Select to display detailed information on the update data.
Install: Select to install the update data. Follow the steps Installing the update data from step 2. (P.386)
Installing the update data
After the downloading is com- plete, Update will be changed to Install.
1 Select Install on the appli- cation screen. (P.385)
2 Select Continue.
Later: Select to postpone the installation of the update data and go back to the previous screen.
3 Check that installing is started.
Install in Background: Select to operate other functions while installing.
4 Select OK after the install- ing is complete.
The Toyota apps cannot be oper- ated while installing.
Order of the applications can be changed.
1 Display the application screen. (P.385)
2 Select App Catalog.
3 Select the desired application to be moved.
4 Select << or >> to move the application, and then select the done button.
When problems occur with start- ing the application player, a message will appear on the screen. Referring to the follow- ing items, identify the problem and take the suggested correc- tive action.
When it is safe and legal to do so, please ensure your mobile application is running and logged in on your phone.
The Toyota mobile application can-
not be connected to Bluetooth SPP.
Refer to https://www.toyota.com/ connected-services in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/connected
Reordering the applica- tions
If a message appears on the screen
3875-17. Connected Services Operation
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ connected-services in Puerto Rico, to confirm if the
phone is Bluetooth SPP compati- ble or not, and then activate the Toyota mobile application.
Installation failed, please try again
Installation can be attempted again by changing to the application screen and pressing the Install switch.
Application download error. Please try again later.
Downloading can be attempted again by checking the communica- tion status, changing to the applica- tion screen and pressing the Download switch again.
Download error, some mobile application functions may not work as expected. Please reinitiate the download pro- cess.
The Toyota mobile application can-
not be connected to Bluetooth SPP.
Refer to https://www.toyota.com/ connected-services in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/connected in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ connected-services in Puerto Rico, to confirm if the
phone is Bluetooth SPP compati- ble or not, and then activate the Toyota mobile application.
Please ensure your Toyota mobile
application is running and logged in on your phone while vehicle is not moving.
To use the services, mobile application needs to be run- ning on your phone. For more information, please visit toy- ota.com or call 1-800-331-4331 in the United States, 1-888-869-6828 in Canada, and 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico.
The Toyota mobile application can-
not be connected to Bluetooth SPP.
Refer to https://www.toyota.com/ connected-services in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/connected in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ connected-services in Puerto Rico, to confirm if the
phone is Bluetooth SPP compati- ble or not, and then activate the Toyota mobile application.
Communication unsuccess- ful. Please try again.
Communication was disconnected.
After a few moments, retry the operation.
A keyword can be entered to an application by the software key- board or voice recognition func- tion. For details about the
Entering keyword opera- tion
388 5-17. Connected Services Operation
COROLLA H/B_U
functions and services provided by each application, refer to https://www.toyota.com/ connected-services in the United States, https://www.toyota.ca/connected in Canada, and http://www.toyotapr.com/ connected-services in Puerto Rico.
The keyboard layout can be changed. (P.296)
1 Display the application screen. (P.385)
2 Select the desired application screen button.
3 Select the character entering space.
4 Enter a search term, and then select OK.
5 Entering characters will be reflected on the character entering space.
For details on operating the keyboard: P.267
1 Display the application screen. (P.385)
2 Select the desired application screen button.
3 Press the talk switch. (P.339)
4 Say the desired keyword.
Completion of the keyword will be detected automatically.
5 Search results will be dis- played on the screen.
Entering a keyword using the software keyboard
Entering a keyword using the voice recognition func- tion
3895-18. Toyota apps settings
COROLLA H/B_U
5
A udio
5-18.Toyota apps settings
1 Press the MENU button.
2 Select Setup.
3 Select Toyota Apps.
4 Select the desired items to be set.
Select to set the pop up reminder for smart phone data usage. (P.387)
Select to detect iPhone app automatically on/off.
Select to set the enhanced mode with connecting USB device on/off.
When an iPhone is connected while this setting is set to On, communication with devices con- nected to other USB ports may not be possible. Also, depending on the device, charging may not be possible.
Select to reset all setup items.
The data use notification pop-up, which indicates that the system will use an internet con- nection, can be enabled/dis- abled.
1 Display the Toyota apps set- tings screen. (P.389)
2 Select Data Usage Mes- sage.
3 Change the setting as desired.
Setup
The settings of Toyota apps can be changed.
Displaying the Toyota apps settings screen
Toyota apps settings screen
Data use notification pop-up settings
390 5-18. Toyota apps settings
COROLLA H/B_U
391
COROLLA H/B_U
6
6
Interior features
Interior features
.
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning system....................... 392
Heated steering wheel/seat heaters ...................... 399
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list .......... 401 6-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features .................................. 403
Luggage compartment fea- tures .......................... 406
6-4. Other interior features
Other interior features . 408
392 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA H/B_U
6-1.Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Vehicles without DUAL mode air conditioning system
Temperature control switch
Fan speed control switch
A/C switch
Outside air mode switch
Recirculated air mode switch
Eco air conditioning mode switch
Airflow mode control switch
Rear window defogger and outside rear view mirror defoggers switch
Windshield defogger switch
Off switch
Automatic mode switch
Automatic air conditioning system
Air outlets are automatically selected and fan speed is auto- matically adjusted according to the set temperature setting.
Air conditioning controls
3936-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
Vehicles with DUAL mode air conditioning system
Left-hand side temperature control switch
Right-hand side temperature control switch
SYNC switch
A/C switch
Outside air mode switch
Recirculated air mode switch
Airflow mode control switch
Fan speed increases switch
Fan speed decreases switch
Eco air conditioning mode switch
Rear window defogger and outside rear view mirror defoggers switch
Windshield defogger switch
Off switch
Automatic mode switch
Adjusting the temperature setting
To adjust the temperature set- ting, turn the temperature con- trol switch clockwise (warm) or counterclockwise (cool).
If A/C switch is not pressed, the system will blow ambient tempera- ture air or heated air.
The air conditioning system switches between individual and
synchronized modes each time SYNC switch is pressed.
Synchronized modes (indicator on):
The left-hand side temperature control switch can be used to adjust the temperature for the drivers and front passengers side. At this time, operate the right-hand side tem- perature control switch to enter individual mode.
Individual modes (indicator off):
394 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA H/B_U
The temperature for the drivers and front passengers side can be adjusted separately.
Setting the fan speed
Vehicles without DUAL mode air conditioning system
To adjust the fan speed, turn the fan speed control switch clock- wise (increase) or counterclock- wise (decrease).
Pressing the off switch to turns off the fan.
Vehicles with DUAL mode air conditioning system
Operate the fan speed increases switch to increase the fan speed and the fan speed decrease switch to decrease the fan speed.
Pressing the off switch to turns off the fan.
Change the airflow mode
Press the airflow mode control switch.
The airflow mode changes as fol- lows each time the switch is pressed.
1 Upper body
2 Upper body and feet
3 Feet
4 Feet and the windshield defogger operates
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
To change to recirculated air mode, press the recirculated air mode switch.
The indicator illuminates on the recirculated air mode switch.
To change to outside air mode, press the outside air mode switch.
The indicator illuminates on the out- side air mode switch.
Set cooling and dehumidifi- cation function
Press the A/C switch.
When the function is on, the indica- tor illuminates on the A/C switch.
Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the
3956-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
windshield and front side win- dows.
Press the windshield defogger switch.
Set the outside/recirculated air mode switch to outside air mode if the recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the side windows quickly, turn the air flow and temperature up.
To return to the previous mode, press the windshield defogger switch again when the windshield is defogged.
When the windshield defogger switch is on, the indicator illumi- nates on the windshield defogger switch.
Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mir- rors
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove raindrops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press the rear window and out- side rear view mirror defoggers switch.
The defoggers will automatically turn off after a while.
When the rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers switch is on, the indicator illuminates on the rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers switch.
Eco air conditioning mode
The air conditioning is controlled with low fuel consumption priori-
tized such as reducing fan speed, etc.
Press the eco air conditioning mode switch.
When the eco air conditioning mode is on, the indicator illumi- nates on the eco air conditioning mode switch.
When the outside temperature exceeds 75F (24C) and the air conditioning system is on
In order to reduce the air condi- tioning power consumption, the air conditioning system may switch to recirculated air mode automati- cally. This may also reduce fuel consumption.
Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch is turned to ON.
It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing the outside air mode switch.
Fogging up of the windows
The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high. Turning A/C on will dehu- midify the air from the outlets and defog the windshield effectively.
If you turn A/C off, the windows may fog up more easily.
The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
When driving on dusty roads
Close all windows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still drawn into the vehicle after closing the windows, it is recommended that the air intake mode be set to outside air mode and the fan speed to any setting except off.
Outside/recirculated air mode
Setting to the recirculated air mode temporarily is recom- mended in preventing dirty air
396 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA H/B_U
from entering the vehicle interior and helping to cool the vehicle when the outside air temperature is high.
Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the temperature setting or the inside temperature.
Operation of the air condition- ing system in Eco air condition- ing mode
In Eco air conditioning mode, the air conditioning system is con- trolled as follows to prioritize fuel efficiency:
Heater and compressor operation controlled to restrict heating/cool- ing capacity
Fan speed restricted when auto- matic mode is selected
To improve air conditioning perfor- mance, perform the following operations:
Turn off eco air conditioning mode (P.395)
Adjust the fan speed
When the outside temperature falls to nearly 32F (0C)
The dehumidification function may not operate even when A/C switch is pressed.
Ventilation and air conditioning odors
To let fresh air in, set the air condi- tioning system to the outside air mode.
During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to be emitted from the vents.
To reduce potential odors from occurring:
It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to out- side air mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of
time immediately after the air con- ditioning system is started in auto- matic mode.
When parking, the system auto- matically switches to outside air mode to encourage better air cir- culation throughout the vehicle, helping to reduce odors that occur when starting the vehicle.
Air conditioning filter
P.454
Air conditioning system refrig- erant
A label regarding the refrigerant of the air conditioning system is attached to the hood at the loca- tion shown in the following illustra- tion.
The meaning of each symbol on the label are as follows:
Customization
Some functions can be customized.
Caution
Air conditioning sys- tem
Air conditioning sys- tem lubricant type
Requires registered technician to service air conditioning sys- tem
Flammable refrigerant
3976-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
(P.535)
1 Press the automatic mode switch.
2 Adjust the temperature set- ting.
3 To stop the operation, press the off switch.
If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the automatic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for functions other than that operated is maintained.
Using automatic mode Fan speed is adjusted automati- cally according to the temperature setting and the ambient conditions. Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow immediately after the auto- matic mode switch pressed.
Prevent ice from building up on the windshield and wiper blades. When the windshield wiper de-icer switch is on, the indicator illumi- nates on the windshield wiper de-icer switch. The windshield wiper de-icer will automatically turn off after a period of time.
WARNING To prevent the windshield
from fogging up Do not use the windshield defog- ger switch during cool air opera- tion in extremely humid weather. The difference between the tem- perature of the outside air and that of the windshield can cause the outer surface of the wind- shield to fog up, blocking your vision.
When the outside rear view mirror defoggers are operat- ing
Do not touch the outside rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot and burn you.
NOTICE To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the engine is off.
When repairing/replacing parts of the air conditioning system
Have repair/replacement per- formed by your Toyota dealer. When a part of the air conditioning system, such as the evaporator, is to be replaced, it must be replaced with a new one.
Using automatic mode
Windshield wiper de-icer (if equipped)
398 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA H/B_U
Location of air outlets The air outlets and air volume changes according to the selected air flow mode.
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air outlets
Front center
Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down
Front right-hand side
Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down Front left-hand side
Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down
WARNING To prevent burns Do not touch the glass at lower part of the windshield or to the side of the front pillars when the windshield wiper de-icer is on.
Air outlet layout and oper- ations
WARNING To prevent the windshield
defogger from operating improperly
Do not place anything on the instrument panel which may cover the air outlets. Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed, preventing the windshield defoggers from defog- ging.
3996-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
*: If equipped Heated steering wheel Turns heated steering wheel on/off When the heated steering wheel is on, the indicator illuminates on the heated steering wheel switch.
Seat heaters Turns seat heaters on/off
1 High temperature 2 Low temperature When the seat heater is on, the indicator illuminates on the seat heater switch. When not in use, put the switch in the neutral position. The indicator will turn off.
The heated steering wheel and seat heaters can be used when
The engine switch is in ON.
Heated steering wheel*/seat heaters*
Heated steering wheel Warms up the grip of the steering wheel Seat heaters Warm up the seat upholstery
WARNING To prevent minor burn inju-
ries Care should be taken if anyone in the following categories comes in contact with the steering wheel or seats when the heater is on:
Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physi- cally challenged
Persons with sensitive skin
Persons who are fatigued
Persons who have taken alco- hol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
NOTICE To prevent damage to the
seat heaters Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
To prevent battery discharge Do not use the functions when the engine is off.
Operation instructions
400 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING To prevent overheating and
minor burn injuries Observe the following precautions when using the seat heaters.
Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using the seat heater.
Do not use seat heater more than necessary.
4016-2. Using the interior lights
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
6-2.Using the interior lights
Rear interior light (P.401)
Front interior/personal lights (P.401)
Front
1 Turns the door position on/off When a door is opened while the door position is on, the lights turn
on.
2 Turns the lights on/off
Rear
1 Turns the door position on The rear interior light turns on/off together the front interior lights.
When a door is opened while the
Interior lights list
Location of the interior lights
Operating the interior lights
402 6-2. Using the interior lights
COROLLA H/B_U
front and rear interior light door position is on, the lights turn on. 2 Turns the light on
Turns the lights on/off
Illuminated entry system The lights automatically turn on/off according to the engine switch mode, the presence of the elec- tronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and whether the doors are opened/closed. To prevent the battery from
being discharged If the interior lights remain on when the engine switch is turned off, the lights will go off automatically after 20 minutes. If the SRS airbags deploy
(inflate) If any of the SRS airbags deploy (inflate) or in the event of a strong rear impact, the interior lights will turn on automatically. The interior lights will turn off auto- matically after approximately 20 minutes. The interior lights can be turned off manually. However, in order to help prevent further collisions, it is rec- ommended that they be left on until safety can be ensured. (The interior lights may not turn on
automatically depending on the force of the impact and conditions of the collision.) Customization Some functions can be customized. (P.535)Operating the personal
lights NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not running.
4036-3. Using the storage features
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
6-3.Using the storage features
Bottle holders (P.404) Open trays (P.405) Glove box (P.404) Cup holders (P.404) Console box (P.405)
List of storage features
Location of the storage features
WARNING Items that should not be left
in the storage spaces Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact with other stored items.
Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into con- tact with other stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release gas, causing a fire hazard.
404 6-3. Using the storage features
COROLLA H/B_U
Pull up the lever to open the glove box.
Glove box light The glove box light turns on when the tail lights are on.
Front
Rear Pull the armrest down.
Front
Glove box
WARNING Caution while driving Keep the glove box closed. In the event of sudden braking or sud- den swerving, an accident may occur due to an occupant being struck by the open glove box or the items stored inside.
Cup holders
WARNING Items unsuitable for the cup
holder Do not place anything other than cups or beverage cans in the cup holders. Inappropriate items must not be stored in the cup holders even if the lid is closed. Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or sudden braking and cause injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent burns.
Bottle holders
4056-3. Using the storage features
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
Rear
Bottle holders When storing a bottle, close the
cap. The bottle may not be stored
depending on its size or shape.
1 Slide the lid to the rear most position. (vehicles with a slide function)
2 Lift the lid while pulling up the knob.
Slide function (if equipped)
The console box lid can be slid for- ward or backward.
Front (if equipped)
Rear
WARNING Items unsuitable for the bottle
holders Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders. Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or sudden braking and cause injury.
Console box
WARNING Caution while driving Keep the console box closed. Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Open tray
406 6-3. Using the storage features
COROLLA H/B_U
The cargo hooks are provided for securing loose items.
WARNING Caution while driving Observe the following precautions when putting items in the open tray. Failure to do so may cause items to be thrown out of the tray in the event of sudden braking or steering. In these cases, the items may interfere with pedal operation or cause driver distraction, result- ing in an accident.
Do not store items in the tray that can easily shift or roll out.
Do not stack items in the tray higher than the trays edge.
Do not put items in the tray that may protrude over the trays edge.
Luggage compart- ment features
Cargo hooks
WARNING When cargo hooks are not in
use To avoid injury, always return the hooks to their stowed positions when not in use.
Grocery bag hooks
WARNING To prevent damage to the gro-
cery bag hooks Do not hang any object heavier than 4.4 lb. (2 kg) on the grocery bag hooks.
4076-3. Using the storage features
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
1 Unhook the cords.
2 Remove the cover from the anchors.
Side tray (if equipped)
Removing the luggage cover
408 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
6-4.Other interior features
The USB charging port are used to supply 2.1 A of electricity at 5 V to external devices. The USB charging port are for charging only. They are not designed for data transfer or other purposes. Depending on the external device, it may not charge prop- erly. Refer to the manual included with the device before using a USB charging port. Using the USB charging
port Open the console box lid.
The USB charging port can be used when
The engine switch is in ACC or ON. Situations in which the USB
charging port may not operate correctly
If a device which consumes more than 2.1 A at 5 V is connected
If a device designed to communi- cate with a personal computer, such as a USB memory device, is connected
If the connected external device is turned off (depending on device)
If the temperature inside the vehi- cle is high, such as after the vehi- cle has been parked in the sun
About connected external device
Depending on the connected exter- nal device, charging may occasion- ally be suspended and then start again. This is not a malfunction.
The power outlet can be used
Other interior features
USB charging port
NOTICE To prevent damage to the
USB charging port Do not insert foreign objects into
the port.
Do not spill water or other liq- uids into the port.
Do not apply excessive force to or impact the USB charging port.
Do not disassemble or modify the USB charging port.
To prevent damage to exter- nal devices
Do not leave external devices in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to an external device.
Do not push down on or apply unnecessary force to an exter- nal device or the cable of an external device while it is con- nected.
To prevent battery discharge Do not use the USB charging port for a long period of time with the engine stopped.
Power outlets
4096-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
for 12 V accessories that run on less than 10 A. Open the console box lid and open the lid.
The power outlet can be used when
The engine switch is in ACC or ON. When turning the engine switch
off Disconnect electrical devices with charging functions, such as mobile battery packs. If such devices are left connected, the engine switch may not be turned off normally.
A portable device, such as a smartphone or mobile battery, can be charged by just placing it on the charging area, provided the device is compatible with the Qi wireless charging standard created by the Wireless Power Consortium. The wireless charger cannot be used with a portable device that is larger than the charging area. Additionally, depending on the portable device, the wireless charger may not operate prop- erly. Refer to the operation man- ual of the portable device. The Qi symbol The Qi symbol is a trademark of the Wireless Power Consor- tium.
NOTICE To prevent the fuse from
being blown Do not use an accessory that uses more than 12 V 10 A.
To avoid damaging the power outlet
Close the power outlet lid when the power outlet is not in use. Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlet may cause a short circuit.
To prevent the battery from being discharged
Do not use the power outlet lon- ger than necessary when the engine is not running.
Wireless charger (if equipped)
410 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
Name for all parts
Power supply switch
Operation indicator light
Charge area
Using the wireless charger
1 Press the power supply switch of the wireless char- ger.
Pressing the switch again turns the wireless charger off. When turned on, the operation indi- cator light (green) comes on. When the engine switch is turned off, the on/off state of the wireless charger will be memorized.
2 Place a portable device on the charging area with its charging surface facing down.
While charging, the operation indi- cator light (orange) will be illumi- nated. If charging does not begin, move the portable device as close to the center of the charging area as pos- sible. When charging is complete, the operation indicator light (green) will illuminate.
Recharging function
If a certain amount of time has elapsed since charging com- pleted and the portable device has not been moved, the wireless charger will restart charging.
If the portable device is moved within the charging area, charging will stop tem- porarily then restart.
4116-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
Operation indicator light status
*: Depending on the portable device, the operation indicator light may stay illuminated (orange) after charging has completed.
If the operation indicator light blinks
If an error is detected, the operation indicator light will blink (orange). Take the appropriate measures according to the table below.
The wireless charger can be operated when
The engine switch is in ACC or ON.
Portable devices that can be charged
Portable devices compatible with the Qi wireless charging standard can be charged by the wireless
charger. However, compatibility with all devices which meet the Qi wireless charging standard is not guaranteed.
The wireless charger is designed to supply low power electricity (5 W or less) to a cellular phone, smartphone, or other portable device.
Operation indicator light State
Off The Wireless charger is off
Green (illuminated) Standby (charging is possible)
Charging is complete*
Orange (illuminated)
A portable device has been placed on the charging area (identifying the portable device)
Charging in progress
Operation indicator light Suspected cause Measure
Blinks (orange) at a one second interval continu- ously
Vehicle to charger com- munication failure.
Contact your Toyota dealer.
Blinks (orange) 3 times repeatedly
A foreign object exists between the portable device and charging area.
Remove the foreign object.
Portable device is not positioned properly on the charging area.
Move the portable device toward the cen- ter of the charging area.
Blinks (orange) 4 times repeatedly
The temperature of the wireless charger is excessively high.
Stop charging immedi- ately and continue charging after a while.
412 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
If a cover or accessory is attached to the portable device
Do not charge a portable device if a cover or accessory which is not Qi compatible is attached. Depending on the type of cover and/or acces- sory attached, it may not be possi- ble to charge the portable device. If the portable device is placed on the charging area and does not charge, remove the cover and/or accesso- ries.
If interference is heard in AM radio broadcasts while charging
Turn off the wireless charger and check if the noise is reduced. If noise is reduced, press and hold the power supply switch of the wireless charger for 2 seconds. The fre- quency of the wireless charger is changed and noise may be reduced. When the frequency is changed, the operation indicator light will blink (orange) 2 times.
Charging precautions
If the electronic key cannot be detected in the cabin, charging cannot be performed. When a door is opened and closed, charging may be temporarily sus- pended.
While charging, the wireless char- ger and the portable device will become warm. This is not a malfunction.If a porta- ble device becomes warm while charging and charging stops due to the protection function of the portable device, wait until the por- table device cools down and charge it again.
Sound generated during opera- tion
When the power supply switch is turned on or while a portable device is being identified, operation sounds may be heard. This is not a malfunc- tion.
Cleaning the wireless charger
P.423
Certification for the wireless charger
4136-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
414 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
4156-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
WARNING Caution while driving When charging a portable device while driving, for safety reasons, the driver should not operate the portable device.
Caution regarding interfer- ence with electronic devices
People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchroni- zation therapy pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrilla- tors, as well as any other electri- cal medical device, should consult their physician about the usage of the wireless charger. Operations of the wireless char- ger may have an affect on medi- cal devices.
To prevent damage or burns Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in the possibility of fire, equipment fail- ure or damage, or burns due to heat.
Do not put any metallic objects between the charging area and the portable device while charging.
Do not attach metallic objects, such as aluminum stickers, to the charging area.
Do not cover the wireless char- ger with a cloth or other object while charging.
Do not attempt to charge porta- ble devices which are not com- patible with the Qi wireless charging standard.
Do not disassemble, modify or remove the wireless charger.
Do not apply force or impact to the wireless charger.
NOTICE Conditions in which the wire-
less charger may not operate correctly
In the following situations, the wireless charger may not operate correctly: When a portable device is fully
charged
When there is a foreign object between the charging area and portable device
When a portable device becomes hot while charging
When a portable device is placed on the wireless area with its charging surface facing up
When a portable device is not centered on the charging area
When the vehicle is near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis- play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise
When the portable device is in contact with, or is covered by any of the following metallic objects:
Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
Cigarette boxes that have alu- minum foil inside
Metallic wallets or bags
Coins
Metal hand warmers
Media such as CDs and DVDs
416 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
1 To set the visor in the forward position, flip it down.
2 To set the visor in the side position, flip down, unhook, and swing it to the side.
3 To use the side extender, place the visor in the side position, then slide it back- ward.
Slide the cover to open. The vanity light turns on.
To prevent battery discharge If the vanity lights remain on when the engine switch is OFF, the lights will go off automatically after 20 min- utes.
NOTICE When wireless keys (that emit
radio waves) other than those of your vehicle are being used nearby.
If in situations other than above the wireless charger does not operate properly or the operation indicator light is blinking, the wire- less charger may be malfunction- ing. Contact your Toyota dealer.
To prevent failure or damage to data
Do not bring magnetic cards, such as a credit card, or mag- netic recording media, close to the wireless charger while charging. Otherwise, data may be erased due to the influence of magnetism. Additionally, do not bring preci- sion instruments such as wrist watches, close to the wireless charger, as such objects may malfunction.
Do not leave portable devices in the cabin. The temperature inside the cabin may become high when parked in the sun, and cause damage to the device.
To prevent battery discharge Do not use the wireless charger for a long period of time with the engine stopped.
Sun visors
Vanity mirrors
4176-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
6
Interior features
Fold down the armrest for use.
An assist grip installed on the ceiling can be used to support your body while sitting on the seat.
The coat hooks are provided with the rear assist grips.
NOTICE To prevent the battery from
being discharged Do not leave the vanity lights on for extended periods while the engine is stopped.
Armrest
NOTICE To prevent damage to the
armrest Do not apply too much load on the armrest.
Assist grips
WARNING Assist grip Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from your seat.
NOTICE To prevent damage to the
assist grip Do not hang any heavy object or put a heavy load on the assist grip.
Coat hooks
WARNING Items that cannot be hung on
the coat hook Do not hang coat hangers or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the SRS curtain shield air- bags deploy, these items may become projectiles, causing death or serious injury.
418 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA H/B_U
419
COROLLA H/B_U
7
7
M aintena
nce a
nd ca re
Maintenance and care
.
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior .......... 420
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior ........... 422
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance requirements .................................. 425
General maintenance.. 426 Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M) pro- grams ........................ 429
7-3. Do-it-yourself mainte- nance
Do-it-yourself service pre- cautions..................... 431
Hood ........................... 433 Positioning a floor jack
.................................. 434 Engine compartment... 435 Tires ............................ 442 Tire inflation pressure.. 451 Wheels ........................ 453 Air conditioning filter.... 454 Electronic key battery.. 456 Checking and replacing fuses.......................... 458
Light bulbs................... 460
420 7-1. Maintenance and care
COROLLA H/B_U
7-1.Maintenance and care
Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt and dust.
Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a chamois.
For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly with water.
Wipe away any water.
Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deterio- rates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehi- cle body is cool.
Automatic car washes
Fold the mirrors before washing the vehicle. Start washing from the front of the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors before driving.
Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface, parts (wheel, etc.) and harm your vehicles paint.
In certain automatic car washes, the rear spoiler may interfere with
machine operation. This may pre- vent the vehicle from being cleaned properly or result in dam- age to the rear spoiler.
High pressure car washes
As water may enter the cabin, do not bring the nozzle tip near the gaps around the doors or perimeter of the windows, or spray these areas continuously.
When using a car wash
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the following correction pro- cedures to wash the vehicle:
Place the key in a position 6 ft. (2 m) or more separate from the vehicle while the vehicle is being washed. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
Set the electronic key to bat- tery-saving mode to disable the smart key system. (P.109)
Wheels and wheel ornaments
Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent.
Wash detergent off with water immediately after use.
To protect the paint from damage, make sure to observe the follow- ing precautions.
Do not use acidic, alkaline or abrasive detergent
Do not use hard brushes Do not use detergent on the
wheels when they are hot, such as after driving or parking in hot weather
Bumpers
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
Plated portions
If dirt cannot be removed, clean the parts as follows:
Use a soft cloth dampened with an approximately 5% solution of neu-
Cleaning and protect- ing the vehicle exte- rior
Perform cleaning in a man- ner appropriate to each component and its material.
Cleaning instructions
4217-1. Maintenance and care
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
tral detergent and water to clean the dirt off.
Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture.
To remove oily deposits, use alco- hol wet wipes or a similar product.
WARNING When washing the vehicle Do not apply water to the inside of the engine compartment. Doing so may cause the electrical com- ponents, etc. to catch fire.
Precautions regarding the exhaust pipe
Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot. When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipe until it has cooled sufficiently, as touch- ing a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
Precaution regarding the rear bumper with Blind Spot Moni- tor (if equipped)
If the paint of the rear bumper is chipped or scratched, the system may malfunction. If this occurs, consult your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE To prevent paint deteriora-
tion and corrosion on the body and components (alumi- num wheels, etc.)
Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
After driving near the sea coast
After driving on salted roads
If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the paint surface
After driving in an area contami- nated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust, iron powder or chem- ical substances
If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
To prevent the wheels from cor- roding, remove any dirt and store in a place with low humid- ity when storing the wheels.
Cleaning the exterior lights Wash carefully. Do not use
organic substances or scrub with a hard brush. This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
Do not apply wax to the sur- faces of the lights. Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
When using a high pressure car wash
When washing the vehicle, do not spray the camera or its sur- rounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.
422 7-1. Maintenance and care
COROLLA H/B_U
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces with a cloth damp- ened with lukewarm water.
If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral deter- gent diluted to approximately 1%. Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off remaining traces of detergent and water.
Shampooing the carpets There are several commercial foam- ing-type cleaners available. Use a sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water. Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as possible. Handling the seat belts Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
NOTICE Do not bring the nozzle tip close
to boots (rubber or resin manu- factured cover), connectors or the following parts. The parts may be damaged if they come into contact with high-pressure water.
Traction related parts
Steering parts
Suspension parts
Brake parts
Keep the cleaning nozzle at least 11.9 in. (30 cm) away from the vehicles body. Otherwise resin section, such as moldings and bumpers, may be deformed and damaged. Also, do not con- tinuously hold the nozzle in the same place.
Do not spray the lower part of the windshield continuously. If water enters the air conditioning system intake located near the lower part of the windshield, the air conditioning system may not operate correctly.
Do not wash the underside of the vehicle using a high pres- sure car washer.
Cleaning and protect- ing the vehicle interior
Perform cleaning in a man- ner appropriate to each component and its material.
Protecting the vehicle interior
4237-1. Maintenance and care
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
WARNING Water in the vehicle Do not splash or spill liquid in
the vehicle. Doing so may cause electrical components, etc. to malfunc- tion or catch fire.
Do not get any of the SRS com- ponents or wiring in the vehicle interior wet. (P.29) An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
Vehicles with wireless charger: Do not let the wireless charger (P.409) get wet. Failure to do so may cause the charger to become hot and cause burns or could cause electric shock resulting in death or serious injury.
Cleaning the interior (espe- cially instrument panel)
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect off the windshield, obstructing the drivers view and leading to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE Cleaning detergents Do not use the following types
of detergent, as they may dis- color the vehicle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces:
Non-seat portions: Organic sub- stances such as benzene or gasoline, alkaline or acidic solu- tions, dye, and bleach
Seats: Alkaline or acidic solu- tions, such as thinner, benzene, and alcohol
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panels or other interior parts painted surface may be damaged.
Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deteriora- tion of leather surfaces: Remove any dust or dirt from
leather surfaces immediately.
Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended peri- ods of time. Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the upholstery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats up signifi- cantly.
Water on the floor Do not wash the vehicle floor with water. Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield
Do not allow glass cleaner to con- tact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens. (P.172)
424 7-1. Maintenance and care
COROLLA H/B_U
Remove dirt using a water-dampened soft cloth or synthetic chamois.
Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture.
Cleaning the areas with satin-finish metal accents
The metal areas use a layer of real metal for the surface. It is necessary to clean them regularly. If dirty areas are left uncleaned for long periods of time, they may be difficult to clean.
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth damp- ened with diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent. Wring out any excess water
from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off all remaining traces of detergent.
Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
Caring for leather areas Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to maintain the quality of the vehicles interior.
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral deter- gent diluted to approximately 1%.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off remaining traces of detergent and water.
NOTICE Cleaning the inside of the rear
window Do not use glass cleaner to
clean the rear window, as this may cause damage to the rear window defogger heater wires or antenna. Use a cloth damp- ened with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the window in strokes run- ning parallel to the heater wires or antenna.
Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or antenna.
Cleaning the areas with satin-finish metal accents
Cleaning the leather areas
Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
4257-2. Maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
7-2.Maintenance
Repair and replacement It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure performance of each sys- tem. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or if a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the warranty cover- age. Allow inspection and repairs to
be performed by a Toyota dealer
Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest ser- vice information. They are well informed about the operation of all systems on your vehicle.
Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has been performed is under war- ranty coverage. If any problem should arise while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take care of it.
General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis. This can be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified inter- vals according to the mainte- nance schedule. For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual Supplement.
Maintenance require- ments
To ensure safe and econom- ical driving, day-to-day care and regular maintenance are essential. It is the owners responsibility to perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the maintenance below.
WARNING If your vehicle is not properly
maintained Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and possible death or seri- ous injury.
Handling of the battery Engine exhaust, some of its
constituents, and a wide variety of automobile components con- tain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a well ventilated area.
Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste pro- duced by component wear con- tain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid exposure and wash any affected area immediately.
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands after han- dling. (P.439)
General maintenance
Scheduled maintenance
426 7-2. Maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
Resetting the message indicat- ing maintenance is required
After the required maintenance is performed according to the mainte- nance schedule, please reset the message. To reset the message, follow the procedure described below: 1 Press or of the meter
control switch to select . 2 Press or to select Vehi-
cle Settings and then press and hold .
3 Press or to select Scheduled Maintenance and then press .
4 Press or to select Yes and then press .
A message will be displayed on the multi-information display when the reset procedure has been com- pleted.
You can perform some mainte- nance procedures by yourself. Please be aware that do-it-your- self maintenance may affect warranty coverage. The use of Toyota repair manuals is recommended. For details about warranty cover- age, refer to the separate Owners Warranty Information Booklet or Owners Manual Supplement.
Do-it-yourself mainte- nance
General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be performed at the intervals specified in the Owners Warranty Informa- tion Booklet or Owners Manual Supplement/Sched- uled Maintenance Guide. It is recommended that any problem you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota dealer or qualified service shop for advice.
WARNING If the engine is running Turn the engine off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before performing maintenance checks.
Engine compartment
Items Check points
Battery Check the connec- tions. (P.439)
Brake fluid Is the brake fluid at the correct level? (P.438)
Engine coolant Is the engine cool- ant at the correct level? (P.437)
Engine oil Is the engine oil at the correct level? (P.435)
4277-2. Maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintena
nce a
nd ca re
Exhaust sys- tem
There should not be any fumes or strange sounds.
Radiator/con- denser
The radiator and condenser should be free from for- eign objects. (P.438)
Washer fluid Is there sufficient washer fluid? (P.441)
Vehicle interior
Items Check points
Accelerator pedal
The accelerator pedal should move smoothly (without uneven pedal effort or catching).
Continuously variable trans- mission Park mechanism
When parked on a slope and the shift lever is in P, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Items Check points
Brake pedal
Does the brake pedal move smoothly?
Does the brake pedal have appropriate clearance from the floor? (P.518)
Does the brake pedal have the correct amount of free play? (P.518)
Clutch pedal
Does the clutch pedal move smoothly?
Does the clutch pedal have appropriate clearance from the floor? (P.518)
Does the clutch pedal have the correct amount of free play? (P.518)
Items Check points
428 7-2. Maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
Brakes
The vehicle should not pull to one side when the brakes are applied.
The brakes should work effectively.
The brake pedal should not feel spongy.
The brake pedal should not get too close to the floor when the brakes are applied.
Head restraints
Do the head restraints move smoothly and lock securely?
Indica- tors/buzzers
Do the indica- tors and buzzers function prop- erly?
Lights Do all the lights
come on?
Parking brake
Does the park- ing brake oper- ate normally?
When parked on a slope and the parking brake is on, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Items Check points
Seat belts
Do the seat belts operate smoothly?
The seat belts should not be damaged.
Seats Do the seat con-
trols operate properly?
Steering wheel
Does the steer- ing wheel rotate smoothly?
Does the steer- ing wheel have the correct amount of free play?
There should not be any strange sounds coming from the steer- ing wheel.
Vehicle exterior
Items Check points
Doors Do the doors
operate smoothly?
Engine hood Does the engine
hood lock system work properly?
Fluid leaks
There should not be any signs of fluid leakage after the vehicle has been parked.
Items Check points
4297-2. Maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintena
nce a
nd ca re
The OBD system determines that a problem exists some- where in the emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the vehicle.
When the battery is discon- nected or discharged
Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are erased. Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may not be completely set.
When the fuel tank cap is loose
Tires
Is the tire infla- tion pressure correct?
The tires should not be damaged or excessively worn.
Have the tires been rotated according to the maintenance schedule?
The wheel nuts should not be loose.
Windshield wipers/rear window wiper
The wiper blades should not show any signs of cracking, split- ting, wear, con- tamination or deformation.
The wiper blades should clear the windshield/rear window without streaking or skip- ping.
Items Check points Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs
Some states have vehicle emission inspection pro- grams which include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system monitors the operation of the emission control sys- tem.
If the malfunction indica- tor lamp comes on
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test in the follow- ing situations:
430 7-2. Maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on indicating a temporary malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
The error code in the OBD sys- tem will not be cleared unless the vehicle is driven 40 or more times.
Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-test- ing.
When the malfunction indicator lamp still remains on after several driving trips
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
4317-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintena
nce a
nd ca re
7-3.Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to fol- low the correct procedure as given in these sections.
Maintenance
Items Parts and tools
Battery condition (P.439)
Warm water Baking soda Grease Conventional
wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)
Brake fluid level (P.438)
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid
Rag or paper towel Funnel (used only
for adding brake fluid)
Engine coolant level (P.437)
Toyota Super Long Life Coolant or a similar high quality ethylene gly- col-based non-sili- cate, non-amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid tech- nology For the U.S.A.: Toyota Super Long Life Coolant is pre-mixed with 50% coolant and 50% deionized water. For Canada: Toyota Super Long Life Coolant is pre-mixed with 55% coolant and 45% deionized water.
Funnel (used only for adding coolant)
Engine oil level (P.435)
Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or equiva- lent
Rag or paper towel Funnel (used only
for adding engine oil)
Fuses (P.458)
Fuse with same amperage rating as original
Light bulbs (P.460)
Bulb with same number and wattage rating as original
Flathead screw- driver
Wrench
Items Parts and tools
432 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
Radiator and con- denser (P.438)
Tire infla- tion pres- sure (P.451)
Tire pressure gauge Compressed air
source
Washer fluid (P.441)
Water or washer fluid containing anti- freeze (for winter use)
Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid)
WARNING The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death or serious injury, observe the following precautions.
When working on the engine compartment
Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fan and engine drive belt.
Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust mani- fold, etc. right after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.
Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the engine compart- ment.
Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel. Fuel fumes are flammable.
Items Parts and tools Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It con- tains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
When working near the elec- tric cooling fan or radiator grille
Be sure the engine switch is off. With the engine switch in ON, the electric cooling fan may automati- cally start to run if the air condi- tioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (P.438)
Safety glasses Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc. from getting in your eyes.
NOTICE If you remove the air cleaner
filter Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear due to dirt in the air.
4337-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
1 Pull the hood lock release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
2 Pull the auxiliary catch lever to the left and lift the hood.
3 Hold the hood open by insert- ing the support rod into the slot.
Hood
Opening the hood
WARNING Pre-driving check Check that the hood is fully closed and locked. If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion and cause an accident, which may result in death or seri- ous injury.
After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely preventing it from falling down onto your head or body.
NOTICE When closing the hood Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing the hood with the support rod not clipped could cause the hood to bend.
434 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
Front
RearPositioning a floor jack
When using a floor jack, fol- low the instructions in the manual provided with the jack and perform the opera- tion safely. When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack correctly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause injury.
Location of the jack point
4357-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintena
nce a
nd ca re
Washer fluid tank (P.441)
Engine coolant reservoir (P.435)
Fuse boxes (P.458)
Engine oil filler cap (P.436)
Engine oil level dipstick (P.435)
Battery (P.439)
Brake fluid reservoir (P.438)
Radiator (P.438)
Condenser (P.438)
Electric cooling fan
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil level on the dip-
stick.
Checking the engine oil
1 Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming up the engine and turning it off, wait
Engine compartment
Components
Checking and adding the engine oil
436 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
more than 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the bot- tom of the engine.
2 Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out.
3 Wipe the dipstick clean.
4 Reinsert the dipstick fully.
5 Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out and check the oil level.
Low
Normal
Excessive
The shape of the dipstick may differ depending on the type of vehicle or engine.
6 Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.
Checking the oil type and preparing the item needed
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed before adding oil.
Engine oil selection P.516
Oil quantity (Low Full) 1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp. qt.)
Item Clean funnel
Adding engine oil
If the oil level is below or near the low level mark, add engine oil of the same type as that already in the engine.
1 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise.
2 Add engine oil slowly, check- ing the dipstick.
3 Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise.
Engine oil consumption
A certain amount of engine oil will be consumed while driving. In the following situations, oil consump- tion may increase, and engine oil may need to be refilled in between oil maintenance intervals.
4377-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing the vehicle or after replacing the engine
If low quality oil or oil of an inap- propriate viscosity is used
When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, or when driving while accelerating or decelerating frequently
When leaving the engine idling for a long time, or when driving fre- quently through heavy traffic
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Reservoir cap MAX line MIN line
If the level is on or below the MIN line, add coolant up to the MAX line. (P.510)
Coolant selection Only use Toyota Super Long Life Coolant or a similar high quality ethylene glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology. U.S.A.: Toyota Super Long Life Coolant is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deionized water. (Minimum tem-
WARNING Used engine oil Used engine oil contains poten-
tially harmful contaminants which may cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin cancer, so care should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the ground. Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information concerning recy- cling or disposal.
Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE To prevent serious engine
damage Check the oil level on a regular basis.
When replacing the engine oil Be careful not to spill engine oil
on the vehicle components.
Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.
Check the oil level on the dip- stick every time you refill the vehicle.
Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.
Checking the engine cool- ant
438 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
perature: -31F [-35C]) Canada: Toyota Super Long Life Coolant is a mixture of 55% coolant and 45% deionized water. (Minimum tem- perature: -44F [-42C]) For more details about coolant, con- tact your Toyota dealer. If the coolant level drops within
a short time of replenishing Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir caps, drain cock and water pump. If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for leaks in the cooling sys- tem.
Check the radiator and con-
denser and clear away any for- eign objects. If either of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condi- tion, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Checking fluid level The brake fluid level should be between the MAX and MIN lines on the tank.
WARNING When the engine is hot Do not remove the engine coolant reservoir cap. (P.511) The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot cool- ant if the cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE When adding coolant Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
If you spill coolant Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.
Checking the radiator and condenser
WARNING When the engine is hot Do not touch the radiator or con- denser as they may be hot and cause serious injuries, such as burns.
Checking and adding the brake fluid
4397-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
Adding fluid 1 Slide and lift up the rubber
strip to partly remove it as shown.
2 Disconnect the claws and remove the service cover.
3 Remove the reservoir cap.
4 Add brake fluid slowly while checking the fluid level.
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary item. Fluid type
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid Item Clean funnel
Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air
Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of brak- ing efficiency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.
Check the battery as follows. Battery exterior Make sure that the battery termi- nals are not corroded and that there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
WARNING When filling the reservoir Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage painted surfaces. If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean water immediately. If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
NOTICE If the fluid level is low or high It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads wear out or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high. If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious problem.
Battery
440 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
Terminals Hold-down clamp
Before recharging When recharging, the battery pro- duces hydrogen gas which is flam- mable and explosive. Therefore, observe the following precautions before recharging: If recharging with the battery
installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect the ground cable.
Make sure the charger is off when connecting and disconnecting the charger cables to the battery.
After recharging/reconnecting the battery
Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be pos- sible immediately after reconnect- ing the battery. If this happens, use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors.
Start the engine with the engine switch in ACC. The engine may not start with the engine switch turned off. However, the engine will operate normally from the sec- ond attempt.
The engine switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the bat- tery is reconnected, the vehicle will return the engine switch mode to the status it was in before the battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn off the engine before disconnecting the battery. Take
extra care when connecting the battery if the engine switch mode prior to discharge is unknown.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts, contact your Toy- ota dealer.
WARNING Chemicals in the battery The battery contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death or serious injury, take the following precau- tions while working on or near the battery:
Do not cause sparks by touch- ing the battery terminals with tools.
Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
Never inhale or swallow electro- lyte.
Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
Keep children away from the battery.
Where to safely charge the battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the bat- tery in a garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventila- tion.
4417-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
Except for Canada If the washer fluid level is at LOW, add washer fluid.
For Canada Add washer fluid in the following situations: A washer does not work. The warning message
appears on the multi-informa- tion display.
Using the gauge (Except for Canada)
The washer fluid level can be checked by observing the position of the level on the liquid-covered holes in the gauge. If the level falls below the second hole from the bottom (the LOW position), refill the washer fluid.
WARNING Emergency measures regard-
ing electrolyte If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or cloth while traveling to the near- est medical facility.
If electrolyte gets on your skin Wash the affected area thor- oughly. If you feel pain or burn- ing, get medical attention immediately.
If electrolyte gets on your clothes It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the clothing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
If you accidentally swallow elec- trolyte Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention immediately.
When disconnecting the bat- tery
Do not disconnect the negative (-) terminal on the body side. The disconnected negative (-) terminal may touch the positive (+) termi- nal, which may cause a short and result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE When recharging the battery Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all accessories are turned off.
Adding the washer fluid
442 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
Current fluid level
Check if the treadwear indica- tors are showing on the tires. Also check the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the tread. Check the spare tire condition and pressure if not rotated.
New tread Worn tread Treadwear indicator
The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a TWI or mark,
WARNING When adding washer fluid Do not add washer fluid when the engine is hot or running as washer fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine, etc.
NOTICE Do not use any fluid other
than washer fluid Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid. Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicles painted surfaces, as well as damaging the pump lead- ing to problems of the washer fluid not spraying.
Diluting washer fluid Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary. Refer to the freezing tempera- tures listed on the label of the washer fluid bottle.
Tires
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with mainte- nance schedules and tread- wear.
Checking tires
4437-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintena
nce a
nd ca re
etc., molded into the sidewall of each tire. Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
When to replace your vehicles tires
Tires should be replaced if:
The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to expose the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage
A tire goes flat repeatedly or can- not be properly repaired due to the size or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even if it has seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
Low profile tires (18-inch tires)
Generally, low profile tires will wear more rapidly and tire grip perfor- mance will be reduced on snowy and/or icy roads when compared to standard tires. Be sure to use snow tires or tire chains on snowy and/or icy roads and drive carefully at a speed appropriate for road and weather conditions.
Maximum load of tire
Check that the maximum load of the replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR) of either the front axle or the rear axle, whichever is greater.
For the GAWR, see the Certification Label. For the maximum load of the tire, see the load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure mentioned on the sidewall of the tire. (P.524)
Tire types
Summer tires
Summer tires are high-speed perfor- mance tires best suited to highway driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When install- ing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
All season tires
All season tires are designed to pro- vide better traction in snow and to be adequate for driving in most win- ter conditions as well as for use year-round. All season tires, how- ever, do not have adequate traction performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all season tires fall short in accelera- tion and handling performance com- pared with summer tires in highway driving.
Snow tires
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, con- struction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
444 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires should be installed on all wheels. (P.251) If the tread on snow tires wears
down below 0.16 in. (4 mm) The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost. Checking the tire valves When replacing the tires, check the tire valves for deformation, cracks, and other damage.
Rotate the tires in the order shown.
WARNING When inspecting or replacing
tires Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents. Failure to do so may cause dam- age to parts of the drive train as well as dangerous handling char- acteristics, which may lead to an accident resulting in death or seri- ous injury.
Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread pat- terns. Also, do not mix tires of remark- ably different treadwear.
Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
Do not mix differently con- structed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply tires).
Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle. Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previ- ously.
NOTICE Low profile tires (18-inch
tires) Low profile tires may cause greater damage than usual to the tire wheel when sustaining impact from the road surface. Therefore, pay attention to the following:
Be sure to use proper tire infla- tion pressure. If tires are under-inflated, they may be damaged more severely.
Avoid potholes, uneven pave- ment, curbs and other road haz- ards. Failure to do so may lead to severe tire and wheel dam- age.
If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
Driving on rough roads Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or potholes. These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicles wheels and body.
Tire rotation
4457-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintena
nce a
nd ca re
Front
To equalize tire wear and extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire rotation is carried out at the same interval as tire inspection.
Do not fail to initialize the tire pres- sure warning system after tire rota- tion.
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire inflation pressure before serious problems arise.
If the tire pressure drops below a predetermined level, the driver is warned by a warning light. (P.476)
Routine tire inflation pressure checks
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of your routine of daily vehicle checks.
Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not operate properly
In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not operate properly.
If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used.
A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original Equipment) tire.
A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size.
Tire chains, etc. are equipped. An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire
is equipped. If a window tint that affects the
radio wave signals is installed. If there is a lot of snow or ice on
the vehicle, particularly around the wheels or wheel housings.
If the tire inflation pressure is extremely higher than the speci- fied level.
If tires not equipped with tire pres- sure warning valves and transmit- ters are used.
If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is not registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
Performance may be affected in the following situations.
Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airport or other facil- ity that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise.
When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless communication device.
When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go off could be extended.
When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when a tire has burst, the warning may not function.
Tire pressure warning system
446 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
Warning performance of the tire pressure warning system
The warning of the tire pressure warning system will change in accordance with driving conditions. For this reason, the system may
give a warning even if the tire pres- sure does not reach a low enough level, or if the pressure is higher than the pressure that was adjusted to when the system was initialized.
Tire pressure warning system certification
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A., Hawaii, Guam and Puerto Rico
4477-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
For vehicles sold in Canada
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must also be installed. When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be initialized. Have tire pressure warning valves and transmitter ID codes registered by your Toy- ota dealer. (P.449)
Replacing tires and wheels If the ID code of the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter is not registered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driving for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1 minute and stays on to indicate a system malfunction.
Installing tire pressure warning valves and trans- mitters
NOTICE Repairing or replacing tires,
wheels, tire pressure warn- ing valves, transmitters and tire valve caps
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valves and transmit- ters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled cor- rectly.
448 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
The tire pressure warning system must be initialized in the following circum- stances:
When rotating front and rear tires which have different tire inflation pressures.
When changing the tire size. When the tire inflation pres-
sure is changed such as when changing traveling speed or load weight.
When changing between two registered wheel sets.
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure. How to initialize the tire
pressure warning system 1 Park the vehicle in a safe
place and turn the engine switch off.
Initialization cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving. 2 Adjust the tire inflation pres-
sure to the specified cold tire inflation pressure level. (P.519)
Make sure to adjust the tire pres- sure to the specified cold tire infla- tion pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will oper- ate based on this pressure level. 3 Turn the engine switch to
ON.
4 Press or of the meter control switch to select .
5 Press or to select Vehicle Settings and then press and hold .
6 Press or to select
TPWS and then press .
7 Press or to select Set Pressure. Then press and hold until the tire pres-
NOTICE Make sure to install the tire
valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not installed, water could enter the tire pressure warning valves and the tire pressure warning valves could be bound.
When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than those specified. The cap may become stuck.
To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warn- ing valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid seal- ant is used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter when replacing the tire. (P.447)
Initializing the tire pres- sure warning system
4497-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
sure warning light blinks 3 times.
Initialization procedure Make sure to carry out initializa-
tion after adjusting the tire inflation pressure. Also, make sure the tires are cold before carrying out initialization or tire inflation pressure adjustment.
If you have accidentally turned the engine switch off during initializa- tion, it is not necessary to press the reset switch again as initializa- tion will restart automatically when the engine switch to ON for the next time.
If you accidentally press the reset switch when initialization is not necessary, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the tires are cold, and con- duct initialization again.
When initialization of the tire pressure warning system has failed
Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the follow- ing cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not operate properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pres- sure settings are unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. When operating the tire pressure
warning reset switch, the tire pres- sure warning light does not blink 3 times.
After driving for a certain period of time since the initialization has been completed, the warning light comes on after blinking for 1 min- ute.
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a unique ID code. When replac- ing a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code registered by your Toy- ota dealer.
Your vehicle is equipped with tire pressure warning system with the function to have ID codes registered for a second wheel set, for example a winter set, by Toyota dealer. After registration of a second wheel set, either of these two wheel sets can be selected for usage with the tire pressure warning system.
WARNING When initializing the tire pres-
sure warning system Do not operate the tire pressure warning reset switch without first adjusting the tire inflation pres- sure to the specified level. Other- wise, the tire pressure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation pressure is low, or it may come on when the tire infla- tion pressure is actually normal.
Registering ID codes
Selecting wheel set
450 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
Operating conditions for the function
This function will perform the change of wheel set only if a second wheel set has been registered. If no second wheel set has been registered, no change will be made when selecting this function in the menu.
Only a change between both registered wheel set is possi- ble, mixing between these wheel sets is not supported.
How to change between wheel sets
1 Have the vehicle fitted with the preferred wheel set.
2 Press or of the meter
control switch to select .
3 Press or to select Vehicle Settings and then
press .
4 Press or to select
TPWS and then press .
5 Press or to select Change Wheel. Then press
and hold until the tire
pressure warning light blinks slowly 3 times.
6 Initialize the tire pressure warning system. (P.448)
4517-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintena
nce a
nd ca re
The recommended cold tire inflation pressure and tire size are displayed on the tire and loading information label. (P.519)
Tire valve
Tire pressure gauge
1 Remove the tire valve cap.
2 Press the tip of the tire pres- sure gauge onto the tire valve.
3 Read the pressure using the gauge gradations.
4 If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended level, adjust the pressure. If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to deflate.
5 After completing the tire infla- tion pressure measurement and adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage.
6 Put the tire valve cap back on.
Tire inflation pressure check interval
You should check tire inflation pres- sure every two weeks, or at least once a month. Do not forget to check the spare.
Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
Reduced fuel economy
Reduced driving comfort and poor handling
Reduced tire life due to wear
Reduced safety
Damage to the drive train
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
Tire inflation pressure
Checking the specified tire inflation pressure
Inspection and adjust- ment procedure
452 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pres- sure, observe the following: Check only when the tires are
cold. If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold tire inflation pressure reading.
Always use a tire pressure gauge. It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its appearance.
It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving as heat is generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after driving.
Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight. Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehi- cle is balanced.
WARNING Proper inflation is critical to
save tire performance Keep your tires properly inflated. If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions may occur which could lead to an accident resulting in death or seri- ous injury:
Excessive wear
Uneven wear
Poor handling
Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
Air leaking from between tire and wheel
Wheel deformation and/or tire damage
Greater possibility of tire dam- age while driving (due to road hazards, expansion joints, sharp edges on the road, etc.)
NOTICE When inspecting and adjust-
ing tire inflation pressure Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on. If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or moisture may get into the valve and cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure.
4537-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diam- eter, rim width and inset*. Replacement wheels are avail- able at your Toyota dealer. *: Conventionally referred to as off-
set. Toyota does not recommend using the following: Wheels of different sizes or
types Used wheels Bent wheels that have been
straightened
When replacing wheels The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pres- sure. Whenever wheels are replaced, the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must be installed. (P.447)
Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or cause a loss of handling control.
Wheel selection
WARNING When replacing wheels Do not use wheels that are a dif-
ferent size from those recom- mended in the Owners Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an acci- dent, causing death or serious injury.
When installing the wheel nuts
Be sure to install the wheel nuts with the tapered ends facing inward. (P.499) Installing the nuts with the tapered ends fac- ing outward can cause the wheel to break and eventually cause the wheel to come off while driving, which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts. Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened, leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Use of defective wheels pro- hibited
Do not use cracked or deformed wheels. Doing so could cause the tire to leak air during driving, pos- sibly causing an accident.
454 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wheel nut wrenches designed for use with your aluminum wheels.
When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire chains.
Use only Toyota genuine bal- ance weights or equivalent and a plastic or rubber ham- mer when balancing your wheels.
1 Turn the engine switch off. 2 Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper.
3 Push in the glove box on the vehicles outer side to discon- nect the claws. Then pull out the glove box and disconnect the lower claws.
4 Unlock the filter cover ( ), pull the filter cover out of the
NOTICE Replacing tire pressure warn-
ing valves and transmitters Because tire repair or replace-
ment may affect the tire pres- sure warning valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmit- ters at your Toyota dealer.
Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehi- cle. Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly with non-genuine wheels.
Aluminum wheel precau- tions
Air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain air conditioning efficiency.
Removing the air condi- tioning filter
4557-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
claws ( ), and remove the filter cover.
5 Remove the filter case.
6 Remove the air conditioning filter from the filter case and replace it with a new one.
The UP marks shown on the filter and the filter case should be pointing up.
Checking interval Inspect and replace the air condi- tioning filter according to the mainte- nance schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, more
frequent cleaning or early replace- ment may be required. (For sched- uled maintenance information, please refer to the Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual Supplement.) If air flow from the vents
decreases dramatically The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
NOTICE When using the air condition-
ing system Make sure that a filter is always installed. Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the system.
To prevent damage to the fil- ter cover
When moving the filter cover in the direction of arrow to release the fitting, pay attention not to apply excessive force to the claws. Otherwise, the claws may be damaged.
456 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
If the electronic key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
The smart key system and wire- less remote control will not func- tion properly.
The operational range will be reduced.
Flathead screwdriver
Lithium battery CR2032
Use a CR2032 lithium battery
Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appliance shops or camera stores.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries accord- ing to local laws.
1 Release the lock and remove the mechanical key.
2 Remove the key cover.
To prevent damage to the key, cover the tip of the flathead screw- driver with a rag.
3 Remove the depleted battery using a small flathead screw- driver.
When removing the cover, the elec- tronic key module may stick to the cover and the battery may not be visible. In this case, remove the electronic key module in order to remove the battery.
Insert a new battery with the + ter-
Electronic key battery
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted. As the key may be damaged if the following procedure is not performed properly, it is recommended that key bat- tery replacement be per- formed by your Toyota dealer.
Items to prepare
Replacing the battery
4577-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintenance and care
minal facing up.
4 When installing the key cover and mechanical key, install by conducting step 2 and step 1 with the directions reversed.
5 Operate the or switch and check that the doors can be locked/unlocked.
WARNING Battery precautions Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Do not swallow the battery. Doing so may cause chemical burns.
A coin battery or button battery is used in the electronic key. If a battery is swallowed, it may cause severe chemical burns in as little as 2 hours and may result in death or serious injury.
Keep away new and removed batteries from children.
If the cover cannot be firmly closed, stop using the electronic key and stow the key in the place where children cannot reach, and then contact your Toyota dealer.
If you accidentally swallow a battery or put a battery into a part of your body, get emer- gency medical attention imme- diately.
To prevent battery explosion or leakage of flammable liq- uid or gas
Replace the battery with a new battery of the same type. If a wrong type of battery is used, it may explode.
Do not expose batteries to extremely low pressure due to high altitude or extremely high temperatures.
Do not burn, break or cut a bat- tery.
NOTICE When replacing the battery Use a flathead screwdriver of appropriate size. Applying exces- sive force may deform or damage the cover.
For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents: Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
458 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
1 Turn the engine switch off.
2 Open the fuse box cover.
Engine compartment: type A fuse box
Push the tabs in and lift the lid off.
Engine compartment: type B fuse box
Push the tabs in and lift the lid off.
Under the drivers side instru- ment panel
Remove the lid.
Make sure to push the claw when removing/installing the lid.
3 Remove the fuse with the pullout tool. Only type A fuse can be removed using the pullout tool.
4 Check if the fuse is blown.
Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rating. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid.
Checking and replac- ing fuses
If any of the electrical com- ponents do not operate, a fuse may have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as necessary.
Checking and replacing fuses
4597-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintena
nce a
nd ca re
Type A
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Type B
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Type C
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Type D
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Type E
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
After a fuse is replaced
When installing the lid, make sure that the tab is installed securely.
If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may need replacement.
If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
If there is an overload in a cir- cuit
The fuses are designed to blow, pro- tecting the wiring harness from damage.
When replacing light bulbs
Toyota recommends that you use
460 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
genuine Toyota products designed for this vehicle. Because certain bulbs are con- nected to circuits designed to pre- vent overload, non-genuine parts or parts not designed for this vehicle may be unusable.
Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (P.520)
Front
Front side marker lights
WARNING To prevent system break-
downs and vehicle fire Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may cause dam- age to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or injury.
Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indi- cated, or use any other object in place of a fuse.
Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent. Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.
NOTICE Before replacing fuses Have the cause of electrical over- load determined and repaired by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
Light bulbs
You may replace the follow- ing bulbs yourself. The diffi- culty level of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary bulb replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your Toyota dealer. For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact your Toyota dealer.
Preparing for light bulb replacement
Bulb locations
4617-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
7
M aintena
nce a
nd ca re
Rear
License plate lights
Bulbs that need to be replaced by your Toyota dealer
Headlights
Parking lights
Daytime running lights
Turn signal lights
Front fog lights (if equipped)
Tail lights
Stop lights
Back-up light
High mounted stoplight
LED light bulbs
The lights other than the front side marker lights and license plate lights consist of a number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced.
Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not indicate a malfunction. Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situa- tions:
Large drops of water have built up
on the inside of the lens.
Water has built up inside the headlight.
When replacing light bulbs
P.459
Front side marker lights
1 Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise.
2 Remove the light bulb.
3 When installing, reverse the steps listed.
License plate lights
1 Remove the light unit.
Insert a flathead screwdriver or similar into the hole next to the light and remove it as shown in the illus- tration.
To prevent damaging the vehicle, wrap the flathead screwdriver with
Replacing light bulbs
462 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA H/B_U
a tape.
2 Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise and remove it.
3 Remove the light bulb.
4 When installing, reverse the steps listed.
WARNING Replacing light bulbs Turn off the lights. Do not
attempt to replace the bulb immediately after turning off the lights. The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb. Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Fail- ure to do so may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the light unit. This may damage the lights or cause condensa- tion to build up on the lens.
To prevent damage or fire Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
463
COROLLA H/B_U
8
8
W he
n trouble arises
When trouble arises
.
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .... 464 If your vehicle has to be stopped in an emergency .................................. 464
If the vehicle is trapped in rising water................ 465
8-2. Steps to take in an emer- gency
If your vehicle needs to be towed......................... 467
If you think something is wrong ........................ 470
Fuel pump shut off system .................................. 471
If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds .................................. 472
If a warning message is dis- played........................ 482
If you have a flat tire (vehi- cles without spare tire) .................................. 484
If you have a flat tire (vehi- cles with a spare tire) .................................. 494
If the engine will not start .................................. 502
If you lose your keys ... 504 If the electronic key does not operate properly .. 504
If the vehicle battery is dis- charged ..................... 506
If your vehicle overheats .................................. 510
If the vehicle becomes stuck .................................. 512
464 8-1. Essential information
COROLLA H/B_U
8-1.Essential information
Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch once again.
Emergency flashers
If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the engine is not operating, the bat- tery may discharge.
If any of the SRS airbags deploy (inflate) or in the event of a strong rear impact, the emergency flash- ers will turn on automatically. The emergency flashers will turn off automatically after operating for approximately 20 minutes. To manually turn the emergency flashers off, press the switch twice. (The emergency flashers may not turn on automatically depending on the force of the impact and conditions of the collision.)
1 Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort required to slow the vehicle.
2 Shift the shift lever to N.
If the shift lever is shifted to N
3 After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
4 Stop the engine.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N
3 Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle speed as much as possible.
4 To stop the engine, press and hold the engine switch for 2 consecutive seconds or
Emergency flashers
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the vehicle has to be stopped on the road due to a breakdown, etc.
Operating instructions
If your vehicle has to be stopped in an emer- gency
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the following proce- dure:
Stopping the vehicle
4658-1. Essential information
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
more, or press it briefly 3 times or more in succession.
5 Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Remove the seat belt first. If the door can be opened,
open the door and exit the vehicle.
If the door can not be opened, open the window using the power window switch and exit the vehicle through the win- dow.
If the window can not be opened using the power win- dow switch, remain calm, wait until the water level inside the vehicle rises to the point that the water pressure inside of the vehicle equals the water pressure outside of the vehi- cle, and then open the door and exit the vehicle.
WARNING If the engine has to be turned
off while driving Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, making the brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel heavier to turn. Decelerate as much as pos- sible before turning off the engine.
If the vehicle is trapped in rising water
In the event the vehicle is submerged in water, remain calm and perform the fol- lowing.
466 8-1. Essential information
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING
Using an emergency hammer* for emergency escape
The front side windows and rear side windows, as well as the rear window can be shattered with an emergency hammer* used for emergency escape. However, an emergency hammer* can not shatter the windshield as it is lam- inated glass. *: Contact your Toyota dealer or
aftermarket accessory manu- facturer for further information about an emergency hammer.
Escaping the vehicle from the window
There are cases where escaping the vehicle from the window is not possible due to seating position, passenger body type, etc. When using an emergency ham- mer, consider your seat location and the size of the window open- ing to ensure that the opening is accessible and large enough to escape.
4678-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
8-2.Steps to take in an emergency
If your vehicle needs to be towed
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle towed by your Toy- ota dealer or commercial towing service, using a wheel-lift type truck or flat- bed truck. Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/provincial and local laws.
WARNING Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When towing the vehicle Be sure to transport the vehicle with the front wheels raised or with all four wheels raised off the ground. If the vehicle is towed with the front wheels contacting the ground, the drivetrain and related parts may be damaged.
While towing When towing using cables or
chains, avoid sudden starts, etc. which place excessive stress on the towing eyelets, cables or chains. The towing eyelets, cables or chains may become damaged, broken debris may hit people, and cause serious dam- age.
Do not turn the engine switch off. There is a possibility that the steering wheel is locked and cannot be operated.
Installing towing eyelets to the vehicle
Make sure that towing eyelets are installed securely. If not securely installed, towing eyelets may come loose during towing.
NOTICE To prevent damage to the
vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type truck
Do not tow the vehicle from the rear when the engine switch is off. The steering lock mecha- nism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels straight.
When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clear- ance for towing at the opposite end of the raised vehicle. With- out adequate clearance, the vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
468 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service before towing. The engine is running but the
vehicle does not move. The vehicle makes an abnor-
mal sound.
From the front
Release the parking brake. Turn automatic mode off. (P.155)
From the rear
Use a towing dolly under the front wheels.
When using a flat-bed truck to transport the vehicle, use tire strapping belts. Refer to the owner's manual of the flat-bed truck for the tire strapping method. In order to suppress vehicle movement during transporta- tion, set the parking brake and turn the engine switch off.
If a tow truck is not available in
NOTICE To prevent damage to the
vehicle during emergency towing
Do not secure cables or chains to the suspension components.
Situations when it is nec- essary to contact dealers before towing
Towing with a wheel-lift type truck
NOTICE Towing with a sling-type truck Do not tow with a sling-type truck to prevent body damage.
Using a flatbed truck
Emergency towing
4698-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W he
n trouble arises
an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using cables or chains secured to the emergency towing eyelets. This should only be attempted on hard surfaced roads for at most 50 miles (80 km) at under 18 mph (30 km/h). A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The vehicles wheels, drive train, axles, steering and brakes must be in good condition.
For vehicles with a continuously variable transmission, only the front towing eyelets may be used.
To have your vehicle towed by another vehicle, the towing eye- let must be installed to your vehicle. Install the towing eyelet using the following procedure.
1 Take out the wheel nut wrench, flathead screwdriver and towing eyelet. (P.485, 495)
2 Remove the eyelet cover using a flathead screwdriver.
To protect the bodywork, place a rag between the screwdriver and the vehicle body as shown in the
illustration.
3 Insert the towing eyelet into the hole and tighten partially by hand.
4 Tighten down the towing eye- let securely using a wheel nut wrench or hard metal bar.
5 Securely attach cables or chains to the towing eyelet.
Take care not to damage the vehi-
Emergency towing proce- dure
470 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
cle body.
6 Enter the vehicle being towed and start the engine.
If the engine does not start, turn the engine switch to ON.
7 Shift the shift lever to N and release the parking brake. Turn automatic mode off. (P.155) Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: When the shift lever cannot be shifted: P.148
While towing
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering will not function, making steering and braking more difficult.
Wheel nut wrench
Wheel nut wrench is installed in lug- gage compartment. (P.485, 495)
Fluid leaks under the vehicle. (Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is nor- mal.)
Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher than normal.
Changes in exhaust sound
Excessive tire squeal when cornering
Strange noises related to the suspension system
Pinging or other noises related to the engine
Engine missing, stumbling or running roughly
Appreciable loss of power
Vehicle pulls heavily to one
If you think something is wrong
If you notice any of the fol- lowing symptoms, your vehicle probably needs adjustment or repair. Con- tact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
Audible symptoms
Operational symptoms
4718-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
side when braking Vehicle pulls heavily to one
side when driving on a level road
Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches the floor
Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the sys- tem is activated. 1 Turn the engine switch to
ACC or OFF. 2 Restart the engine.
Fuel pump shut off system
To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or when an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off system stops the supply of fuel to the engine.
Restarting the engine
NOTICE Before starting the engine Inspect the ground under the vehicle. If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.
472 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)
Brake system warning light
High coolant temperature warning light* (warning buzzer)
*: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Actions to the warning lights or warning buzzers
Warning light Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
or
(Red) (Canada)
Indicates that: The brake fluid level is low; or The brake system is malfunctioning
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con- tact your Toyota dealer. Continuing to drive the vehi- cle may be dangerous.
Warning light Details/Actions
(Yellow)
Indicates a malfunction in the parking brake system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is exces- sively high
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place. Handling method (P.510)
4738-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W he
n trouble arises
Charging system warning light
Low engine oil pressure warning light* (warning buzzer)
*: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
Malfunction indicator lamp (warning buzzer)
SRS warning light (warning buzzer)
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicles charging system
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con- tact your Toyota dealer.
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates that the engine oil pressure is excessively low
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con- tact your Toyota dealer.
Warning light Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
or
(Canada)
Indicates a malfunction in: The electronic engine control system; The electronic throttle control system; or The electronic continuously variable transmission (if
equipped) control system
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con- tact your Toyota dealer.
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates a malfunction in: The SRS airbag system; The front passenger occupant classification system; or The seat belt pretensioner system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
474 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
ABS warning light
Brake Override System warning light/Drive-Start Control warning light* (warning buzzer)
*: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
Warning light Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
or
(Canada)
Indicates a malfunction in: The ABS; or The brake assist system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning light Details/Actions
When a buzzer sounds:
Indicates a malfunction in: The Brake Override System The Drive-Start Control system (if equipped)
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Indicates that the shift position was changed and Drive-Start Control (if equipped) was operated while depressing the accelerator pedal.
Momentarily release the accelerator pedal.
When a buzzer does not sound:
Indicates that the accelerator and brake pedals are being depressed simultaneously, and the Brake Override System is operating.
Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.
4758-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W he
n trouble arises
Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)
Low fuel level warning light
Drivers and front passengers seat belt reminder light (warn- ing buzzer)*
*: Drivers seat belt warning buzzer:
The drivers seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the driver that his or her seat belt is not fastened. Once the engine switch is turned to ON, the buzzer sounds. If the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer sounds inter- mittently for a certain period of time after the vehicle reaches a certain speed.
Front passengers seat belt warning buzzer:
The front passengers seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the front passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. If the seat belt is unfas- tened, the buzzer sounds intermittently for a certain period of time after the vehicle reaches a certain speed.
Warning light Details/Actions
(Red)
or
(Yellow)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steer- ing) system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2 gal. (7.5 L, 1.6 Imp. gal.) or less
Refuel the vehicle.
Warning light Details/Actions
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their seat belts
Fasten the seat belt. If the front passengers seat is occupied, the front passengers seat belt also needs to be fastened to make the warning light (warning buzzer) turn off.
476 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
Rear passengers seat belt reminder lights (warning buzzer)*
*: Rear passengers seat belt warning buzzer:
The rear passengers seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the rear pas- senger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. If the seat belt is unfas- tened, the buzzer sounds intermittently for a certain period of time, after the seat belt is fastened and unfastened and the vehicle reaches a certain speed.
Tire pressure warning light
LTA indicator/LDA indicator (warning buzzer)
Warning light Details/Actions
Warns the rear passengers to fasten their seat belts
Fasten the seat belt.
Warning light Details/Actions
When the light comes on after blinking for approximately 1 minute:
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system
Have the system checked by your Toyota dealer.
When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure such as Natural causes Flat tire
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place. Handling method (P.479)
Warning light Details/Actions
(Orange)
Indicates a malfunction in the LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) or LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor- mation display. (P.195, 203)
4778-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W he
n trouble arises
RCTA OFF indicator (warning buzzer)
PCS warning light
Slip indicator
Warning light Details/Actions
(Flashes) (if equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) function
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Indicates that the rear bumper around the radar sensor is covered with dirt, etc. (P.230)
Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor- mation display. (P.234)
Warning light Details/Actions
(Flashes or illu- minates)
If a buzzer sounds simultaneously:
A malfunction has occurred in the PCS (Pre-Collision Sys- tem).
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
If a buzzer does not sound:
The PCS (Pre-Collision System) has become temporarily unavailable, corrective action may be necessary.
Possible causes and corrective actions (P.176, 482)
If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) or VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system is disabled, the PCS warning light will illu- minate.
P.185
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates a malfunction in: The VSC system; The TRAC system; or The hill-start assist control system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
478 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
Parking brake indicator
Brake hold operated indicator
iMT indicator
Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard due to being in a noisy location or audio sound.
Front passenger detection sen- sor, seat belt reminder and warning buzzer
If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passen- ger detection sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.
If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a pas- senger, and the warning light may
not operate properly.
SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact sensors, side impact sensors (front door), side impact sensors (front), side impact sensors (rear), drivers seat position sensor, drivers seat belt buckle switch, front passenger occupant classification system (ECU and sensors), AIR BAG ON indicator light, AIR BAG OFF indicator light, seat belt pre- tensioners, airbags, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (P.29)
Warning light Details/Actions
(Flashes) (U.S.A.)
or
(Flashes) (Canada)
It is possible that the parking brake is not fully engaged or released
Operate the parking brake switch once again.
This light comes on when the parking brake is not released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is fully released, the system is operating normally.
Warning light Details/Actions
(Flashes)
Indicates a malfunction in the brake hold system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning light Details/Actions
(Orange) (if equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the iMT
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
4798-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
First check the following: Is the fuel tank empty?
If it is, fill the fuel tank immediately. Is the fuel tank cap loose?
If it is, tighten it securely. The light will go off after several driving trips. If the light does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Electric power steering system
warning light (warning buzzer) When the battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporar- ily drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on and the warning buzzer may sound. When the tire pressure warning
light comes on Inspect the tires to check if a tire is punctured. If a tire is punctured: P.484, 494 If none of the tires are punctured: Turn the engine switch off then turn it to ON. Check if the tire pressure warning light comes on or blinks. If the tire pressure warning light
blinks for approximately 1 minute then stays on
There may be a malfunction in the tire pressure warning system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. If the tire pressure warning light
comes on 1 After the temperature of the tires
has lowered sufficiently, check the inflation pressure of each tire and adjust them to the specified level.
2 If the warning light does not turn off even after several minutes have elapsed, check that the inflation pressure of each tire is at the specified level and perform initialization. (P.448)
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such as natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by tem- perature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the warning light (after a few minutes). When a tire is replaced with a
spare tire (vehicles with a com- pact spare tire)
The compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warn- ing valve and transmitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will not turn off even though the flat tire has been replaced with the spare tire. Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust the tire inflation pressure. The tire pres- sure warning light will go off after a few minutes. Conditions that the tire pres-
sure warning system may not function properly
P.445
WARNING If both the ABS and the brake
system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact your Toy- ota dealer. The vehicle will become extremely unstable during brak- ing, and the ABS system may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
480 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING When the electric power
steering system warning light comes on
When the light comes on yellow, the assist to the power steering is restricted. When the light comes on red, the assist to the power steering is lost and handling oper- ations of the steering wheel become extremely heavy. When steering wheel operations are heavier than usual, grip the steering wheel firmly and operate it using more force than usual.
If the tire pressure warning light comes on
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire inflation pressure immedi- ately.
Vehicles with a compact spare tire: If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pressure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires. If a tire is flat, change it with the spare tire and have the flat tire repaired by the nearest Toyota dealer.
Vehicles with emergency tire puncture repair kit: If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pres- sure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires. If a tire is flat, repair the flat tire by using emergency tire puncture repair kit.
Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
Maintenance of the tires Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom- mended by the vehicle manufac- turer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label [tire and load infor- mation label], you should deter- mine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning sys- tem) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illumi- nates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehi- cles handling and stopping ability.
4818-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
WARNING Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a substitute for proper tire mainte- nance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-infla- tion has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire pres- sure warning light).
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pres- sure warning system) malfunc- tion indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pres- sure telltale (tire pressure warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi- nated. This sequence will con- tinue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc- tion exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the sys- tem may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning sys- tem) malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction tell- tale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to continue to function properly.
NOTICE To ensure the tire pressure
warning system operates properly
Do not install tires with different specifications or makers, as the tire pressure warning system may not operate properly.
482 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
Warning messages
The warning messages explained below may differ from the actual messages according to operation conditions and vehicle specifica- tions.
Warning buzzer
A buzzer may sound when a mes- sage is displayed. The buzzer may not be audible if the vehicle is in a noisy location or if the audio system volume is high.
If Engine Oil Level Low Add or Replace is displayed
The engine oil level is low. Check the level of the engine oil, and add if
necessary.
This message may appear if the vehicle is stopped on a slope. Move the vehicle to a level surface and check to see if the message disap- pears.
If Engine Stopped Steering Power Low is displayed
This message is displayed if the engine is stopped while driving.
When steering wheel operations are heavier than usual, grip the steering wheel firmly and operate it using more force than usual.
If Auto Power OFF to Conserve Battery is displayed
Power was cut off due to the auto- matic power off function. Next time when starting the engine, increase the engine speed slightly and main- tain that level for approximately 5 minutes to recharge the battery.
If Headlight System Malfunc- tion Visit Your Dealer is dis- played
The following systems may be mal- functioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
The LED headlight system
AFS (Adaptive Front-lighting Sys- tem) (if equipped)
The automatic headlight leveling system (if equipped)
Automatic High Beam
If a message that indicates the malfunction of front camera is displayed
The following systems may be sus- pended until the problem shown in the message is resolved. (P.176, 472)
PCS (Pre-Collision system)
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if equipped)
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (if equipped)
If a warning message is displayed
The multi-information dis- play shows warnings for system malfunctions and incorrectly performed oper- ations, and messages that indicate a need for mainte- nance. When a message is displayed, perform the appropriate corrective action for the message. If a warning message is dis- played again after the appropriate actions have been performed, contact your Toyota dealer. Additionally, if a warning light comes on or flashes at the same time that a warn- ing message is displayed, take the appropriate correc- tive action for the warning light. (P.472)
4838-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
Automatic High Beam RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if
equipped) Dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range (if equipped) Dynamic radar cruise control (if
equipped) If Radar Cruise Control
Unavailable is displayed The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range system or dynamic radar cruise control system cannot be used temporarily. Use the system when it becomes available again. If Maintenance Required
Soon is displayed Indicates that all maintenance according to the driven distance on the maintenance schedule* should be performed soon. Comes on approximately 4500 miles (7200 km) after the message has been reset. If necessary, per- form maintenance. Please reset the message after the maintenance is performed. (P.426) *: Refer to the separate Scheduled
Maintenance or Owners Man- ual Supplement for the mainte- nance interval applicable to your vehicle.
If Maintenance Required Visit Your Dealer is displayed
Indicates that all maintenance is required to correspond to the driven distance on the maintenance sched- ule*. Comes on approximately 5000 miles (8000 km) after the message has been reset. (The indicator will not work properly unless the mes- sage has been reset.) Perform the necessary maintenance. Please reset the message after the mainte- nance is performed. (P.426) *: Refer to the separate Scheduled
Maintenance or Owners Man- ual Supplement for the mainte- nance interval applicable to your vehicle.
If a message that indicates the need for visiting your Toyota dealer is displayed
The system or part shown on the multi-information display is malfunc- tioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. If a message that indicates the
need for referring to Owners Manual is displayed
If Engine Coolant Temp High is displayed, follow the instructions accordingly. (P.510)
If any of the following messages are displayed on the multi-infor- mation display, it may indicate a malfunction. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Smart Key System Malfunction If any of the following messages
are displayed on the multi-infor- mation display, it may indicate a malfunction. Immediately stop the vehicle and contact your Toyota dealer.
Braking Power Low Charging System Malfunction Oil Pressure Low
NOTICE If High Power Consumption
Partial Limit on AC/Heater Operation is displayed fre- quently
There is a possible malfunction relating to the charging system or the battery may be deteriorating. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
484 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
Set the parking brake. Shift the shift lever to P (con-
tinuously variable transmis- sion) or N (manual transmission).
Stop the engine. Turn on the emergency flash-
ers. Check the degree of the tire
damage. A tire should only be repaired with the emergency tire punc- ture repair kit if the damage is caused by a nail or screw pass- ing through the tire tread. Do not remove the nail or
screw from the tire. Removing the object may widen the opening and make emer- gency repair with the repair kit impossible.
To avoid sealant leakage, move the vehicle until the area of the puncture, if known, is positioned at the top of the tire.
A flat tire that cannot be repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair kit
In the following cases, the tire can- not be repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair kit. Contact your Toyota dealer.
If you have a flat tire (vehicles without spare tire)
Your vehicle is not equipped with a spare tire, but instead is equipped with an emer- gency tire puncture repair kit. A puncture caused by a nail or screw passing through the tire tread can be repaired temporarily using the emergency tire puncture repair kit. (The kit contains a bottle of sealant. The seal- ant can be used only once to temporarily repair one tire without removing the nail or screw from the tire.) After temporarily repairing the tire with the kit, have the tire repaired or replaced by your Toyota dealer.
WARNING If you have a flat tire Do not continue driving with a flat tire. Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.
Before repairing the tire
4858-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W he
n trouble arises
When the tire is damaged due to driving without sufficient air pres- sure
When there are any cracks or damage at any location on the tire, such as on the side wall, except the tread
When the tire is visibly separated from the wheel
When the cut or damage to the tread is 0.16 in. (4 mm) long or
more
When the wheel is damaged
When two or more tires have been punctured
When more than 2 sharp objects such as nails or screws have passed through the tread on a sin- gle tire
When the sealant has expired
Jack handle*
Towing eyelet
Wheel nut wrench*
Emergency tire puncture repair kit
Jack*
(Use of the jack: P.497) *: If equipped
Bottle
Location of the emergency tire puncture repair kit and tools
Emergency tire puncture repair kit components
486 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
Hose Air release cap Sticker
Compressor
Power plug Rubber stopper Air pressure gauge Compressor switch
Note for checking the emer- gency tire puncture repair kit
Check the sealant expiry date occa- sionally. The expiry date is shown on the bot- tle. Do not use sealant whose expiry date has already passed. Other- wise, repairs conducted using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may not be performed properly. Emergency tire puncture repair
kit The emergency tire puncture
repair kit is for filling the car tire
with air. The sealant has a limited life
span. The expiry date is marked on the bottle. The sealant should be replaced before the expiry date. Contact your Toyota dealer for replacement.
The sealant stored in the emer- gency tire puncture repair kit can be used only once to temporarily repair a single tire. If the sealant in the bottle and other parts of the kit have been used and need to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
The compressor can be used repeatedly.
The sealant can be used when the outside temperature is from -40F (-40C) to 140F (60C).
The kit is exclusively designed for size and type of tires originally installed on your vehicle. Do not use it for tires that a different size than the original ones, or for any other purposes.
If the sealant gets on your clothes, it may stain.
If the sealant adheres to a wheel or the surface of the vehicle body, the stain may not be removable if it is not cleaned at once. Immedi- ately wipe away the sealant with a wet cloth.
During operation of the repair kit, a loud operation noise is pro- duced. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Do not use to check or to adjust the tire pressure.
WARNING Caution while driving Store the repair kit in the lug-
gage compartment. Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden brak- ing.
4878-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
1 Lift the deck mat.
2 Take out the jack.
For tightening For loosening
1 Lift the deck mat. (P.487) 2 Take out the emergency tire
puncture repair kit. (P.485)
1 Take out the repair kit from the plastic bag.
2 Remove the valve cap from the valve of the punctured tire.
WARNING The repair kit is exclusively only
for your vehicle. Do not use repair kit on other vehicles, which could lead to an accident causing death or seri- ous injury.
Do not use repair kit for tires that are different size than the original ones, or for any other purpose. If the tires have not been completely repaired, it could lead to an accident caus- ing death or serious injury.
Precautions for use of the sealant
Ingesting the sealant is hazard- ous to your health. If you ingest sealant, consume as much water as possible, and then immediately consult a doctor.
If sealant gets in eyes or adheres to skin, immediately wash it off with water. If discom- fort persists, consult a doctor.
Taking out the jack
Taking out the emer- gency tire puncture repair kit
Emergency repair method
488 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
3 Extend the hose. Remove the air release cap from the hose.
Attach the sticker enclosed with the bottle on the specified locations. (See step 10.) You will use the air release cap again. Therefore keep it in a safe place.
4 Connect the hose to the valve.
Screw the end of the hose clock- wise as far as possible.
5 Make sure that the compres- sor switch is off.
6 Lift the rubber stopper on the compressor.
7 Remove the power plug from the compressor.
8 Connect the power plug to the power outlet socket. (P.408)
9 Connect the bottle to the compressor.
As shown in the illustration, insert the bottle securely into the com- pressor until the upper side of the mark on the bottle is aligned with
4898-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W he
n trouble arises
the upper end of the notch.
10Attach the sticker provided with the tire puncture repair kit to a position easily seen from the drivers seat.
U.S.A
Canada
11Check the specified tire infla- tion pressure.
Tire inflation pressure is specified on the label on the drivers side pil-
lar as shown. (P.519)
12Start the engine.
13To inject the sealant and inflate the tire, turn the com- pressor switch on.
490 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
14Inflate the tire until the speci- fied air pressure is reached.
The sealant will be injected and the pressure will spike to between 44 psi (300 kPa, 3.0
kgf/cm2 or bar) and 58 psi
(400 kPa, 4.0 kgf/cm2 or bar), then gradually decrease.
The air pressure gauge will display the actual tire inflation pressure about 1 to 5 min- utes after the switch is turned on.
Turn the compressor switch off and then check the tire inflation pres- sure. Being careful not to over inflate, check and repeat the infla- tion procedure until the specified tire inflation pressure is reached.
The tire can be inflated for about 5 to 20 minutes (depending on the outside temperature). If the tire inflation pressure is still lower than the specified point after inflation for 25 minutes, the tire is too damaged
to be repaired. Turn the compres- sor switch off and contact your Toy- ota dealer.
If the tire inflation pressure exceeds the specified air pressure, let out some air to adjust the tire inflation pressure. (P.492, 519)
15With the compressor switch off, disconnect the hose from the valve on the tire and then pull out the power plug from the power outlet socket.
Some sealant may leak when the hose is removed.
16Install the valve cap onto the valve of the emergency repaired tire.
17Attach the air release cap to the end of the hose.
If the air release cap is not attached, the sealant may leak and the vehicle may get dirty.
18Temporarily store the bottle in the luggage compartment while it is connected to the compressor.
19To spread the liquid sealant evenly within the tire, imme- diately drive safely for about 3 miles (5 km) below 50 mph (80 km/h).
4918-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W he
n trouble arises
20After driving, stop your vehi- cle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface and reconnect the repair kit.
Remove the air release cap from the hose before reconnecting the hose.
21Turn the compressor switch on and wait for several sec- onds, then turn it off. Check the tire inflation pressure.
If the tire inflation pressure is under 19 psi (130 kPa, 1.3
kgf/cm2 or bar): The puncture cannot be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer.
If the tire inflation pressure is 19 psi (130 kPa, 1.3
kgf/cm2or bar) or higher, but less than the specified air pressure: Proceed to step 22.
If the tire inflation pressure is the specified air pressure (P.519): Proceed to step 23.
22Turn the compressor switch on to inflate the tire until the specified air pressure is reached. Drive for about 3 miles (5 km) and then per- form step 20.
23Attach the air release cap to the end of the hose.
If the air release cap is not attached, the sealant may leak and the vehicle may get dirty.
24Store the bottle in the lug- gage compartment while it is connected to the compres- sor.
25Taking precautions to avoid sudden braking, sudden acceleration and sharp turns, drive carefully at under 50 mph (80 km/h) to the nearest Toyota dealer that is less than 62 miles (100 km) away for tire repair or replacement.
When having the tire repaired or replaced, make sure to tell the Toy- ota dealer that the sealant is injected.
492 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
If the tire is inflated to more than the specified air pressure
1 Disconnect the hose from the valve.
2 Install the air release cap to the end of the hose and push the protrusion on the air release cap into the tire valve to let some air out.
3 Disconnect the hose from the valve, remove the air release cap from the hose and then recon- nect the hose.
4 Turn the compressor switch on and wait for several seconds, and then turn it off. Check that the air pressure indicator shows the specified air pressure. (P.519)
If the air pressure is under the des- ignated pressure, turn the compres- sor switch on again and repeat the inflation procedure until the speci- fied air pressure is reached. After a tire is repaired with the
emergency tire puncture repair kit
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter should be replaced.
Even if the tire inflation pressure is at the recommended level, the tire pressure warning light may come on/flash.
WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with
a flat tire Do not continue driving with a flat tire. Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the wheel beyond repair. Driving with a flat tire may cause a circumferential groove on the side wall. In such a case, the tire may explode when using a repair kit.
When fixing the flat tire Stop your vehicle in a safe and
flat area.
Do not touch the wheels or the area around the brakes immedi- ately after the vehicle has been driven. After the vehicle has been driven, the wheels and the area around the brakes may be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet or other body parts may result in burns.
Connect the valve and hose securely with the tire installed on the vehicle. If the hose is not properly connected to the valve, air leakage may occur as seal- ant may be sprayed out.
If the hose comes off the valve while inflating the tire, there is a risk that the hose will move abruptly due to air pressure.
After inflation of the tire has completed, the sealant may splatter when the hose is dis- connected or some air is let out of the tire.
Follow the operation procedure to repair the tire. If the proce- dures not followed, the sealant may spray out.
4938-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
WARNING Keep back from the tire while it
is being repaired, as there is a chance of it bursting while the repair operation is being per- formed. If you notice any cracks or deformation of the tire, turn off the compressor switch and stop the repair operation imme- diately.
The repair kit may overheat if operated for a long period of time. Do not operate the repair kit continuously for more than 40 minutes.
Parts of the repair kit become hot during operation. Be careful handling the repair kit during and after operation. Do not touch the metal part connecting the bottle and the compressor. It will be extremely hot.
Do not attach the vehicle speed warning sticker to an area other than the one indicated. If the sticker is attached to an area where an SRS airbag is located, such as the pad of the steering wheel, it may prevent the SRS airbag from operating properly.
Driving to spread the liquid sealant evenly
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents. Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or serious injury.
Drive the vehicle carefully at a low speed. Be especially careful when turning and cornering.
If the vehicle does not drive straight or you feel a pull through the steering wheel, stop the vehicle and check the fol- lowing.
Tire condition. The tire may have separated from the wheel.
Tire inflation pressure. If the tire inflation pressure is 19 psi (130 kPa, 1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar) or less, the tire may be severely dam- aged.
NOTICE When performing an emer-
gency repair A tire should only be repaired
with the emergency tire punc- ture repair kit if the damage is caused by a sharp object such as nail or screw passing through the tire tread. Do not remove the sharp object from the tire. Removing the object may widen the opening and disenable emergency repair with the repair kit.
The repair kit is not waterproof. Make sure that the repair kit is not exposed to water, such as when it is being used in the rain.
Do not put the repair kit directly onto dusty ground such as sand at the side of the road. If the repair kit vacuums up dust etc., a malfunction may occur.
Precautions for the emer- gency tire puncture repair kit
The repair kit power source should be 12 V DC suitable for vehicle use. Do not connect the repair kit to any other source.
If fuel splatters on the repair kit, the repair kit may deteriorate. Take care not to allow fuel to contact it.
Place the repair kit in a storage to prevent it from being exposed to dirt or water.
Store the repair kit in the lug- gage compartment out of reach of children.
494 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
Set the parking brake. Shift the shift lever to P (con-
tinuously variable transmis- sion) or R (manual transmission).
Stop the engine. Turn on the emergency flash-
ers.
NOTICE Do not disassemble or modify
the repair kit. Do not subject parts such as the air pressure indicator to impacts. This may cause a malfunction.
To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warn- ing valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid seal- ant is used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. After use of liquid sealant, make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter when repair- ing or replacing the tire. (P.445)
If you have a flat tire (vehicles with a spare tire)
Your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire. The flat tire can be replaced with the spare tire. For details about tires: P.442
WARNING If you have a flat tire Do not continue driving with a flat tire. Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.
Before jacking up the vehicle
4958-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
Wheel nut wrench Jack handle Jack Spare tire Towing eyelet
Location of the spare tire, jack and tools
WARNING Using the tire jack Observe the following precau- tions. Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to sud- denly fall off the jack, leading to death or serious injury.
Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or installing and removing tire chains.
Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat tire. Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for replacing tires on this vehicle.
Put the jack properly in its jack point.
496 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
1 Press the button to raise the deck board handle and then lift the deck board.
2 Secure the deck board.
When the luggage cover is installed
Hook the deck board handle onto the underside of the luggage cover as shown in the illustration, to secure the deck board.
When the luggage cover is not installed
Hook the deck board handle onto the upper edge of the back door opening as shown in the illustration.
3 Take out the jack.
For tightening
WARNING Do not put any part of your body
under the vehicle while it is sup- ported by the jack.
Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is supported by the jack.
Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside.
When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to replace the tire.
Use a jack stand if it is neces- sary to get under the vehicle.
When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the vehicle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering.
Taking out the jack
4978-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
For loosening
1 Secure the deck board. (P.496)
2 Loosen the center fastener that secures the spare tire.
1 Chock the tires.
2 Vehicles with a steel wheel: Remove the wheel ornament using the wrench.
Insert the wrench into the notch on the wheel cap. To protect the wheel ornament, place a rag between the wrench
NOTICE When the deck board is
secured Make sure not to close the back door when the deck board is hooked onto the luggage cover or the back door opening. Doing so may lead to damage to interior parts.
Taking out the spare tire
WARNING When storing the spare tire Be careful not to catch fingers or other body parts between the spare tire and the body of the vehicle.
Replacing a flat tire
Flat tire Wheel chock positions
Front left-hand side
Behind the rear right-hand side tire
Front right-hand side
Behind the rear left-hand side tire
Rear left-hand side
In front of the front right-hand side tire
Rear right-hand side
In front of the front left-hand side tire
498 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
and the wheel ornament.
3 Slightly loosen the wheel nuts (one turn).
4 Turn the tire jack portion by hand until the center of the recessed portion of the jack is in contact with the center of the jack point.
5 Assemble the jack handle extension.
6 Raise the vehicle until the tire is slightly raised off the ground.
7 Remove all the wheel nuts and the tire.
When resting the tire on the ground, place the tire so that the wheel design faces up to avoid scratching the wheel surface.
4998-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
1 Remove any dirt or foreign matter from the wheel con- tact surface.
If foreign matter is on the wheel contact surface, the wheel nuts may loosen while the vehicle is in motion, causing the tire to come off.
2 Install the tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by approximately the same amount.
When replacing a steel wheel with a steel wheel, tighten the wheel nuts until the tapered portion comes into loose contact with the disc wheel seat .
When replacing an aluminum wheel with a steel wheel, tighten the wheel nuts until the tapered portion
comes into loose contact with
WARNING Replacing a flat tire Do not touch the disc wheels or
the area around the brakes immediately after the vehicle has been driven. After the vehi- cle has been driven the disc wheels and the area around the brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet or other body parts while changing a tire, etc. may result in burns.
Failure to follow these precau- tions could cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ftlbf (103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
Do not attach a heavily dam- aged wheel ornament, as it may fly off the wheel while the vehi- cle is moving.
When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been spe- cifically designed for that wheel.
If there are any cracks or defor- mations in the bolt screws, nut threads or bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install them with the tapered ends facing inward.
Installing the spare tire
500 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
the disc wheel seat .
3 Lower the vehicle.
4 Firmly tighten each wheel nut two or three times in the order shown in the illustra- tion.
Tightening torque: 76 ftlbf (103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm)
5 Stow the flat tire, tire jack and all tools.
The compact spare tire
The compact spare tire is identi- fied by the label TEMPORARY
USE ONLY on the tire sidewall. Use the compact spare tire tempo- rarily, and only in an emergency.
Make sure to check the tire infla- tion pressure of the compact spare tire. (P.519)
When the compact spare tire is equipped
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire compared to when driving with stan- dard tires.
After completing the tire change
The tire pressure warning system must be reset. (P.448)
When using the compact spare tire
As the compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warn- ing valve and transmitter, low infla- tion pressure of the spare tire will not be indicated by the tire pressure warning system. Also, if you replace the compact spare tire after the tire pressure warning light comes on, the light remains on.
If you have a flat front tire on a road covered with snow or ice (vehicles with a compact spare tire)
Install the compact spare tire on one of the rear wheels of the vehicle. Perform the following steps and fit tire chains to the front tires: 1 Replace a rear tire with the com-
pact spare tire. 2 Replace the flat front tire with the
tire removed from the rear of the vehicle.
3 Fit tire chains to the front tires.
When reinstalling the wheel ornament (steel wheels except compact spare tire)
Align the cutout of the wheel orna- ment with the valve stem as shown in the illustration.
5018-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
WARNING When using the compact
spare tire Remember that the compact
spare tire provided is specifi- cally designed for use with your vehicle. Do not use your com- pact spare tire on another vehi- cle.
Do not use more than one com- pact spare tires simultaneously.
Replace the compact spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possible.
Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden brak- ing and shifting operations that cause sudden engine braking.
When the compact spare tire is attached
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the follow- ing systems may not operate cor- rectly:
ABS & Brake assist
VSC
TRAC
Automatic High Beam
Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range (if equipped)
Dynamic radar cruise control (if equipped)
EPS
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (if equipped)
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if equipped)
Tire pressure warning system
Navigation system
Speed limit when using the compact spare tire
Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a com- pact spare tire is installed on the vehicle.
The compact spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Failure to observe this precaution may lead to an acci- dent causing death or serious injury.
After using the tools and jack Before driving, make sure all the tools and jack are securely in place in their storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a collision or sudden braking.
NOTICE Be careful when driving over
bumps with the compact spare tire installed on the vehicle.
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire compared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful when driving over uneven road sur- faces.
502 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
One of the following may be the cause of the problem: There may not be sufficient
fuel in the vehicles tank. Refuel the vehicle.
The engine may be flooded. Try to restart the engine again following correct starting pro- cedures. (P.142)
There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer sys- tem. (P.64)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem: The battery may be dis-
charged. (P.506)
NOTICE Driving with tire chains and
the compact spare tire Do not fit tire chains to the com- pact spare tire. Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving perfor- mance.
When replacing the tires When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
If the engine will not start
If the engine will not start even though correct starting procedures are being fol- lowed (P.142), consider each of the following points:
The engine will not start even though the starter motor operates normally.
The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and headlights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low volume.
5038-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W he
n trouble arises
The battery terminal connec- tions may be loose or cor- roded. (P.439)
The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical problem such as elec- tronic key battery depletion or a blown fuse. However, an interim measure is available to start the engine. (P.503)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
The battery may be dis- charged. (P.506)
One or both of the battery ter- minals may be disconnected. (P.439)
There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system.
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair procedures are unknown.
When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as an interim measure to start
the engine if the engine switch is functioning normally. Do not use this starting proce- dure except in case of emer- gency.
1 Pull the parking brake switch to check that the parking brake is set. (P.154)
Parking brake indicator will come on.
2 Check that the shift lever is set in P (continuously vari- able transmission) or N (manual transmission).
3 Turn the engine switch to ACC.
4 Press and hold the engine switch for about 15 seconds while depressing the brake pedal (continuously variable transmission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) firmly.
Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
The starter motor does not turn over
The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and headlights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound.
Emergency start function
504 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
When the electronic key does not work properly
Make sure that the smart key sys- tem has not been deactivated in the customization setting. If it is off, turn the function on. (Custom- izable features P.535)
Check if battery-saving mode is set. If it is set, cancel the function. (P.109)
Use the mechanical key (P.100) in order to perform the following operations:
If you lose your keys
New genuine mechanical keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using another mechanical key and the key number stamped on your key number plate. Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.
NOTICE When an electronic key is lost If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases significantly. Visit your Toyota dealer immediately with all remaining electronic keys that were provided with your vehicle.
If the electronic key does not operate prop- erly
If communication between the electronic key and vehi- cle is interrupted (P.109) or the electronic key cannot be used because the battery is depleted, the smart key system and wireless remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors can be opened and the engine can be started by following the procedure below.
NOTICE In case of a smart key system
malfunction or other key-related problems
Take your vehicle with all the elec- tronic keys provided with your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Locking and unlocking the doors
5058-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
1 Locks all the doors 2 Unlocks all the doors Turning the key unlocks the drivers door. Turning the key again unlocks the other doors.
Key linked functions
1 Closes the windows (turn and hold)*
2 Opens the windows (turn and hold)*
*: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
1 Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: Ensure that the shift lever is in P and depress the brake pedal. Vehicles with a manual trans- mission: Shift the shift lever to N and depress the clutch pedal.
2 Touch the Toyota emblem side of the electronic key to the engine switch.
When the electronic key is detected, a buzzer sounds and the engine switch will turn to ON. When the smart key system is deactivated in customization set- ting, the engine switch will turn to
WARNING When using the mechanical
key and operating the power windows
Operate the power window after checking to make sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the window. Also, do not allow children to operate the mechanical key. It is possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the power window.
Starting the engine
506 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
ACC.
3 Firmly depress the brake pedal (continuously variable transmission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) and
check that is shown on the multi-information display.
4 Press the engine switch shortly and firmly.
In the event that the engine still cannot be started, contact your Toyota dealer.
Stopping the engine
Shift the shift lever to P (continu- ously variable transmission) or N (manual transmission) and press the engine switch as you normally do when stopping the engine.
Electronic key battery
As the above procedure is a tempo- rary measure, it is recommended that the electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the bat- tery is depleted. (P.456)
Changing engine switch modes
Release the brake pedal (continu- ously variable transmission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) and press the engine switch in step 3 above. The engine does not start and modes will be changed each time the switch is pressed. (P.145)
If the vehicle battery is discharged
The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the vehicles bat- tery is discharged. You can also call your Toy- ota dealer or a qualified repair shop.
5078-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W he
n trouble arises
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the steps below.
1 Vehicles with an alarm (P.66): Confirm that the electronic key is being car- ried.
When connecting the jumper (or
booster) cables, depending on the situation, the alarm may activate and doors locked. (P.67)
2 Open the hood. (P.433)
3 Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to on your vehicle and
connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to on
the second vehicle. Then, connect a negative cable clamp to on the second vehicle and connect the clamp at the other end of
the negative cable to .
Positive (+) battery terminal (your vehicle)
Positive (+) battery terminal (second vehicle)
Negative (-) battery terminal (second vehicle)
Solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery and any moving parts as shown in the illustration
4 Start the engine of the sec- ond vehicle. Increase the engine speed slightly and
maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to
Restarting the engine
508 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
recharge the battery of your vehicle.
5 Open and close any of the doors of your vehicle with the engine switch OFF.
6 Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and start the engine of your vehicle by turning the engine switch to ON.
7 Once the vehicles engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
Starting the engine when the battery is discharged
The engine cannot be started by push-starting.
To prevent battery discharge
Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the engine is off.
Turn off any unnecessary electri- cal components when the vehicle is running at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
When the battery is removed or discharged
Information stored in the ECU is cleared. When the battery is depleted, have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer.
Some systems may require initial- ization. (P.543)
When removing the battery ter- minals
When the battery terminals are removed, the information stored in the ECU is cleared. Before remov- ing the battery terminals, contact your Toyota dealer.
Charging the battery
The electricity stored in the battery will discharge gradually even when the vehicle is not in use, due to nat- ural discharge and the draining effects of certain electrical appli- ances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the battery may discharge, and the engine may be unable to start. (The battery recharges auto- matically during driving.)
When recharging or replacing the battery
In some cases, it may not be pos- sible to unlock the doors using the smart key system when the bat- tery is discharged. Use the wire- less remote control or the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors.
The engine may not start on the first attempt after the battery has recharged but will start normally after the second attempt. This is not a malfunction.
The engine switch mode is memo- rized by the vehicle. When the battery is reconnected, the system will return to the mode it was in before the battery was dis- charged. Before disconnecting the battery, turn the engine switch off. If you are unsure what mode the engine switch was in before the battery discharged, be especially careful when reconnecting the battery.
When replacing the battery
Use a battery that conforms to European regulations.
Use a battery that the case size is same as the previous one (LN2), 20 hour rate capacity (20HR) is
5098-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
equivalent (60Ah) or greater, and performance rating (CCA) is equivalent (360A) or greater.
If the sizes differ, the battery can- not be properly secured.
If the 20 hour rate capacity is low, even if the time period where the vehicle is not used is a short time, the battery may discharge and the engine may not be able to start.
For details, consult your Toyota dealer.
WARNING When removing the battery
terminals Always remove the negative (-) terminal first. If the positive (+) ter- minal contacts any metal in the surrounding area when the posi- tive (+) terminal is removed, a spark may occur, leading to a fire in addition to electrical shocks and death or serious injury.
Avoiding battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flammable gas that may be emit- ted from the battery:
Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct termi- nal and that it is not unintention- ally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the + terminal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area, such as brackets or unpainted metal.
Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact with each other.
Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near the battery.
Battery precautions The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following precautions when handling the battery:
When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care not to allow any bat- tery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing or the vehicle body.
Do not lean over the battery.
In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes, immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention. Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention can be received.
Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and other bat- tery-related parts.
Do not allow children near the battery.
NOTICE When handling jumper cables When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entangled in the cooling fan or engine drive belt.
510 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
1 Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air con- ditioning system, and then stop the engine.
2 If you see steam: Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides. If you do not see steam: Carefully lift the hood.
3 After the engine has cooled down sufficiently, inspect the
hoses and radiator core (radi- ator) for any leaks.
Radiator
Cooling fan
If a large amount of coolant leaks, immediately contact your Toyota dealer.
4 The coolant level is satisfac- tory if it is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reser- voir.
Reservoir
MAX line
MIN line
5 Add engine coolant if neces- sary.
Water can be used in an emer- gency if engine coolant is unavail-
If your vehicle over- heats
The following may indicate that your vehicle is over- heating.
The engine coolant tem- perature gauge (P.74, 78) is in the red zone or a loss of engine power is experi- enced. (For example, the vehicle speed does not increase.)
Engine Coolant Temp High Stop in a Safe Place See Owners Manual is shown on the multi-information dis- play.
Steam comes out from under the hood.
Correction procedures
5118-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
8
W hen trouble arises
able.
6 Start the engine and turn the air conditioning system on to check that the radiator cool- ing fan operates and to check for coolant leaks from the radiator or hoses.
The fan operates when the air con- ditioning system is turned on imme- diately after a cold start. Confirm that the fan is operating by check- ing the fan sound and air flow. If it is difficult to check these, turn the air conditioning system on and off repeatedly. (The fan may not oper- ate in freezing temperatures.) 7 If the fan is not operating:
Stop the engine immediately and contact your Toyota dealer. If the fan is operating: Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer.
WARNING When inspecting under the
hood of your vehicle Observe the following precau- tions. Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns.
If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until the steam has sub- sided. The engine compart- ment may be very hot.
Keep hands and clothing (espe- cially a tie, a scarf or a muffler) away from the fan and belts. Failure to do so may cause the hands or clothing to be caught, resulting in serious injury.
Do not loosen the coolant reser- voir caps while the engine and radiator are hot. High temperature steam or coolant could spray out.
NOTICE When adding engine coolant Add coolant slowly after the engine has cooled down suffi- ciently. Adding cool coolant to a hot engine too quickly can cause damage to the engine.
To prevent damage to the cooling system
Observe the following precau- tions:
Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust etc.).
Do not use any coolant additive.
512 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA H/B_U
1 Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P (continuously variable transmission) or N (manual transmission).
2 Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front wheels.
3 Place wood, stones or some other material under the front wheels to help provide trac- tion.
4 Restart the engine. 5 Shift the shift lever to D or R
(continuously variable trans- mission) or 1 or R (manual transmission) and release the parking brake. Then, while exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal.
When it is difficult to free the vehicle
Press the switch to turn off TRAC.
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Carry out the following pro- cedures if the tires spin or the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
Recovering procedure
WARNING When attempting to free a
stuck vehicle If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people. The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes free. Use extreme caution.
When shifting the shift lever (vehicles with a continuously variable transmission)
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed. This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE To avoid damaging the trans-
mission and other compo- nents
Avoid spinning the front wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal more than necessary.
If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed, the vehicle may require towing to be freed.
513
COROLLA H/B_U
9
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
Vehicle specifications
.
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.).................. 514
Fuel information .......... 522 Tire information ........... 524
9-2. Customization
Customizable features .................................. 535
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ......... 543
514 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9-1.Specifications
*: Unladen vehicles
Vehicle identification num- ber
The vehicle identification num- ber (VIN) is the legal identifier for your vehicle. This is the pri- mary identification number for your Toyota. It is used in regis- tering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped under the right-hand front seat.
This number is also stamped on the top left of the instrument panel.
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
Dimensions and weight
Overall length 172.0 in. (4370 mm)
Overall width 70.5 in. (1790 mm)
Overall height* 56.5 in. (1435 mm)
Wheelbase 103.9 in. (2640 mm)
Tread Front 60.2 in. (1530 mm)
Rear 60.2 in. (1530 mm)
Vehicle capacity weight (Occupants + luggage)
860 lb. (390 kg)
Seating capacity
Seating capacity 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)
Vehicle identification
5159-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
This number is also on the Certi- fication Label.
Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.
Engine
Model 2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS)
Type 4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke 3.17 3.84 in. (80.5 97.6 mm)
Displacement 121.3 cu. in. (1987 cm3)
Valve clearance Automatic adjustment
Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment
Fuel
Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only
Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher
Fuel tank capacity (Reference)
13.2 gal. (50.0 L, 11.0 Imp. gal.)
516 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
Oil capacity (Drain and refill
[Reference*])
*: The engine oil capacity is a refer- ence quantity to be used when changing the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes, and check the oil level on the dipstick.
Engine oil selection
Toyota Genuine Motor Oil is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved Toyota Genu- ine Motor Oil or equivalent to satisfy the following grade and viscosity.
Oil grade: API SN/RC multi- grade engine oil
Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-16
Outside temperature
SAE 0W-16 is the best choice for good fuel economy and good starting in cold weather.
If SAE 0W-16 is not available, SAE 0W-20 oil may be used. However, it must be replaced with SAE 0W-16 at the next oil change.
Oil viscosity (0W-16 is explained here as an example): The 0W in 0W-16 indicates
the characteristic of the oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
The 16 in 0W-16 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil when the oil is at high tem- perature. An oil with a higher viscosity (one with a higher value) may be better suited if the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
How to read oil container label:
API registered mark is added to some oil containers to help you select the oil you should use.
Lubrication system
With filter 4.9 qt. (4.6 L, 4.0 Imp.
qt.)
Without filter
4.5 qt. (4.3 L, 3.8 Imp. qt.)
5179-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9
Vehicle specifications
Cooling system
Capacity (Reference)
Vehicles with a continuously variable transmis- sion
6.8 qt. (6.4 L, 5.6 Imp. qt.) Vehicles with a manual transmission 6.4 qt. (6.1 L, 5.4 Imp. qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following: Toyota Super Long Life Coolant Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-based
non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
Ignition system (spark plug)
Make DENSO FC20HR-Q8
Gap 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
NOTICE Iridium-tipped spark plugs Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust the spark plug gap.
Electrical system (battery)
Open voltage at 68F (20C): 12.3 V or higher (Turn the engine switch off and turn on the high beam headlights for 30 seconds.)
Charging rates Quick charge Slow charge
15 A max. 5 A max.
Continuously variable transmission
Fluid capacity* 9.0 qt. (8.5 L, 7.5 Imp. qt.)
Fluid type Toyota Genuine CVT Fluid FE
518 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
*: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity. If replacement is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE Continuously variable transmission fluid type Using continuously variable transmission fluid other than the above type may cause abnormal noise or vibration, or damage the continuously vari- able transmission of your vehicle.
Manual transmission
Gear oil capacity (Reference) 1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp. qt.)
Gear oil type TOYOTA Genuine Manual Transmission Gear Oil LV GL-4 75W or equivalent
NOTICE Manual transmission gear oil Please be aware that depending on the particular characteristics of the
gear oil used or the operating conditions, idle sound, shift feeling and/or fuel efficiency may be different or affected and, in the worst case, dam- age to the vehicles transmission. Toyota recommends to use TOYOTA Genuine Manual Transmission Gear Oil LV GL-4 75W to achieve optimal performance.
Your Toyota vehicle is filled with TOYOTA Genuine Manual Transmis- sion Gear Oil LV GL-4 75W at the factory. Use Toyota approved TOYOTA Genuine Manual Transmission Gear Oil LV GL-4 75W or an equivalent oil of matching quality that satisfies the above specifications. Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Clutch
Pedal free play 0.1 0.6 in. (3 15 mm)
Fluid type FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703
Brakes
Pedal clearance*1 4.1 in. (105 mm) Min.
Pedal free play 0.04 0.24 in. (1 6 mm)
Brake pad wear limit 0.04 in. (1 mm)
5199-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
*1:Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 67.4 lbf (300 N, 30.6 kgf) while the engine is running. When performing the brake pedal inspection, also be sure to check that the brake system warning light is not illuminated when the engine is run- ning. (If the brake system warning light is illuminated, refer to P.472.)
*2:Make sure to confirm that the brake warning light (yellow) does not illumi- nate. (If the brake warning light illuminates, refer to P.472.)
15-inch tires
16-inch tires
Parking brake indicator*2
When pulling the parking brake switch for 1 to 2 seconds: comes on
When pushing the parking brake switch for 1 to 2 seconds: turns off
Fluid type FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703
Steering
Free play Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)
Tires and wheels
Tire size 195/65R15 91S
Tire inflation pressure (Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)
Front tire
38 psi (260 kPa, 2.6 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear tire
36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Wheel size 15 6 1/2J
Wheel nut torque 76 ftlbf (103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm)
Tire size 205/55R16 91H
Tire inflation pressure (Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)
Front tire
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear tire
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar)
520 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
18-inch tires
Compact spare tire (if equipped)
Wheel size 16 7J
Wheel nut torque 76 ftlbf (103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm)
Tire size 225/40R18 88V
Tire inflation pressure (Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)
Driving under normal conditions Front tire
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear tire
30 psi (210 kPa, 2.1 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph [160 km/h]) (in countries where such speeds are per- mitted by law)
Add 5 psi (30 kPa, 0.3 kgf/cm2 or bar) to the front tires and rear tires. Never exceed the maximum cold tire inflation pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.
Wheel size 18 8J
Wheel nut torque 76 ftlbf (103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm)
Tire size T125/70D17 98M
Tire inflation pressure (Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Wheel size 17 4T
Wheel nut torque 76 ftlbf (103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm)
Light bulbs
Light bulbs Bulb No. W Type
Exterior Front side marker lights 5 A
License plate lights 5 A
5219-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
A: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
B: Double end bulbs
Interior
Front interior lights/personal lights
5 A
Vanity lights 8 A
Rear interior light 8 B
Luggage compartment light 5 A
Light bulbs Bulb No. W Type
522 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
Gasoline quality
In very few cases, driveability prob- lems may be caused by the brand of gasoline you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer.
Recommendation of the use of gasoline containing detergent additives
Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to avoid the build-up of engine deposits.
All gasoline sold in the U.S.A. con- tains minimum detergent additives to clean and/or keep clean intake systems, per EPAs lowest addi- tives concentration program.
Toyota strongly recommends the use of Top Tier Detergent Gaso- line. For more information on Top Tier Detergent Gasoline and a list of marketers, please go to the offi- cial website www.toptiergas.com.
Recommendation of the use of low emissions gasoline
Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol, as well as reformulated gasolines, are avail- able in some cities. These fuels are typically acceptable for use, provid- ing they meet other fuel require- ments.
Toyota recommends these fuels, since the formulations allow for reduced vehicle emissions.
Non-recommendation of the use of blended gasoline
Use only gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol. DO NOT use any flex-fuel or gas- oline that could contain more than 15% ethanol, including from any pump labeled E30 (30% ethanol [ ]), E50 (50% ethanol [ ]), E85 (85% ethanol [ ]) (which are only some examples of fuel containing more than 15% ethanol).
If you use gasohol in your vehicle, be sure that it has an octane rat- ing no lower than 87.
Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing metha- nol.
Non-recommendation of the use of gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manga- nese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be
Fuel information
You must only use unleaded gasoline. Select octane rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87 may result in engine knock- ing. Persistent knocking can lead to engine damage.
At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifica- tions of ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A.
5239-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9
Vehicle specifications
adversely affected. The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service. If your engine knocks Consult your Toyota dealer. You may occasionally notice light
knocking for a short time while accelerating or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.
NOTICE Notice on fuel quality Do not use improper fuels. If
improper fuels are used, the engine will be damaged.
Do not use leaded gasoline. Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicles three-way catalytic converters causing the emission control system to malfunction.
Do not use gasohol other than the type previously stated. Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle per- formance problems.
Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than the level previously stated will cause persistent heavy knocking. At worst, this will lead to engine damage.
Fuel-related poor driveability If poor driveability (poor hot start- ing, vaporization, engine knock- ing, etc.) is encountered after using a different type of fuel, dis- continue the use of that type of fuel.
When refueling with gasohol Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicles paint.
524 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
Full-size tire
Tire size (P.526)
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (P.526)
Uniform tire quality grading For details, see Uniform Tire Quality Grading that follows.
Location of treadwear indicators (P.442)
Tire ply composition and materials Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands which form the plies in a tire.
Radial tires or bias-ply tires A radial tire has RADIAL on the sidewall. A tire not marked RADIAL is a bias-ply tire.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put into the tire. A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air pres- sure.
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P.443)
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P.519) This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
Summer tires or all season tires (P.443)
Tire information
Typical tire symbols
5259-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
An all season tire has M+S on the sidewall. A tire not marked M+S is a summer tire.
Compact spare tire
TEMPORARY USE ONLY A compact spare tire is identified by the phrase TEMPORARY USE ONLY molded on its sidewall. This tire is designed for temporary emergency use only.
Tire size (P.526)
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (P.526)
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P.443)
Location of treadwear indicators (P.442)
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P.519) This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
Tire ply composition and materials Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands which form the plies in a tire.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put into the tire. A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air pres- sure.
Radial tires or bias-ply tires A radial tire has RADIAL on the sidewall. A tire not marked RADIAL is a bias-ply tire.
526 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
Type A
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Tire manufacturers identifi- cation mark
Tire size code
Manufacturers optional tire type code (3 or 4 letters)
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year *: The DOT symbol certifies that the
tire conforms to applicable Fed- eral Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- dards.
Type B
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Tire manufacturers identifi- cation mark
Manufacturers code
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year *: The DOT symbol certifies that the
tire conforms to applicable Fed- eral Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- dards.
Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical tire size.
Tire use (P = Passenger car, T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio (tire height to section width)
Tire construction code (R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)
Load index (2 digits or 3 dig- its)
Typical DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Tire size
5279-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
Speed symbol (alphabet with one letter)
Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire height
Wheel diameter
Bead
Sidewall
Shoulder
Tread
Belt
Inner liner
Reinforcing rubber
Carcass
Rim lines
Bead wires
Chafer
This information has been pre- pared in accordance with regu- lations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Adminis- tration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota vehicles with informa- tion on uniform tire quality grad- ing.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.
DOT quality grades
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Trac- tion AA Temperature A
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a com- parative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150
Tire section names
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
528 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use. Performance may differ significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from high- est to lowest, are AA, A, B and C, and they represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified govern- ment test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not include corner- ing (turning) traction.
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C, repre- senting the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi- tions on a specified indoor labo- ratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Fed- eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labo- ratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades of a tire assume that it is properly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either sepa- rately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire fail- ure.
Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term Meaning
Cold tire inflation pressure
Tire pressure when the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more, or has not been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under that condition
Maximum inflation pressure The maximum cold inflated pressure to which a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall of the tire
5299-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
Recommended inflation pres- sure
Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer
Accessory weight
The combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power windows, power seats, radio and heater, to the extent that these items are available as fac- tory-installed equipment (whether installed or not)
Curb weight
The weight of a motor vehicle with stan- dard equipment, including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air conditioning and additional weight optional engine
Maximum loaded vehicle weight
The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
Normal occupant weight 150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occu- pants specified in the second column of
Table 1* that follows
Occupant distribution Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as
specified in the third column of Table 1* below
Production options weight
The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim
Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated
Tire related term Meaning
530 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
Rim diameter (Wheel diame- ter)
Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width
Rim type designation The industry manufacturers designation for a rim by style or code
Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity weight (Total load capacity)
The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb. (68 kg) times the vehicles designated seating capacity
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter- mined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and dividing by two
Vehicle normal load on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter- mined by distributing to each axle its share of curb weight, accessory weight, and nor- mal occupant weight (distributed in accor-
dance with Table 1* below), and dividing by two
Weather side The surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire
Bead The part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is shaped to fit the rim
Bead separation A breakdown of the bond between compo- nents in the bead
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles substantially less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread
Carcass The tire structure, except tread and side- wall rubber which, when inflated, bears the load
Chunking The breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall
Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire
Tire related term Meaning
5319-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
Cord separation The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds
Cracking Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or innerliner of the tire extending to cord material
CT
A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire and rim system in which the rim is designed with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the tire is designed to fit on the underside of the rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges inside the air cav- ity of the tire
Extra load tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire
Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs
Innerliner The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium within the tire
Innerliner separation The parting of the innerliner from cord material in the carcass
Intended outboard sidewall
(a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufac- turer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b) The outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle
Light truck (LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load rating The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure
Maximum load rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire
Tire related term Meaning
532 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
Maximum permissible inflation pressure
The maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated
Measuring rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements
Open splice Any parting at any junction of tread, side- wall, or innerliner that extends to cord material
Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire
Overall width
The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs
Passenger car tire
A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords
Ply separation A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materi- als, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substan- tially 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread
Reinforced tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire
Section width
The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, exclud- ing elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands
Sidewall That portion of a tire between the tread and bead
Tire related term Meaning
5339-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
*: Table 1 -Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for var- ious designated seating capacities
Sidewall separation The parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall
Snow tire
A tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E-1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when using the snow traction test as described in ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for Single Wheel Driving Trac- tion in a Straight Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and which is
marked with an Alpine Symbol ( ) on at
least one sidewall
Test rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rim listed as appropriate for use with that tire
Tread That portion of a tire that comes into con- tact with the road
Tread rib A tread section running circumferentially around a tire
Tread separation Pulling away of the tread from the tire car- cass
Treadwear indicators (TWI) The projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indica- tion of the degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel-holding fixture The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securely during testing
Tire related term Meaning
Designated seating capacity, Number of
occupants
Vehicle normal load, Number of occupants
Occupant distribution in a normally loaded vehi-
cle
2 through 4 2 2 in front
5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second
seat
534 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA H/B_U
11 through 15 5 2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1 in fourth seat
16 through 20 7 2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1 in fourth seat
Designated seating capacity, Number of
occupants
Vehicle normal load, Number of occupants
Occupant distribution in a normally loaded vehi-
cle
5359-2. Customization
COROLLA H/B_U
9
Vehicle specifications
9-2.Customization
Changing by using the navi- gation/multimedia system
1 Press the MENU button. 2 Select Setup on the Menu
screen. 3 Select General or Vehicle
on the Setup screen. Various setting can be changed. Refer to the list of settings that can be changed for details. Changing by using the
meter control switches 1 Press or of the meter
control switch to select .
2 Press or of the meter control switch to select the desired item to be custom- ized.
3 Press or press and hold .
The available settings will differ depending on if is pressed or pressed and held. Follow the instructions on the display.
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other func- tions being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Settings that can be changed using the navigation or multimedia system screen (vehicles with a navigation or multimedia system)
Customizable features
Your vehicle includes a vari- ety of electronic features that can be personalized to suit your preferences. The settings of these features can be changed using the multi-information display, the navigation/multimedia system, or at your Toyota dealer.
Customizing vehicle fea- tures
WARNING During customization As the engine needs to be run- ning during customization, ensure that the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may col- lect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health hazard.
NOTICE During customization To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while customizing features.
Customizable features
536 9-2. Customization
COROLLA H/B_U
Settings that can be changed using the meter control switches
Settings that can be changed by your Toyota dealer
Definition of symbols: O = Available, = Not available
Gauges, meters and multi-information display (P.70, 74, 78, 82)
*1:For details about each function: P.87
Function*1 Default setting Customized setting
Language English French
O O Spanish
Units*2 miles (MPG)
km (km/L)
O km (L/100 km)
miles (MPG Impe- rial)
Speedometer display*3 Analog Digital O
Eco Driving Indicator
Light*4 On Off O
Fuel economy display
Total average (Average fuel consumption [after reset])
Trip average (Aver- age fuel consump-
tion [after start])
O Tank average (Average fuel con-
sumption [after refuel])
Audio system linked dis- play
On Off O
Drive information type After start After reset O
Drive information items (First item)
Distance
Average vehicle speed O
Elapsed time
Drive information items (Second item)
Elapsed time
Average vehicle speed O
Distance
Pop-up display On Off O
5379-2. Customization
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
*2:The default setting varies according to country. *3:7-inch display *4: If equipped
Head-up display* (P.89)
*: If equipped
Door lock (P.101, 105, 504)
Function Default setting Customized setting
Head-up display On Off O
Gauge information Tachometer
Eco Driving Indica-
tor* O
No content
Route guidance to desti-
nation/street name* On Off O
Driving support system display
On Off O
Compass* On Off O
Audio system operation
status* On Off O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Unlocking using a mechanical key
Drivers door unlocked in one step, all
doors unlocked in
two step
All doors unlocked in one step
O
Automatic door locking
function*
Shift position linked door
locking opera- tion
Off
O OSpeed linked door locking operation
Automatic door unlock-
ing function*
Shift position linked door unlocking operation
Off
O ODrivers door linked door unlocking
operation
538 9-2. Customization
COROLLA H/B_U
*: Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission
Smart key system and wireless remote control (P.101, 108)
Smart key system (P.101, 108)
Wireless remote control (P.99, 101, 105)
Function Default setting Customized setting
Operating signal (Buzz- ers)
5 Off
O O 1 to 7
Operation signal (Emer- gency flashers)
On Off O O
Time elapsed before automatic door lock function is activated if door is not opened after being unlocked
60 seconds
Off
O O 30 seconds
120 seconds
Open door warning buzzer
On Off O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Smart key system On Off O
Smart door unlocking Drivers door All the doors O O
Time elapsed before unlocking all the door when gripping and hold- ing the drivers door handle
2.0 seconds
Off
O 1.5 seconds
2.5 seconds
Number of consecutive door lock operations
2 times As many as
desired O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Wireless remote control On Off O
Unlocking operation
Drivers door unlocked in one step, all
doors unlocked in
two step
All doors unlocked in one step
O O
5399-2. Customization
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
Power windows (P.125)
Automatic light control system (P.160)
Lights (P.160)
Theft deterrent panic mode
On Off O
Locking operation when door opened
On Off O O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Mechanical key linked operation
Off On O
Wireless remote control linked operation
Off On (open only) O
Wireless remote control linked operation signal (buzzer)
On Off O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Light sensor sensitivity Standard -2 to 2 O O
Time elapsed before headlights automatically turn off after doors are closed
30 seconds
Off
O O60 seconds
90 seconds
Windshield wiper linked headlight illumination
On Off O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Daytime running light system
On Off O O
Function Default setting Customized setting
540 9-2. Customization
COROLLA H/B_U
PCS (Pre-Collision System) (P.178)
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)*/LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)* (P.186, 196)
*: If equipped
RSA (Road Sign Assist)* (P.225)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting Customized setting
PCS (Pre-Collision Sys- tem)
On Off O
Adjust alert timing Middle Far
O Near
Function Default setting Customized setting
Lane centering function* On Off O
Steering assist function On Off O
Alert sensitivity High Standard O
Vehicle sway warning function
On Off O
Vehicle sway warning sensitivity
Standard High
O Low
Function Default setting Customized setting
RSA (Road Sign Assist) On Off O
Excess speed notifica- tion method
Display only No notification
O Display and buzzer
Excess speed notifica- tion level
1 mph (2 km/h) 3 mph (5 km/h)
O 5 mph (10 km/h)
Other notifications method (Do not enter notification)
Display only No notification
O Display and buzzer
5419-2. Customization
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)* (P.228)
*: If equipped
RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) function* (P.233)
*: If equipped
Automatic air conditioning system (P.392)
Illumination (P.401)
Function Default setting Customized setting
BSM (Blind Spot Moni- tor)
On Off O
Outside rear view mirror indicator brightness
Bright Dim O
Alert timing for pres- ence of approaching vehicle (sensitivity)
Intermediate
Early
O Late
Only when vehicle detected in blind
spot
Function Default setting Customized setting
RCTA (Rear cross traf- fic alert) function
On Off O
Function Default setting Customized setting
A/C auto switch opera- tion
On Off O O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Time elapsed before the interior lights turn off
15 seconds
Off
O O7.5 seconds
30 seconds
Operation after the engine switch is turned off
On Off O
542 9-2. Customization
COROLLA H/B_U
Vehicle customization
When the smart key system is off, Smart door unlocking cannot be customized.
When the doors remain closed after unlocking the doors and the automatic door lock function is activated, the signals will be gen- erated in accordance with the operation signal (buzzer) and the operation signal (emergency flashers) settings.
In the following situations, cus- tomize mode in which the set- tings can be changed through the multi-information display will automatically be turned off
A warning message appears after the customize mode screen is dis- played
The engine switch is turned off.
The vehicle begins to move while the customize mode screen is dis- played.
Operation when the doors are unlocked
On Off O
Operation when you approach the vehicle with the electronic key on your person
On Off O
Function Default setting Customized setting
5439-3. Initialization
COROLLA H/B_U
9
V ehicle
specificatio ns
9-3.Initialization
Items to initialize
The following items must be initialized for normal system operation after such cases as the battery being reconnected, or maintenance being performed on the vehicle:
List of items to initialize
Item When to initialize Reference
Message indicat- ing maintenance is required
After maintenance is performed P.426
Tire pressure warn- ing system
When rotating the tires. When the tire inflation pressure
is changed, such as when the tire size is changed.
When the tire inflation pressure is changed, such as when changing traveling speed.
When changing between two registered wheel sets
P.448
544 9-3. Initialization
COROLLA H/B_U
545
COROLLA H/B_U
10
10
F or ow
ners
For owners
.
10-1.For owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners............... 546
Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French)...................... 546
SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners (in French)...................... 548
546 10-1. For owners
COROLLA H/B_U
10-1.For owners
Droulez la sangle diagonale de telle sorte qu'elle passe bien sur l'paule, sans pour autant tre en contact avec le cou ou glisser de l'paule.
Placez la sangle abdominale le plus bas possible sur les hanches.
Rglez la position du dossier de sige. Asseyez-vous le dos droit et calez-vous bien dans le sige.
Ne vrillez pas la ceinture de
Reporting safety defects for U.S. own- ers
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notify- ing Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free: 1-800-331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam- paign. However, NHTSA can- not become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov ; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French)
The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions extracted from the seat belt section in this manual.
See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in English.
Utilisation correcte des ceintures de scurit
54710-1. For owners
COROLLA H/B_U
10
For ow ners
scurit.
Traitement des ceintures de scurit
Nettoyez avec un chiffon ou une ponge humidifis avec de l'eau savonneuse tide. Vrifiez rgulirement que les ceintures ne sont pas uses, effiloches ou entailles excessivement.
Entretien et soin
WARNING Dtrioration et usure des
ceintures de scurit Inspectez le systme de ceintures de scurit rgulirement. Con- trlez l'absence de coupures, d'effilochages et de pices desserres. N'utilisez pas une ceinture de scurit endommage avant qu'elle ne soit remplace. Une ceinture de scurit endom- mage ne permet pas de protger un occupant de blessures graves ou mortelles.
548 10-1. For owners
COROLLA H/B_U
Emplacement des coussins gonflables SRS
Coussins gonflables frontaux SRS
Coussin gonflable conducteur/coussin gonflable du passager avant SRS
Participe la protection de la tte et du thorax du conducteur et du pas- sager avant contre les chocs contre les lments de l'habitacle
Coussin gonflable de genoux SRS Participe la protection du conducteur
Coussin gonflable de coussin de sige SRS Contribue retenir le passager avant
SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners (in French)
The following is a French explanation of SRS airbag instruc- tions extracted from the SRS airbag section in this manual.
See the SRS airbag section for more detailed SRS airbag instruc- tions in English.
Systme de coussins gonflables SRS
54910-1. For owners
COROLLA H/B_U
10
F or ow
ners
Coussins gonflables latraux et rideaux SRS
Coussins gonflables latraux avant SRS Participent la protection du torse des occupants de sige avant
Coussins gonflables latraux arrire SRS Participent la protection du torse des occupants des siges latraux arrire
Coussins gonflables rideaux SRS Participent principalement la protection de la tte des occupants des
siges latraux Peut contribuer empcher les occupants dtre jects du vhicule en
cas de tonneau
Composants du systme de coussins gonflables SRS
Coussin gonflable de coussin de sige
Systme de classification de l'occupant du sige passager avant (ECU et capteurs)
Tmoins indicateurs AIR BAG ON et AIR BAG OFF
Coussin gonflable passager avant
Coussins gonflables rideaux
Capteurs d'impact latral (portes avant)
Coussins gonflables latraux avant
Prtensionneurs de ceintures de scurit et limiteurs de force
Coussins gonflables latraux arrire
Capteurs d'impact latral (arrire)
550 10-1. For owners
COROLLA H/B_U
Capteurs d'impact latral (avant) Coussin gonflable conducteur Contact de boucle de ceinture de scurit conducteur Capteur de position du sige conducteur Coussin gonflable de genoux du conducteur Tmoin d'avertissement SRS Capteurs d'impact avant Ensemble de capteurs de coussins gonflables
Votre vhicule est quip de COUSSINS GONFLABLES INTELLI- GENTS conus selon les normes de scurit amricaines applica- bles aux vhicules moteur (FMVSS208). L'ensemble de capteurs de coussins gonflables (ECU) rgule le dploiement des coussins gonflables sur la base des informations qu'il reoit des capteurs, etc., indiqus ci-dessus dans le schma illustrant les composants du systme. Parmi ces informations figurent la gravit du choc et l'occu- pation du vhicule par les passagers. Le dploiement rapide des coussins gonflables est obtenu au moyen d'une raction chimique dans les dispositifs pyrotechniques, qui produit un gaz inoffensif per- mettant d'amortir le mouvement des occupants.
WARNING Prcautions relatives aux
coussins gonflables SRS Respectez les prcautions suiva- ntes concernant les coussins gon- flables SRS. Le non-respect de ces prcau- tions peut occasionner des bless- ures graves, voire mortelles.
Le conducteur et tous les pas- sagers du vhicule doivent por- ter correctement leur ceinture de scurit. Les coussins gonflables SRS sont des dispositifs supplmen- taires utiliser avec les cein- tures de scurit.
55110-1. For owners
COROLLA H/B_U
10
For ow ners
WARNING Le coussin gonflable conduc-
teur SRS se dploie avec une force considrable, pouvant occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles, si le conducteur se trouve trs prs du coussin gonflable. L'autorit fdrale charge de la scurit routire aux tats-Unis (NHTSA) conseille:
La zone risque du coussin gon- flable conducteur se situant dans les premiers 2 3 in. (50 75 mm) de dploiement, vous placer 10 in. (250 mm) de votre cous- sin gonflable conducteur vous garantit une marge de scurit suffisante. Cette distance est mesurer entre le centre du volant et le sternum. Si vous tes assis moins de 10 in. (250 mm), vous pouvez changer votre position de conduite de plusieurs faons: Reculez votre sige le plus pos-
sible, de manire pouvoir encore atteindre confortable- ment les pdales.
Inclinez lgrement le dossier du sige. Bien que les vhicules aient une conception diffrente, un grand nombre de conducteurs peu- vent s'asseoir une distance de 10 in. (250 mm), mme avec le sige conducteur compltement avanc, simplement en inclinant un peu le dossier de sige. Si vous avez des difficults voir la route aprs avoir inclin le dossier de votre sige, utilisez un coussin ferme et antidra- pant pour vous rehausser ou remontez le sige si votre vhicule est quip de cette fonction.
Si votre volant est rglable, inclinez-le vers le bas. Cela a pour effet d'orienter le coussin gonflable en direction de votre poitrine plutt que de votre tte et de votre cou.
Rglez votre sige selon les recommandations de la NHTSA ci-dessus, tout en conservant le contrle des pdales, du volant et la vue des commandes du tab- leau de bord.
Si vous attachez une rallonge de ceinture de scurit aux bou- cles de ceinture de scurit avant, sans l'attacher au pne de la ceinture de scurit, les coussins gonflables frontaux SRS dterminent que le con- ducteur et le passager avant ont attach leur ceinture de scu- rit, bien que la ceinture de scurit ne soit pas attache. Dans ce cas, les coussins gon- flables frontaux SRS peuvent ne pas se dployer correcte- ment en cas de collision, pou- vant occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles. Veillez porter la rallonge de ceinture de scurit.
552 10-1. For owners
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Le coussin gonflable passager
avant SRS se dploie gale- ment avec une force con- sidrable, pouvant occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles, si le passager avant se trouve trs prs du coussin gonflable. Le sige du passager avant doit tre loign le plus possible du coussin gonflable en rglant le dossier de sige de faon ce que le passager avant soit assis bien droit dans le sige.
Les nourrissons et les enfants qui ne sont pas correctement assis et/ou attachs peuvent tre grivement blesss ou tus par le dploiement d'un coussin gonflable. Un nourrisson ou un enfant trop petit pour utiliser une ceinture de scurit doit tre correctement attach au moyen d'un sige de scurit enfant. Toyota recommande vivement d'installer tous les nourrissons et enfants sur les siges arrire du vhicule et de prvoir pour eux des systmes de retenue adapts. Les siges arrire sont plus srs pour les nourrissons et les enfants que le sige du passager avant.
Ne vous asseyez pas sur le bord du sige et ne vous appuyez pas contre la planche de bord.
Ne laissez pas un enfant rester debout devant le coussin gon- flable passager avant SRS ou s'asseoir sur les genoux du pas- sager avant.
Ne laissez pas les occupants des siges avant voyager avec un objet sur les genoux.
Ne vous appuyez pas contre la porte, le rail latral de toit ou les montants avant, latraux et arrire.
Ne laissez personne s'age- nouiller sur les siges passag- ers en appui contre la porte ou sortir la tte ou les mains l'extrieur du vhicule.
55310-1. For owners
COROLLA H/B_U
10
For ow ners
WARNING Ne fixez rien et ne posez rien
sur des emplacements tels que la planche de bord, la garniture du volant et la partie infrieure du tableau de bord. Ces lments peuvent se trans- former en projectiles lorsque les coussins gonflables conducteur, passager avant et genoux SRS se dploient.
Ne fixez rien aux portes, la vitre du pare-brise, aux vitres latrales, aux montants avant et arrire, au rail latral de toit et la poigne de maintien.
Ne suspendez aucun cintre ou objet dur aux crochets vte- ments. Tous ces objets pour- raient se transformer en projectiles et causer des bless- ures graves, voire mortelles en cas de dploiement des couss- ins gonflables rideaux SRS.
Si un cache en vinyle est plac sur la zone o le coussin gon- flable de genoux du conducteur SRS se dploie, assurez-vous de le retirer.
N'utilisez aucun accessoire de sige recouvrant les zones de dploiement des coussins gon- flables latraux SRS et du cous- sin gonflable de coussin de sige SRS, car il risque de gner le dploiement des cous- sins gonflables SRS. De tels accessoires peuvent empcher les coussins gonflables latraux et le coussin gonflable de cous- sin de sige de s'activer cor- rectement, dsactiver le systme ou entraner le dploie- ment accidentel des coussins gonflables latraux et du cous- sin gonflable de coussin de sige, occasionnant des bless- ures graves, voire mortelles.
vitez de faire subir des chocs ou des pressions excessives aux parties renfermant les com- posants de coussins gonflables SRS ou aux portes avant. En effet, cela pourrait entraner un dysfonctionnement des coussins gonflables SRS.
Ne touchez aucun composant immdiatement aprs le dploiement (gonflage) des coussins gonflables SRS, car ils peuvent tre chauds.
Si vous avez des difficults respirer aprs le dploiement des coussins gonflables SRS, ouvrez une porte ou une vitre pour faire entrer de l'air frais, ou bien descendez du vhicule si cela ne prsente pas de danger. Essuyez tout rsidu ds que possible afin d'viter d'ventu- elles irritations de la peau.
Si les parties renfermant les coussins gonflables SRS, comme les garnitures du volant et des montants avant et arrire, sont endommages ou craqueles, faites-les remplacer par votre concessionnaire Toy- ota.
554 10-1. For owners
COROLLA H/B_U
WARNING Ne placez rien sur le sige du
passager avant, comme un coussin par exemple. Cela a pour consquence de rpartir le poids du passager sur toute la surface du sige, ce qui empche le capteur de dtecter correctement le poids du pas- sager. En consquence, les coussins gonflables frontaux SRS du passager avant ris- quent de ne pas se dployer en cas de collision.
Modification et mise au rebut des composants du systme de coussins gonflables SRS
Ne mettez pas votre vhicule au rebut et ne procdez aucune des modifications suivantes sans consulter votre concessionnaire Toyota. Les coussins gonflables SRS peuvent ne pas fonctionner correctement ou se dployer (se gonfler) accidentellement, provo- quant la mort ou de graves bless- ures.
Installation, dpose, dmon- tage et rparation des coussins gonflables SRS
Rparations, modifications, dmontage ou remplacement du volant, du tableau de bord, de la planche de bord, des siges ou de leur garnissage, des montants avant, latraux et arrire, des rails latraux de toit, des panneaux de porte avant, des garnitures de porte avant ou des haut-parleurs de porte avant
Modifications du panneau de porte avant (par exemple, perage d'un trou dans le pan- neau)
Rparations ou modifications des ailes avant, du pare-chocs avant ou des flancs de l'habita- cle
Installation d'un protge-calan- dre (pare-buffle, pare-kangou- rou, etc.), de chasse-neige, de treuils ou d'un porte-bagages de toit
Modifications du systme de suspension du vhicule
Installation d'appareils lectro- niques tels que les met- teurs/rcepteurs radios mobiles et les lecteurs CD
Modifications de votre vhicule pour une personne atteinte d'un handicap physique
555
COROLLA H/B_U
Index
.
What to do if... (Trouble- shooting) ................... 556
Alphabetical Index....... 559
556 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
COROLLA H/B_U
1-1.What to do if... (Troubleshooting)What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
If you lose your mechanical keys, new genuine mechani- cal keys can be made by your Toyota dealer. (P.504)
If you lose your electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases significantly. Con- tact your Toyota dealer imme- diately. (P.504)
Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted? (P.456)
Is the engine switch in ON?
When locking the doors, turn the engine switch off. (P.143)
Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on your person.
The function may not operate
properly due to the condition of the radio wave. (P.109)
Is the child-protector lock set?
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector lock. (P.104)
Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal? (P.142)
Vehicles with a manual trans- mission: Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the clutch pedal? (P.142)
Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: Is the shift lever in P? (P.142)
Is the electronic key any- where detectable inside the vehicle? (P.108)
Is the steering wheel unlocked? (P.142)
If you have a problem, check the following before contacting your Toyota dealer.
The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed
You lose your keys
The doors cannot be locked or unlocked
The rear door cannot be opened
If you think something is wrong
The engine does not start
557What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
COROLLA H/B_U
Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?
In this case, the engine can be started in a temporary way. (P.505)
Is the battery discharged? (P.506)
Is the engine switch in ON?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the engine switch in ON. (P.148)
It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (P.142)
Is the window lock switch pressed?
The power window except for the one at the drivers seat cannot be operated if the window lock switch is pressed. (P.127)
The auto power off function
will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACC or ON mode (the engine is not running) for a period of time. (P.146)
The seat belt reminder light is flashing
Are the driver and the front passen- ger wearing the seat belts? (P.475)
The parking brake indicator is on
Is the parking brake released? (P.154)
Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound. (P.472, 482)
Did anyone inside the vehicle open a door during setting the alarm?
The sensor detects it and the alarm sounds. (P.66)
Do one of the following to deac- tivate or stop the alarms:
Unlock the doors.
Turn the engine switch to ACC or ON, or start the engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a few seconds.)
The shift lever cannot be shifted from P even if you depress the brake pedal (vehicles with a continu- ously variable transmis- sion)
The steering wheel can- not be turned after the engine is stopped
The windows do not open or close by operating the power window switches
The engine switch is turned off automatically
A warning buzzer sounds during driving
An alarm is activated and the horn sounds (vehicles with an alarm)
558 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
COROLLA H/B_U
Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
Check the message on the multi-information display. (P.482)
When a warning light turns on or a warning message is dis- played, refer to P.472, 482.
Vehicles with an emergency tire puncture repair kit: Stop the vehicle in a safe place and repair the flat tire temporarily with the emergency tire punc- ture repair kit. (P.484)
Vehicles with spare tire: Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare tire. (P.494)
Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or snow. (P.512)
A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle
A warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed
When a problem has occurred
If you have a flat tire
The vehicle becomes stuck
559Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
Alphabetical Index A
A/C Air conditioning filter.............454 Automatic air conditioning sys-
tem .....................................392 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
...............................................246 Warning light ........................474
ACA (Active Cornering Assist) ...............................................247
Active Cornering Assist (ACA) ...............................................247
Adaptive Front-lighting System (AFS)......................................162
AFS (Adaptive Front-lighting System) .................................162
Air conditioning filter .............454 Air conditioning system
Air conditioning filter.............454 Automatic air conditioning sys-
tem .....................................392 Airbags
Airbag operating conditions....31 Airbag precautions for your child
.............................................34 Correct driving posture...........23 Curtain shield airbag operating
conditions .............................32 Curtain shield airbag precautions
.............................................34 Front passenger occupant clas-
sification system...................38 General airbag precautions....34 Locations of airbags ...............29 Modification and disposal of air-
bags .....................................37 Side airbag operating conditions
.............................................32 Side airbag precautions .........34 Side and curtain shield airbags
operating conditions .............32
Side and curtain shield airbags precautions...........................34
SRS airbags ...........................29 SRS warning light .................473
Alarm Alarm ......................................66 Warning buzzer ....................472
AM............................................308 Anchor brackets .................47, 55 Android Auto...........................319 Antennas (smart key system)108 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
...............................................246 Warning light.........................474
Apple CarPlay .........................289 Approach warning ..........211, 221 Apps button (Menu screen) ...259 Armrest....................................417 Assist grips .............................417 Audio .......................................303
Audio source ........................304 Operating information...........327 Reordering the audio source 304 Screen adjustment ...............306 Some basics.........................304 Sound settings......................305 Turning the system on and off
...........................................304 USB/AUX port ......................305 Voice command system .......307
AUDIO button..........................257 Audio button (Menu screen)..259 Audio buttons overview.........257 Audio settings.........................326
Common settings .................326 Radio settings.......................326
Audio source...........................304 Audio system-linked display ...86 Automatic air conditioning sys-
tem .........................................392 Automatic headlight leveling
system ...................................161
560 Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
Automatic High Beam............163 Automatic light control system
...............................................161 Average fuel economy .............84 Average vehicle speed.............86
B
Back door................................105 Back-up light
Replacing light bulbs ............461 Battery
Battery checking...................439 If the battery is discharged ...506 Preparing and checking before
winter..................................251 Replacing .............................508 Warning light ........................473
Blind Spot Monitor (BSM)......228 Bluetooth audio....................320
Registering/Connecting a Blue- tooth device......................322
Bluetooth button (Setup screen) ..................................262
Bluetooth details settings ...277 Bluetooth setup screen ......277 Connecting a Bluetooth device
...........................................277 Deleting a Bluetooth device280 Detailed settings screen.......282 Displaying the Bluetooth setup
screen ................................277 Editing the Bluetooth device
information .........................280 Registering a Bluetooth device
...........................................279 Bluetooth device information
...............................................280 Bluetooth hands-free system
...............................................348 Bluetooth phone message func-
tion.........................................359 Calling the message sender.362
Checking received messages ...........................................360
Displaying the message screen ...........................................359
Receiving a message ...........360 Replying to a message (dicta-
tion reply)............................361 Replying to a message (quick
reply) ..................................362 Bottle holders .........................404 Brake
Brake hold ............................157 Fluid..............................438, 518 Parking brake .......................154 Warning light.........................472
Brake assist ............................246 Break-in tips............................132 Brightness control
Instrument panel light control76, 81
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ......228
C
Care Exterior .................................420 Interior ..................................422 Seat belts .............................422 Wheels and wheel ornaments
...........................................420 Cargo capacity........................140 Cargo hooks............................406 Chains......................................252 Child restraint system
Fixed with a LATCH system ...54 Fixed with a seat belt..............49 Front passenger occupant clas-
sification system ...................38 Points to remember ................45 Riding with children ................44 Types of child restraint system
installation method ...............47 Using an anchor bracket ........55
561Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
Child safety Airbag precautions .................34 Battery precautions ......440, 509 Child restraint system.............47 Heated steering wheel and seat
heater precautions .............399 How your child should wear the
seat belt................................26 Power window lock switch....127 Power window precautions ..126 Rear door child-protectors....104 Removed electronic key battery
precautions.........................457 Seat belt extender precautions
.............................................26 Seat belt precautions .............44
Child-protectors .....................104 Cleaning
Exterior.................................420 Interior ..................................422 Radar sensor........................173 Seat belts .............................422 Wheels and wheel ornaments
...........................................420 Clock ...............74, 76, 78, 81, 297 Coat hooks..............................417 Command list .........................342 Condenser ..............................438 Console box............................405 Consumption screen................93 Continuously variable transmis-
sion........................................147 If the shift lever cannot be shifted
from P.................................148 M mode ................................150 Paddle shift switches....149, 150
Cooling system ......................437 Engine overheating .............510
Cruise control Dynamic radar cruise control215 Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ..........204
Cup holders.............................404 Current fuel consumption........84 Curtain shield airbags..............29 Customizable features ...........535
D
Daytime running light system160 DCM .........................382, 383, 384 Defogger
Outside rear view mirrors .....395 Rear window.........................395 Windshield............................394
Dimensions .............................514 Dinghy towing.........................141 Display
Dynamic radar cruise control215 Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ..........204 Head-up display .....................89 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)..................201 LTA (Lane-Tracing Assist).....192 Multi-information display.........82 RCTA....................................233 Warning message.................482
Display change button .......75, 80 Distance until next engine oil
change.....................................80 Do-it-yourself maintenance ...426 Door lock
Back door .............................105 Side doors ............................101 Smart key system.................108 Wireless remote control..........99
Doors Automatic door locking and
unlocking system................104 Back door .............................105 Door glasses ........................125 Door lock ......................101, 105 Open door warning buzzer .102,
104
562 Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
Outside rear view mirrors .....123 Rear door child-protectors....104 Side doors ............................101
Drive distance...........................86 Drive information .....................86 Drive-start control ..................132 Driving
Break-in tips .........................132 Correct driving posture...........23 Driving mode select switch...245 Procedures...........................130 Winter drive tips ...................251
Driving information display.....84 Driving range ......................84, 85 Driving support system informa-
tion display .............................86 Dynamic radar cruise control215
Warning message ................223 Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ...........204 Warning message ................213
E
Eco Driving Indicator .........85, 92 Eco Driving Indicator Light .....85 EDR (Event data recorder).........8 Elapsed time .............................86 Electric Power Steering (EPS)
...............................................247 Warning light ........................475
Electronic key...........................98 Battery-saving function.........109 If the electronic key does not
operate properly .................504 Replacing the battery ...........456
Emergency flashers ...............464 Emergency tire puncture repair
kit ...........................................484 Emergency, in case of
If a warning buzzer sounds ..472 If a warning light turns on .....472
If a warning message is dis- played.................................482
If the battery is discharged ...506 If the electronic key does not
operate properly .................504 If the engine will not start......502 If the vehicle is trapped in rising
water...................................465 If you have a flat tire .............484 If you lose your keys.............504 If you think something is wrong
...........................................470 If your vehicle becomes stuck
...........................................512 If your vehicle has to be stopped
in an emergency.................464 If your vehicle needs to be towed
...........................................467 If your vehicle overheats ......510
Engine ACCESSORY mode .............145 Compartment........................435 Engine switch .......................142 Fuel pump shut off system ...471 Hood.....................................433 How to start the engine ........142 Identification number ............515 If the engine will not start......502 If your vehicle has to be stopped
in an emergency.................464 Ignition switch (engine switch)
...........................................142 Overheating .........................510 Tachometer.......................74, 78
Engine coolant Capacity ...............................517 Checking ..............................437 Preparing and checking before
winter..................................251 Engine coolant temperature
gauge.................................74, 78 Engine immobilizer system .....64
563Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
Engine oil Capacity ...............................516 Checking ..............................435 Preparing and checking before
winter..................................251 Warning light ........................473
Engine switch .........................142 Auto power off function ........146 Changing the engine switch
modes ................................145 If your vehicle has to be stopped
in an emergency.................464 Enhanced VSC........................247 Entering letters and num-
bers/list screen operation ...267 Entering letters and numbers267 List screen............................268
EPS (Electric Power Steering) ...............................................247 Warning light ........................475
Establishing an Android Auto connection ............................290
Establishing an Apple CarPlay connection ............................289
Event data recorder (EDR).........8
F
Flat tire Tire pressure warning system
...........................................445 Vehicles without a spare tire 484
Floor mats.................................22 Fluid
Brake....................................518 Clutch ...................................518 Continuously variable transmis-
sion.....................................517 Manual transmission ............518 Washer .................................441
FM ............................................308 Fog lights ................................166
Replacing light bulbs ............461
Switch...................................166 Front fog lights
Replacing light bulbs ............461 Switch...................................166
Front passenger occupant clas- sification system ....................38
Front seats Adjustment ...........................115 Cleaning ...............................422 Correct driving posture ...........23 Head restraints .....................118 Seat heaters .........................399
Front side marker lights Light switch...........................160 Replacing light bulbs ............461
Front turn signal lights Replacing light bulbs ............461 Turn signal lever ...................153
Fuel Capacity ...............................515 Fuel gauge .......................74, 78 Fuel pump shut off system ...471 Information ...........................522 Refueling ..............................170 Type......................................515 Warning light.........................475
Fuel consumption Average fuel economy............84 Current fuel consumption .......84
Fuel economy ...........................84 Fuel filler door
Refueling ..............................170 Fuel gauge...........................74, 78 Fuel pump shut off system....471 Functional overview...............378 Fuses .......................................458
G
Gauges ................................74, 78 General button (Setup screen)
.......................................262, 296
564 Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
General settings .....................296 Displaying the general settings
screen ................................296 General settings screen .......296
Glove box................................404 Glove box light .......................404 Grocery bag hooks ................406
H
Hands-free system .................348 Head restraints ....................... 118 Headlights
Adaptive Front-lighting System (AFS)..................................162
Automatic High Beam system ...........................................163
Light switch ..........................160 Replacing light bulbs ............461
Head-up display .......................89 Driving information display area
.............................................89 Driving support system display
area ......................................91 Eco Driving Indicator ..............92 Navigation system-linked display
.............................................89 Pop-up display .......................91 Settings ..................................90
Heated steering wheel ...........399 Heaters
Automatic air conditioning sys- tem .....................................392
Heated steering wheel .........399 Outside rear view mirrors .....395 Seat heaters.........................399
High mounted stoplight Replacing light bulbs ............461
Hill-start assist control ..........247 HOME button ..........................266 Home screen...........................266 Hood
Open ....................................433
Hooks Cargo hooks .........................406 Coat hooks ...........................417 Grocery bag hooks ...............406 Retaining hooks (floor mat) ....22
Horn .........................................121
I
I/M test .....................................429 Identification
Engine ..................................515 Vehicle..................................514
Ignition switch (engine switch) ...............................................142 Auto power off function.........146 Changing the engine switch
modes.................................145 If your vehicle has to be stopped
in an emergency.................464 Illuminated entry system .......402 Indicators ..................................72 Info button (Menu screen) .....259 Initial screen............................263
Caution screen .....................263 Restarting the system...........263
Initialization Items to initialize...................543 Maintenance.........................426 Power windows ....................125 Tire pressure warning system
...........................................448 Inside rear view mirror ...........122 Instrument panel light control76,
81 Intercooler coolant
Capacity ...............................517 Interior lights...........................401
Front interior light .................401 Rear interior light ..................401
Internet radio...........................313 iPod/iPhone(Apple Carplay ...316
565Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
J
Jack Positioning a floor jack .........434 Vehicle-equipped jack ..485, 495
Jack handle.....................485, 495 Jam protection function
Power windows ....................125
K
Keyless entry Smart key system.................108 Wireless remote control .........99
Keys Battery-saving function.........109 Electronic key.........................98 Engine switch .......................142 If the electronic key does not
operate properly .................504 If you lose your keys ............504 Key number plate ...................98 Keyless entry........101, 106, 108 Mechanical key ......................98 Replacing the battery ...........456 Warning buzzer ....................108 Wireless remote control .........99
Knee airbags.............................29
L
Lane Departure Alert with steer- ing control (LDA)
Operation .............................196 Warning messages...............203
Lane Tracing Assist (LTA) Operation .............................186 Warning messages...............195
Language (multi-information dis- play).........................................87
LATCH anchors ........................54
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
Operation..............................196 Warning messages...............203
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) switch.......200
Lever Auxiliary catch lever .............433 Hood lock release lever ........433 Shift lever .....................147, 151 Turn signal lever ...................153 Wiper lever ...........................166
License plate lights Light switch...........................160 Replacing light bulbs ............461 Wattage ................................520
Light Wattage ................................520
Light bulbs Replacing .............................460
Lights Automatic High Beam system
...........................................163 Front interior lights................401 Headlight switch ...................160 Interior lights.........................401 Interior lights list ...................401 Luggage compartment light ..107 Personal lights......................402 Rear interior lights ................401 Replacing light bulbs ............461 Turn signal lever ...................153 Vanity lights ..........................416 Wattage ................................520
Linking multi-information display and the system .....................271
Lock steering column ............142 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)
Operation..............................186 Warning messages...............195
Luggage compartment features ...............................................406
566 Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
Luggage compartment light Wattage ................................520
Luggage cover........................407
M
Maintenance Do-it-yourself maintenance ..431 General maintenance...........426 Maintenance data.................514 Maintenance requirements...425
Malfunction indicator lamp....473 Manual transmission .............151 Media button (Menu screen)..259 Menu icons ...............................83 Menu screen ...........................259
Menu screen operation ........259 Meter
Clock ................................74, 78 Indicators................................72 Instrument panel light control76,
81 Meter control switches ...........83 Meters ..............................74, 78 Multi-information display ........82 Settings ..................................87 Warning lights.......................472 Warning message ................482
Microphone.............................351 Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror..........122 Outside rear view mirror defog-
gers ....................................395 Outside rear view mirrors .....123 Vanity mirrors .......................416
Mobile Assistant.....................346 Connectable devices and avail-
able functions .....................346 Mobile Assistant operation ...346
Multi-information display Audio system-linked display...86 Clock ................................76, 81 Driving information display .....84
Driving support system informa- tion display ...........................86
Dynamic radar cruise control215 Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ..........204 Eco Driving Indicator ..............85 Fuel economy.........................84 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)..................201 LTA (Lane-Tracing Assist).....192 Menu icons .............................83 Meter control switches............83 Navigation system-linked display
.............................................86 Settings ..................................87 Tire pressure ........................445 Vehicle information display.....86 Warning message.................482
N
Navigation system-linked display ...........................................86, 89
Noise from under vehicle...........6
O
Odometer.............................75, 80 Odometer and trip meter display
Display change button......75, 80 Display items ....................75, 80
Oil Engine oil..............................516
Open tray.................................405 Opener
Back door .............................106 Fuel filler door.......................170 Hood.....................................433
Outside rear view mirrors Adjustment ...........................123 BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) .....228 Folding..................................123
567Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
Outside rear view mirror defog- gers ....................................395
RCTA function ......................233 Outside temperature ..........74, 78 Overheating ............................510
P
Paddle shift switches.....149, 150 Panic mode ...............................99 Parking brake
Operation .............................154 Parking brake engaged warning
buzzer ................................156 Warning light ........................478 Warning message ................156
Parking lights Light switch ..........................160 Replacing light bulbs ............461
PCS (Pre-Collision System) Function ...............................178 PCS OFF switch...................180 Warning light ........................477
Personal lights .......................401 Wattage ................................520
Phone ......................................348 About the contacts in the contact
list.......................................352 Phone screen operation .......348 Registering/Connecting a Blue-
tooth phone ......................350 Some basics.........................349 Troubleshooting....................374 Voice command system .......352 When selling or disposing of the
vehicle ................................352 Phone button ..........................348 Phone button (Menu screen).259 Phone button (Setup screen) 262 Phone settings .......................364
Contacts/Call history settings366 Message settings .................372 Notifications settings ............365
Sounds settings....................364 Placing a call using the Blue-
tooth hands-free system....353 By call history .......................353 By contacts list .....................354 By favorites list .....................354 By home screen ...................356 By keypad.............................355
Power outlets ..........................408 Power steering (Electric power
steering system)...................247 Warning light.........................475
POWER VOLUME knob..........304 Power windows
Door lock linked window opera- tion......................................126
Jam protection function ........125 Operation..............................125 Window lock switch ..............127
Pre-Collision System (PCS) Function................................178 PCS OFF switch...................180 Warning light.........................477
R
Radar cruise control...............215 Radar cruise control (dynamic
radar cruise control with full-speed range)...................204
Radiator ...................................438 Radio........................................308
Displaying the radio ID .........311 How to subscribe to SiriusXM
Satellite Radio ....................310 Presetting a station...............308 Radio broadcast data system309 Refer to the table below to iden-
tify the problem and take the suggested corrective action311
RCTA Function................................233 Warning message.................234
568 Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
RCTA function.........................235 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
...............................................233 Rear seats ............................... 116
Head restraints..................... 118 Rear side marker lights
Light switch ..........................160 Rear turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs ............461 Turn signal lever...................153
Rear view mirror Inside rear view mirror..........122 Outside rear view mirrors .....123
Rear view monitor system.....238 If you notice any symptoms..242
Rear window defogger...........395 Rear window wiper.................168 Receiving a call using the Blue-
tooth hands-free system ...356 Refueling
Capacity ...............................515 Fuel types.............................515 Opening the fuel tank cap ....170
Registering/Connecting a Blue- tooth device........................272
Profiles .................................275 Registering a Bluetooth audio
player for the first time........275 Registering a Bluetooth phone
for the first time ..................272 Replacing
Electronic key battery...........456 Fuses ...................................458 Light bulbs............................460
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners...................................546
Resetting the message indicat- ing maintenance is required426
Road Sign Assist....................225 RSA (Road Sign Assist) .........225
S
Safety Connect .........................58 Screen adjustment .................270 Seat belt reminder light..475, 476 Seat belts...................................25
Automatic Locking Retractor ..27 Child restraint system installation
.............................................47 Cleaning and maintaining the
seat belt..............................422 Emergency Locking Retractor 27 How to wear your seat belt .....26 How your child should wear the
seat belt................................26 Pregnant women, proper seat
belt use.................................25 Reminder light and buzzer .475,
476 Seat belt extender ..................26 Seat belt pretensioners ..........28 SRS warning light .................473
Seat heaters ............................399 Seating capacity .............140, 514 Seats
Adjustment ...........................115 Adjustment precautions........115 Child seats/child restraint system
installation ............................45 Cleaning ...............................422 Head restraints .....................118 Properly sitting in the seat ......23 Seat heaters .........................399
Secondary Collision Brake ....247 Sensor
Automatic headlight system .161 Automatic High Beam system
...........................................163 BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) .....228 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)..................196 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) .....186
569Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
Radar sensor................172, 230 RCTA....................................235
Service Connect .....................384 Service reminder message....426 Setup button (Menu screen) 259,
262 Setup screen...........................262 Shift lever
Continuously variable transmis- sion.....................................147
Manual transmission ............151 Side airbags..............................29 Side marker lights
Light switch ..........................160 Wattage ................................520
Side mirrors Adjustment ...........................123 BSM (Blind Spot Monitor).....228 Folding .................................123 RCTA function ......................233
Side turn signal lights Replacing light bulbs ............461 Turn signal lever...................153
Side windows .........................125 SiriusXM (SXM).......................308 Smart key system
Antenna location ..................108 Entry functions .............101, 106 Starting the engine ...............142
Snow tires ...............................251 Spare tire
Inflation pressure..................519 Storage location ...................495
Spark plug...............................517 Specifications.........................514 Speedometer ......................74, 78 Status icon..............................260
Status icon explanation ........260 Steering lock
Column lock release.............142 Steering lock system warning
message.............................142
Steering switch ...............324, 339 Audio switch .........................324 Talk switch ............................339
Steering wheel Adjustment ...........................121 Heated steering wheel..........399 Meter control switches............83
Stop lights Replacing light bulbs ............461
Storage features .....................403 Stuck
If the vehicle becomes stuck 512 Sun visors ...............................416 Switches
Brake Hold switch.................157 Display change button......75, 80 Door lock switches ...............103 Driving mode select switch...245 Dynamic radar cruise control
switch .................................215 Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range switch205 Emergency flashers switch...464 Engine switch .......................142 Heated steering wheel switch
...........................................399 Ignition switch.......................142 Instrument panel light control
switches..........................76, 81 Light switches.......................160 LTA (Lane-Tracing Assist) switch
...........................................191 Meter control switches............83 Outside rear view mirror
switches..............................123 Paddle shift switches....149, 150 Parking brake switch ............154 PCS OFF switch...................180 Power door lock switch.........103 Power window switches .......125 RCTA switch .........................234
570 Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers switch ...........................................392
Seat heater switches............399 SOS button ..........................58 Tire pressure warning reset
switch .................................448 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
switch .........................205, 215 VSC OFF switch...................247 Window lock switch ..............127 Windshield wiper and washer
switch .................................166 SXM (SiriusXM).......................308
T
Tachometer .........................74, 78 Tail lights
Light switch ..........................160 Replacing light bulbs ............461
Talking on the Bluetooth hands-free system ...............357
Call screen operation ...........357 Incoming call waiting ............359 Sending tones ......................358 Transmit volume setting .......358
Theft deterrent system Alarm......................................66 Engine immobilizer system ....64
Tire inflation pressure............451 Maintenance data.................519 Warning light ........................476
Tire information ......................524 Glossary ...............................528 Size ......................................526 Tire identification number .....526 Uniform Tire Quality Grading527
Tire pressure display .............445 Tire pressure warning system
Function ...............................445 Initializing .............................448
Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters ......447
Registering ID codes ............449 Warning light.........................476
Tires Chains ..................................252 Checking ..............................442 Emergency tire puncture repair
kit ........................................484 If you have a flat tire .............484 Inflation pressure..................451 Information ...........................524 Rotating tires ........................444 Size ......................................519 Snow tires.............................251 Tire pressure warning system
...........................................445 Warning light.........................476
Tools ................................485, 495 Top tether strap ........................55 Total load capacity .................514 Touch screen ..........................264
Touch screen gestures .........264 Touch screen operation ........264
Towing Dinghy towing.......................141 Emergency towing................467 Towing eyelet........................469 Trailer towing ........................141
Toyota apps.............................385 Toyota apps
Entering keyword..................387 Toyota apps button (Setup
screen)...................................262 Toyota apps settings..............389 Toyota Safety Sense
Automatic High Beam...........163 Dynamic radar cruise control215 Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ..........204 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)..................196
571Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist).....186 PCS (Pre-Collision System) .178 RSA (Road Sign Assist) .......225
Toyota Safety Sense 2.0 ........172 TRAC (Traction Control) ........247 Traction Control (TRAC) ........247 Trailer towing..........................141 Transmission
Continuously variable transmis- sion.....................................147
Driving mode select switch...245 M mode ................................150 Manual transmission ............151 Paddle shift switches....149, 150
Trip meters..........................75, 80 Turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs ............461 Turn signal lever...................153
U
USB charging port..................408 USB memory...........................314 USB/AUX port .........................305
V
Vanity lights ............................416 Wattage ................................520
Vanity mirrors .........................416 Vehicle button (Setup screen)
.......................................262, 301 Vehicle data recording...............7 Vehicle identification number514 Vehicle information display.....86 Vehicle settings ......................301
Displaying the vehicle settings screen ................................301
Valet mode setting................301 Vehicle settings screen ........301
Vehicle Stability Control (VSC) ...............................................246
Voice button (Setup screen) 262, 300
Voice command system.........339 Using the voice command sys-
tem .....................................339 Voice command system opera-
tion......................................340 Voice settings .........................300
Displaying the voice settings screen.................................300
Voice settings screen ...........300 VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
...............................................246
W
Warning buzzers ABS ......................................474 Airbags .................................473 Approach warning ........211, 221 Brake hold ............................478 Brake Override System ........474 Brake system........................472 Charging system ..................473 Downshifting.........................150 Drive-Start Control................474 Electric power steering .........475 Engine ..................................473 High coolant temperature .....472 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)..........196, 476 Low engine oil pressure .......473 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) ...186,
476 Open door ....................102, 104 Open window........................126 RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic
Alert)...................................477 Seat belt .......................475, 476
Warning lights.........................472 ABS ......................................474 Brake hold operated indicator
...........................................478
572 Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
Brake Override System ........474 Brake system .......................472 Charging system ..................473 Drive-Start Control ...............474 Electric power steering.........475 High coolant temperature.....472 iMT indicator.........................478 LDA indicator........................476 Low engine oil pressure .......473 Low fuel level .......................475 LTA indicator.........................476 Malfunction indicator lamp ...473 Parking brake indicator ........478 Pre-collision system .............477 RCTA OFF indicator .............477 Seat belt reminder light 475, 476 Slip indicator.........................477 SRS......................................473 Tire pressure ........................476
Warning messages.................482 Washer
Checking ..............................441 Preparing and checking before
winter..................................251 Switch...................................166
Washing and waxing..............420 Weight
Cargo capacity .....................140 Load limits ............................140 Weight ..................................514
Wheels.....................................453 Replacing .............................453 Size ......................................519
Wi-Fi ......................................284 Connecting a device to the
in-vehicle access point .......284 Operating hints.....................287
Wi-Fi button (Setup screen) 262 Wi-Fi Hotspot........................284 Window lock switch ...............127 Windows
Power windows ....................125
Rear window defogger .........395 Washer .................................166
Windshield wipers ..................166 Winter driving tips ..................251 Wireless charger.....................409 Wireless remote control
Battery-Saving Function .......109 Locking/Unlocking ..................99 Replacing the battery ...........456
For vehicles with Audio Plus or Premium Audio, refer to NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYS- TEM OWNERS MANUAL for information regarding the equipment listed below.
Navigation system Audio/visual system Rear view monitor system
573Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
574 Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
575Alphabetical Index
COROLLA H/B_U
576
COROLLA H/B_U
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever (P.433)
Hood lock release le
Related manuals for Toyota Corolla Hatchback 2021 Hatchback Owner's Manual
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the Corolla Hatchback Toyota works, you can view and download the Toyota Corolla Hatchback 2021 Hatchback Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Toyota Corolla Hatchback as well as other Toyota manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Toyota Corolla Hatchback. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Toyota Corolla Hatchback 2021 Hatchback Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Toyota Corolla Hatchback 2021 Hatchback Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Toyota Corolla Hatchback 2021 Hatchback Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Toyota Corolla Hatchback 2021 Hatchback Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Toyota Corolla Hatchback 2021 Hatchback Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.